DSR-1000N - Router D-LINK - Free user manual and instructions

USER MANUAL DSR-1000N D-LINK

Wireless AC Services Router User Manual

DSR-150/150N/250/250N/500/1000/500AC/1000AC

Version 3.12 | January 31, 2018

Preface

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. The manufacturer makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaim any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. The manufacturer reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of the manufacturer to notify any person of such revision or changes.

Manual Revisions

Revision Date Description
2.00 July 31, 2014 • DSR Products with firmware version 2.00
2.01 November 17, 2014 • add License Update section
2.02 January 28, 2015 • DSR Products with firmware version 2.02
3.02 May 06, 2015 • applies to new DSR series models, DSR-500AC & DSR-1000AC
3.03 January 27, 2016 • Add new feature sections e.g. IGMP Snooping and OpenVPN etc.
3.04 March 31, 2017	• Updated the following sections: Radio Settings, System Check, IP Mode, Profiles, PPPoE (IPv6 WAN1 Settings), DHCP Leased Clients• Added the following new features: Service Route Management, Radius Accounting, SIM Card Authentication, URL Filtering ACL, OmniSSL Configuration, OpenVPN Certificate, PPTP/L2TP Auto-connect
3.11 May 08, 2017	• DSR product with firmware v3.11• Please refer to firmware release note for details.
3.12 January 31, 2018	• Under Traffic Management, added sections: Bandwidth Management and Session Limiting• Updated Static and Dynamic Filtering• Changed the path of Jumbo Frame and moved this section under section “Connect to Internet”• Under OpenVPN Authentication: Added Server/Client Certificate, TLS key, and CRL Certificate• Added “Universal FW Naming Convention” under the section “Firmware Upgrade”• Removed “Pre-shared secret key” support from the section “Settings” under OpenVPN• Updated Wi-Fi channels for Australia, Taiwan, Russia, and Singapore in the “Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency Table”

Trademarks/Copyright Notice

D-Link and the D-Link logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of D-Link Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States or other countries. All other company or product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

This publication, including all photographs, illustrations and software, is protected under international copyright laws, with all rights reserved. Neither this manual, nor any of the material contained herein, may be reproduced without written consent of the author.

Limitations of Liability

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL D-LINK OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER (E.G. DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFIT, SOFTWARE RESTORATION, WORK STOPPAGE, LOSS OF SAVED DATA OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES) RESULTING FROM THE APPLICATION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE D-LINK PRODUCT OR FAILURE OF THE PRODUCT, EVEN IF D-LINK IS INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHERMORE, DLINK WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST CUSTOMER FOR LOSSES OR DAMAGES. D-LINK WILL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT D-LINK RECEIVED FROM THE END-USER FOR THE PRODUCT.

Safety Instructions

Use the following safety guidelines to ensure your own personal safety and to help protect your system from potential damage.

Safety Cautions

To reduce the risk of bodily injury, electrical shock, fire, and damage to the equipment, observe the following precautions:

- Observe and follow service markings.

• Do not service any product except as explained in your system documentation.
• Opening or removing covers that are marked with the triangular symbol with a lightning bolt may expose you to electrical shock.
• Only a trained service technician should service components inside these compartments.

- If any of the following conditions occur, unplug the product from the electrical outlet and replace the part or contact your trained service provider:

• The power cable, extension cable, or plug is damaged.
• An object has fallen into the product.
  • The product has been exposed to water.
  • The product has been dropped or damaged.
• The product does not operate correctly when you follow the operating instructions.

- Keep your system away from radiators and heat sources. Also, do not block cooling vents.

• Do not spill food or liquids on your system components, and never operate the product in a wet environment. If the system gets wet, see the appropriate section in your troubleshooting guide or contact your trained service provider.
• Do not push any objects into the openings of your system. Doing so can cause fire or electric shock by shorting out interior components.

• Use the product only with approved equipment.

• Allow the product to cool before removing covers or touching internal components.

• Operate the product only from the type of external power source indicated on the electrical ratings label. If you are not sure of the type of power source required, consult your service provider or local power company.
• Also, be sure that attached devices are electrically rated to operate with the power available in your location.
• Use only approved power cable(s). If you have not been provided with a power cable for your system or for any AC powered option intended for your system, purchase a power cable that is approved for use in your country. The power cable must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product's electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cable should be greater than the ratings marked on the product.
• To help prevent electric shock, plug the system and peripheral power cables into properly grounded electrical outlets.
• These cables are equipped with three-prong plugs to help ensure proper grounding. Do not use adapter plugs or remove the grounding prong from a cable. If you must use an extension cable, use a 3-wire cable with properly grounded plugs.
• Observe extension cable and power strip ratings. Make sure that the total ampere rating of all products plugged into the extension cable or power strip does not exceed 80 percent of the ampere ratings limit for the extension cable or power strip.
• To help protect your system from sudden, transient increases and decreases in electrical power, use a surge suppressor, line conditioner, or uninterruptible power supply (UPS).
• Position system cables and power cables carefully; route cables so that they cannot be stepped on or tripped over. Be sure that nothing rests on any cables.
• Do not modify power cables or plugs. Consult a licensed electrician or your power company for site modifications.
  • Always follow your local/national wiring rules.
• When connecting or disconnecting power to hot-pluggable power supplies, if offered with your system, observe the following guidelines:
  • Install the power supply before connecting the power cable to the power supply.
• Unplug the power cable before removing the power supply.
• If the system has multiple sources of power, disconnect power from the system by unplugging all power cables from the power supplies.
• Move products with care; ensure that all casters and/or stabilizers are firmly connected to the system. Avoid sudden stops and uneven surfaces.

Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge

Static electricity can harm delicate components inside your system. To prevent static damage, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of the electronic components, such as the microprocessor. You can do so by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface on the chassis.

You can also take the following steps to prevent damage from electrostatic discharge (ESD):

1. When unpacking a static-sensitive component from its shipping carton, do not remove the component from the antistatic packing material until you are ready to install the component in your system. Just before unwrapping the antistatic packaging, be sure to discharge static electricity from your body.

2. When transporting a sensitive component, first place it in an antistatic container or package.

3. Handle all sensitive components in a static-safe area. If possible, use antistatic floor pads, workbench pads and an antistatic grounding strap.

Power Usage

This device is an Energy Related Product (ErP) with High Network Availability (HiNA), and automatically switches to a power-saving Network Standby mode within 1 minute of no packets being transmitted. It can also be turned off through a power switch to save energy when it is not needed.

DSR-250N

Network Standby:6.2458 watts

Switched Off: 0.1266 watts

DSR-250

Network Standby: 7.8588 watts

Switched Off: 0.1290 watts

DSR-150N

Network Standby: 7.8575 watts

Switched Off: 0.1283 watts

DSR-150

Network Standby: 6.9133 watts

Switched Off: 0.12661 watts

DSR-1000

Network Standby: 7.1232 watts

Switched Off: 0.0743 watts

DSR-500

Network Standby: 6.9334 watts

Switched Off: 0.079 watts

DSR-1000AC

Network Standby: 7.9626 watts

Switched Off: 0.0672 watts

DSR-500AC

Network Standby: 6.6813 watts

Switched Off: 0.0652 watts

Table of Contents

Preface......i

Manual Revisions....i

Trademarks/Copyright Notice ....i

Limitations of Liability ....ii

Safety Instructions....ii

Safety Cautions....ii

Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge iv

Power Usage ...... v

Introduction....1

Installation....3

Before you Begin 3

Connect to your Network....3

Basic Configuration 4

1 Log in to the Web UI 5

2 Change LAN IP Address....6

3 Configure DHCP Server....7

4 Set Time and Date 8

5 Internet Connection Setup 9

6 Wireless Network Setup 12

7 Create Users....13

8 Security/VPN Wizard 14

9 Dynamic DNS Wizard 16

LAN Configuration....17

LAN Settings....18

DHCP Server....19

DHCP Relay....20

DHCP Reserved IPs 21

IGMP Setup....22

UPnP Setup....23

VLAN 24

VLAN Settings....24

Captive Portal 26

Port/Wireless VLAN....27

Connect to the Internet....29

Dynamic IP (DHCP) 29

Static IP 30

PPPoE....31

PPTP 32

L2TP 33

Japanese PPPoE 34

Russian PPPoE 35

Russian PPTP 36

Russian L2TP 37

WAN2/ DMZ Settings 38

WAN 38

DMZ....39

WAN3 (3G Internet) 40

WAN Mode 41

Single WAN Port....41

Auto-Rollover using WAN IP 42

Load Balancing....43

Round Robin 44

Spillover 45

SIM Card Authentication 46

Routing Mode....47

NAT or Classical 47

Transparent 48

Bridge 49

IP Aliasing....50

DMZ Settings 51

DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs 52

Dynamic DNS Settings 53

Traffic Management 54

Bandwidth Profiles....54

Traffic Shaping....56

Session Limiting....57

Bandwidth Management 59

Jumbo Frames 60

Routing 61

Static Routes 61

RIP 63

OSPF....64

Protocol Binding....66

IPv6....67

IP Mode....67

WAN Settings....68

Dynamic IP 68

Static IP 69

PPPoE....70

Static Routing....71

OSPFv3....73

6 to 4 Tunneling....75

ISATAP....76

LAN Settings 77

DHCPv6 Server 77

IPv6 Address Pools....79

IPv6 Prefix Length 80

Router Advertisement 81

Advertisement Prefixes 82

IPv6 Tunnels Status....83

Wireless Settings 84

Access Points....84

Profiles....86

Radio Settings 88

802.11AC Configuration 89

WMM Settings 90

WDS....91

Advanced Settings....92

WPS 94

VPN 96

IPSec VPN 97

Policies 97

Tunnel Mode....101

Split DNS Names....102

DHCP Range....103

Certificates....104

Trusted Certificates....104

Active Self Certificates....105

Self Certificate Requests....106

Easy VPN Setup 107

PPTP VPN....108

Server 108

Client....109

PPTP Active Users List....110

L2TP VPN 111

Server 111

Client....112

L2TP Active Users List 113

SSL VPN 114

Server Policies 114

Portal Layouts....116

Resources....118

Add New Resource....118

Port Forwarding....120

Client....121

Client Routes....122

Open VPN 123

Settings....123

Server....123

Client....124

Access Server Client 125

OmniSSL Server Policy 126

Local Networks....127

Remote Networks 128

Authentication....129

Server/Client Certificate....129

TLS Key 130

CRL Certificate 131

OmniSSL Configuration 132

OpenVPN Certificates 133

GRE 134

Security 136

Groups....136

Login Policies....137

Browser Policies....138

IP Policies....139

Users 140

User Management 140

Import User Database 141

Create a User Database (CSV File) 142

External Authentication Servers....143

RADIUS Server....143

POP3 Server....144

POP3 Trusted Server....145

LDAP Server 146

AD Server 147

NT Domain Server....149

Radius Accounting....150

Radius Accounting....150

Radius Accounting Server....151

Login Profiles 152

Services Route Management....155

Web Content Filtering 156

Static Filtering 156

Approved URL 157

Blocked URL 158

Dynamic Filtering....159

URL Filtering ACL....161

Firewall 163

Firewall Rules....163

Schedules....165

Custom Services....166

ALGs....167

SMTP ALGs....168

Approved Mail IDs....169

Blocked Mail IDs....170

Mail Filtering 171

VPN Passthrough....172

Dynamic Port Forwarding....173

Application Rules 173

Attack Checks 175

Intel ^® AMT 176

IPS 177

Maintenance 178

System Settings 178

Date and Time 179

Session Settings....180

License Updates....181

USB Share Ports....182

SMS Service 183

Inbox....183

Create SMS....184

Package Manager....185

Set Language....187

Web GUI Management....188

Remote Management....189

SNMP 190

SNMP User List 190

SNMP Trap List....191

Access Control....192

SNMP System Info....193

Diagnostics....194

Ping an IP Address/Domain Name....194

Using Traceroute ....195

Performing DNS Lookups....196

Capture Packets....197

System Check 198

Power Saving....199

Firmware Upgrade 200

Check Update....200

Using PC 201

Using USB....202

Configuration Files....203

Backup....203

Restore 204

Configuration Settings....205

Soft Reboot 206

Reset to Factory Default Settings....207

Log Settings 208

Defining What to Log....208

Routing Logs....210

System Logs 211

Remote Logs 212

Syslog Server 214

Event Logs 215

IPv6 Logs 216

SMS Logging....217

Status and Statistics 218

Dashboard 218

Manage Dashboard....219

System....220

LAN Info 221

WAN1 222

WAN2....223

WAN3....224

Wireless....225

All Logs....226

Current Logs....226

Firewall Logs 227

IPSec VPN Logs....228

SSL VPN Logs 229

USB Status....230

Network Information 231

DHCP Leased Clients....231

Active Sessions....232

Active VPNs....233

Interface Statistics....234

View Wireless Clients....235

Device Stats....236

Wireless Statistics....237

View LAN Clients 238

Troubleshooting 239

Internet Connection....239

Date and time....241

Pinging to Test LAN Connectivity....242

Testing the LAN path from your PC to your router 242

Testing the LAN path from your PC to a remote device....243

Restoring factory-default configuration settings....244

Appendix A - Glossary 245

Appendix B - Factory Default Settings....247

Appendix C - Standard Services for Port Forwarding & Firewall Configuration 248

Appendix D - Log Output Reference 249

Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs 312

Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) 313

Appendix G - Product Statement 316

Introduction

D-Link Services Routers offer a secure, high performance networking solution to address the growing needs of small and medium businesses. Integrated high-speed IEEE 802.11n/ac and 3G wireless technologies offer comparable performance to traditional wired networks, but with fewer limitations. Optimal network security is provided via features such as virtual private network (VPN) tunnels, IP Security (IPsec), Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP), and Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Empower your road warriors with clientless remote access anywhere and anytime using SSL VPN tunnels.

With the D-Link Services Router you are able to experience a diverse set of benefits:

• Comprehensive Management Capabilities

The DSR-500, DSR-500N, DSR-1000, DSR-1000N, DSR-500AC, and DSR-1000AC include dual-WAN Gigabit Ethernet which provides policy-based service management ensuring maximum productivity for your business operations. The failover feature maintains data traffic without disconnecting when a landline connection is lost. The Outbound Load Balancing feature adjusts outgoing traffic across two WAN interfaces and optimizes the system performance resulting in high availability. The solution supports configuring a port as a dedicated DMZ port allowing you to isolate servers from your LAN.

Note: DSR-150/150N/250/250N product have a single WAN interface, and thus it does not support Auto Failover and Load Balancing scenarios.

• Superior Wireless Performance

Designed to deliver superior wireless performance, the DSR-500N and DSR-1000N include 802.11 a/b/g/n support, allowing for operation on either the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz radio bands. Multiple In Multiple Out (MIMO) technology allows the DSR-500N and DSR-1000N to provide high data rates with minimal “dead spots” throughout the wireless coverage area.

Next generation wireless performance is available on the DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC, which introduce 802.11AC support to the family. Available on the 5 GHz band, the combination of wider RF bandwidths and up to 8 MIMO streams take data rates available to supporting AC clients to the next level.

Note: DSR-150N, DSR-250N and DSR-500N support the 2.4GHz radio band only.

• Flexible Deployment Options

The DSR series supports Third Generation (3G) Networks via an extendable USB 3G dongle. This 3G network capability offers an additional secure data connection for networks that provide critical services. The product can be configured to automatically switch to a 3G network whenever a physical link is lost.

- Robust VPN features

A fully featured virtual private network (VPN) provides your mobile workers and branch offices with a secure link to your network. The DSR products are capable of simultaneously managing 5, 5, 10, 20 Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) VPN tunnels respectively, empowering your mobile users by providing remote access to a central corporate database. Site-to-site VPN tunnels use IP Security (IPsec) Protocol, Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), or Layer 2 Tunneling

Protocol (L2TP) to facilitate branch office connectivity through encrypted virtual links. The DSR-150/150N, DSR-250/250N, DSR-500/500N and DSR-1000/1000N support 10, 25, 35 and 100 simultaneous IPsec VPN tunnels respectively. The DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC support 35 and 100 simultaneous IPsec VPN tunnels respectively.

• Efficient D-Link Green Technology

As a concerned member of the global community, D-Link is devoted to providing eco-friendly products. D-Link Green Wi-Fi and D-Link Green Ethernet save power and prevent waste. The D-Link Green WLAN scheduler reduces wireless power automatically during off-peak hours. Likewise the D-Link Green Ethernet program adjusts power usage based on the detected cable length and link status. In addition, compliance with RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances) and WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) directives make D-Link Green certified devices the environmentally responsible choice.

Installation

This section provides information and steps on how to connect your DSR router to your network.

Before you Begin

Observe the following precautions to help prevent shutdowns, equipment failures, and injuries:

• Ensure that the room in which you operate the device has adequate air circulation and that the room temperature does NOT exceed 40^ (104°F).
• Allow 1 meter (3 feet) of clear space to the front and back of the device.
• Do NOT place the device in an equipment rack frame that blocks the air vents on the sides of the chassis. Ensure that enclosed racks have fans and louvered sides.
• Before installation, please correct these hazardous conditions: moist or wet floors, leaks, ungrounded or frayed power cables, or missing safety grounds.

Connect to your Network

This section provides basic information about physically connecting the DSR-250 to a network.

1. Connect an Ethernet cable from the port labeled WAN to the external router or modem. The port WAN is pre-allocated to the WAN network segment.
2. Connect an Ethernet cable from one of the LAN ports to a switch or a computer in the LAN network segment.
3. Connect an RJ45-to-DB9 cable from the console port for CLI (Command Line Interface) management access (optional).

Note: Refer to the Quick Installation Guide included with your router for more information on network connectivity, port, and LED information.

Basic Configuration

After you install the router, perform the basic configuration instructions described in this section which includes:

• "#1 Log in to the Web UI" on page 5
• "#2 Change LAN IP Address" on page 6
• "#3 Configure DHCP Server" on page 7
• "#4 Set Time and Date" on page 8
• "#5 Internet Connection Setup" on page 9
• "#6 Wireless Network Setup" on page 12
• "#7 Create Users" on page 13
• "#8 Security/VPN Wizard" on page 14
• "#9 Dynamic DNS Wizard" on page 16

#1 Log in to the Web UI

The LAN connection may be through the wired Ethernet ports available on the router, or once the initial setup is complete, the DSR may also be managed through its wireless interface. Access the router's Web user interface (Web UI) for management by using any web browser, such as Internet Explorer, Firefox, Chrome, or Safari.

Note: The workstation from which you manage the router must be in the same subnet as the router (192.169.10.0/24).

To access the device with the Web UI:

1. Connect your workstation to an available LAN port on the router.
2. Ensure your workstation has DHCP enabled or is assigned a static IP address within the 192.168.10.0/24 subnet.

Note: Disable pop-up blocking software or add the management IP address http://192.168.10.1 to your pop-up blocker's allow list.

1. Launch a browser, enter the IP address for the LAN interface (default = http://192.168.10.1), and then press Enter.

D-Link | Building Networks for People - Windows Internet Explorer http://192.168.10.1

1. Enter your username (default = admin) and your password (default = admin), then click Login.

Please login to access D-Link Unified Controller (DSR-1000N) to manage and use the device. Login Username Password Login

1. The web management interface opens with the Status > Dashboard page. This page displays general, LAN, and WLAN status information. You can return to this page at any time by clicking Status > Dashboard.

#2 Change LAN IP Address

To change the LAN IP address of the router, follow the steps below:

1. Log in to the router.
2. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. The LAN Settings page will appear.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English (US) Logout Serial: 08281A300007 | Firmware: 1.10B806E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network LAN LAN Settings The LAN Configuration page allows you to configure the LAN Interface of the router Including the DHCP Server which runs on It and Changes here affect all devices connected to the router's LAN switch and also wireless LAN clients. Note that a change to the LAN IP address will require all LAN hosts to be in the same subnet and use the new address to access this GUI. LAN Settings IP Address Setup IP Address 192.168.10.1 Subnet Mask 265.265.265.0 DHCP Setup DHCP Mode DHCP Server Starting IP Address 192.168.10.100 Ending IP Address 192.168.10.254 Default Gateway 192.168.10.1 Domain Name DLink Lease Time 24 [Range: 1 - 26200] Hours Configure DNS / WINS OFF

1. Under IP Address Setup, enter a new IP address for the router.
2. Enter a new subnet mask if needed.
3. Click Save at the bottom of the page.

Note: If you change the IP address and click Save, the Web UI will not respond. Open a new connection to the new IP address and log in again. Be sure the LAN host (the machine used to manage the router) has obtained an IP address from newly assigned pool (or has a static IP address in the router's LAN subnet) before accessing the router via changed IP address.

#3 Configure DHCP Server

To change the DHCP settings of the router, follow the steps below:

1. Log in to the router.
2. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. The LAN Settings page will appear.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q8A9TA3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B0CE.WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network > LAN > LAN Settings The LAN Configuration page allows you to configure the LAN Interface of the router including the DHCP Server which runs on It and Changes here affect all devices connected to the router's LAN switch and also wireless LAN clients. Note that a change to the LAN IP address will require all LAN hosts to be in the same subnet and use the new address to access this GUI. LAN Settings IP Address Setup IP Address 192.168.10.1 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 DHCP Setup DHCP Mode DHCP Server Starting IP Address 192.168.10.100 Ending IP Address 192.168.10.254 Default Gateway 192.168.10.1 Domain Name DLink Lease Time 26 [Range: 1 - 26/200E] Hours Configure DNS / WINS OFF

1. From the DHCP Mode drop-down menu under DHCP Setup, select None (disable), DHCP Server (enable), or DHCP Relay.

Note: DHCP Relay will allow DHCP clients on the LAN to receive IP address leases and corresponding information from a DHCP server on a different subnet. When LAN clients make a DHCP request it will be passed along to the server accessible via the Relay Gateway IP address you enter.

1. If enabled, fill in the following fields:

Field Description
Starting IP Address	Enter the starting IP address in the DHCP address pool. Any new DHCP client joining the LAN is assigned an IP address within the starting and ending IP address range. Starting and ending IP addresses should be in the same IP address subnet as the wireless controller's LAN IP address.
Ending IP Address Enter	the ending IP address in the DHCP address pool.
Default Gateway	By default this setting is router's LAN IP address. It can be customized to any valid IP within the LAN subnet, in the event that the network's gateway is not this router. The DHCP server will give the configured IP address as the Default Gateway to its DHCP clients.
Domain Name Enter a	domain name.
Lease Time Enter the	time, in hours, for which IP addresses are leased to clients.
Configure DNS/WINS	Toggle to On and enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es).

1. Click Save at the bottom of the page.

#4 Set Time and Date

1. Log in to the router.

2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. If you want to manually configure your date/time settings, refer to "Date and Time" on page 179.

3. Click Run in the Date and Time Wizard box.

Wizards Internet Connection Wizard This Wizard will guide you in connecting your new 6Link Skills Services Router to the internet. Run Security Wizard This Wizard will guide you in configuring default Outbound Policy, VPN Passthrough and VPN Network Settings. Run Wireless Wizard This Wizard will guide you through common and easy steps to configure your router's wireless Interface. Run Users Wizard This Wizard guides you in creating a new user. Run Dynamic DNS Wizard This Wizard helps us in configuring Dynamic DNS WAN 1 or WAN 2 settings. Run Date and Time Wizard This Wizard helps you in configuring Date and Time settings. Run

1. Click the continent from the map and then next to City, select your time zone from the drop-down menu. Toggle Daylight Saving to ON if it applies to you and then click Next.

Date and Time Wizard Current Time Zone is (GMT) Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Time Zone Region North America City (GMT-08:00) Pacific Ti Daylight Setting on Step: [1 of 2] Previous Next

1. Toggle NTP server to ON to use a time server or toggle to OFF to manually enter the time and date.

2. If you selected ON, select either Default or Custom from the drop-down menu. If you selected Custom, enter a primary and secondary NTP server address.

3. Enter the time to synchronize with the NTP server and click Save.

Date and Time Wizard Current NTP Server Is ON Obtain Time from Network NTP Server NTP Server Type Default Time to Synchronize 120 Steps (2 of 2) Previous Save

1. A summary page will appear. Verify your settings and then click Finish.

#5 Internet Connection Setup

This router has two WAN ports that can be used to establish a connection to the internet. It is assumed that you have arranged for internet service with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the configuration information that will be required to setup the router. Supported Internet connection types include Dynamic, Static, PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP, Japanese PPPoE, and Russian PPPoE/PPTP/L2TP.

To configure your router to connect to the Internet, follow the steps below:

1. Log in to the router.
2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. If you want to manually configure your Internet settings, refer to "Connect to the Internet" on page 29.

ADMIN | Language: English [US] 0007 | Firmware: 1.10B06E_WW Wizard System Search... Security Maintenance

1. Click Run in the Internet Connection Wizard box.

Wizards Internet Connection Wizard This wizard will guide you in connecting your new D-Link simplified Services Router to the Internet. Run Security Wizard This wizard will guide you in configuring default Outbound Policy, VPN Passthrough and VPN Network Settings. Run Wireless Wizard This wizard will guide you through common and easy steps to configure your router's wireless interface. Run Users Wizard This Wizard guides you in creating a new user. Run Dynamic DNS Wizard This Wizard helps us in configuring Dynamic DNS WAN 1 or WAN 2 settings. Run Date and Time Wizard This Wizard helps you in configuring Date and Time settings. Run

1. Toggle On next to either DHCP or Static IP Address and click Next. If your connection type is not listed, refer to "Connect to the Internet" on page 29.

Internet Connection Wizard Current Connection type DHCP Internet Connection DHCP Choose this if your Internet connection automatically provides you with an IP Address. Most Cable Modems use this type of connection. Static IP Address Choose this option if your Internet Setup Provider provided you with IP Address Information that has to be manually configured. Previous Next Steps [1 of 2]

a. If you selected DHCP, complete the fields below:

Internet Connection Wizard DHCP Connection Details DHCP Connection (Dynamic IP Address) MAC Address Source Use Default Address Host Name DNS settings DNS Server Source Get Dynamically from IS Step: [2 of 2] Previous Save

Field Description
MAC Address Source	This MAC address will be recognized by your ISP. Select from the following three options:Use Default Address - Uses the default MAC address of the router.Clone your PC's MAC Address - Select to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently connecting with.Use this MAC Address - Select to manually enter a MAC address and enter the address in the box.
Host Name Enter a host name if required by your ISP.
DNS Server Source	Select from the following two options:Get Dynamically from ISP - Select to use the DNS servers assigned by your ISP.Use these DNS Servers - Select to manually enter a primary and secondary DNS server address(es).

Skip to Step 5 on the bottom of the next page.

b. If you selected Static, complete the fields below:

Internet Connection Wizard Static IP Connection Details Static IP Address IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS settings Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Step: [2 of 2] Previous Save

Field Description

IP Address Enter the IP address assigned by your ISP.

Gateway IP Address Enter the gateway IP address assigned by your ISP.

IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask assigned by your ISP.

Primary DNS Server Enter the primary DNS server IP address assigned by your ISP.

Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address assigned by your ISP.

1. Click Save. The router will reboot and attempt to connect to your ISP. Please allow one to two minutes to connect.

#6 Wireless Network Setup

This wizard provides a step-by-step guide to create and secure a new access point on the router. The network name (SSID) is the AP identifier that will be detected by supported clients. The Wizard uses a TKIP+AES cipher for WPA / WPA2 security; depending on support on the client side, devices associate with this AP using either WPA or WPA2 security with the same pre-shared key.

The wizard has the option to automatically generate a network key for the AP. This key is the pre-shared key for WPA or WPA2 type security. Supported clients that have been given this PSK can associate with this AP. The default (auto-assigned) PSK is "passphrase".

1. Log in to the router.
2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page.
3. Click Run in the Wireless Wizard box.

Wizards Internet Connection Wizard This Wizard will guide you in connecting your new D-Link Unified Services Router to the Internet. Run... Wireless Wizard This Wizard will guide you through common and easy steps to configure your reader's wireless interfaces. Run... Dynamic DNS Wizard This Wizard helps us in configuring Dynamic DNS WAN 1 or WAN 2 settings. Run... Security Wizard This Wizard will guide you in configuring default Outbound Policy, VPN Backthrough and NPM Network Settings. Run... Users Wizard This Wizard golden you in creating a new user. Run... Date and Time Wizard This Wizard helps you in configuring Date and Time settings. Run...

1. The wizard screen will appear.

Wireless Wizard Wireless Wizard Configuration Network Name (SSID) Wireless Security Password Wireless Security Password: Between 8 and 63 characters (A longer WPA key is more secure than a short one) Network Key Type Manual Automatic: To prevent outsiders from accessing your network, the router will automatically assign a security to your network. Manual: Use this options if you prefer to create our own key. Step: [1 of 1] Previous Save

1. Enter a SSID, which is the name of your wireless network.
2. Next to Network Key Type, select Manual.
3. Enter a password for the wireless network. Wireless devices connecting to this network must enter this password to connect. The password is case-sensitive.
4. Click Save.
5. A window will appear with a summary of your settings. Click Finish.

#7 Create Users

The Users Wizard allows you to create user account that you can assign to groups. Refer to "Users" on page 140 for more information. You may want to create Groups before users so you may assign them to groups as you create them. To create groups, refer to "Groups" on page 136.

To create new users, follow the steps below:

1. Log in to the router.
2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page.
3. Click Run in the Users Wizard box.

Wizards Internet Connection Wizard This wizard will guide you in connecting your new DLink Unified Services Router to the Internet. Win... Wireless Wizard This wizard will guide you through common and easy steps to configure your router's wireless interfaces. Win... Dynamic DNS Wizard This Wizard helps us in configuring Dynamic DNS WAN 1 or WAN 2 settings. Win... Security Wizard This wizard will guide you in configa- ing default Outbound Policy, VPN Passthrough and VPN Network Settings. Win... Users Wizard This Wizard guides you in creating a new user. Win... Date and Time Wizard This Wizard helps you in configing Date and Time settings. Win...

1. The wizard screen will appear.

Users Wizard Add a New User User Configuration New User Name Group Type ADMIN New Password Confirm Password Step: [1 of 1] Previous Save

1. Enter a unique user name.
2. Select the group type from the drop-down menu. For more information on groups, refer to "Groups" on page 136.
3. Enter a password for the user.
4. Enter the password again for confirmation.
5. Click Save.

#8 Security/VPN Wizard

The Security Wizard allows you to enable VPN passthrough and create a VPN.

Follow the steps below:

1. Log in to the router.
2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page.
3. Click Run in the Security Wizard box.

Wizards Internet Connection Wizard This wizard will guide you in connecting your new O-Link Unified Services Router to the Internet. Winets Wizard This wizard will guide you through common and easy steps to configure your reader's wireless interface. Dynamic DNS Wizard This Wizard helps in configuring Dynamic DNS WAN 1 or WAN 2 settings. Security Wizard This wizard will guide you in configuring default Outbound Policy, VPN Passthrough and NFM Network Settings. Users Wizard This Wizard guides you to creating a new user. Date and Time Wizard This Wizard helps you in configuring Date and Time settings.

1. The wizard screen will appear.

Security Wizard Current Outbound Policy is Allow Default Outbound Policy for IPv4 Always Allow VPN Passthrough IPSec ON Enable this to allow IPsec tunnels to pass through the route. L2TP ON Enable this to allow L2TP tunnels to pass through the router. Step: [1 of 3] PPTP ON Enable this to allow PPTP tunnels to pass through the router. To make this work, enable PPTP ALG also. Previous Next

1. Select the default outbound policy from the drop-down menu.

2. Toggle which type(s) of VPN you want allowed to pass through the router to ON and click Next.

3. You can quickly create both IKE and VPN policies. Once the IKE or VPN policy is created, you can modify it as required.

Security Wizard Configure VPN Type and Remote & Local Addresses Select VPN Type for your VPN Network Select VPN Type Site-to-Site Connection Name IP Protocol Version IPv4 Pre-Shared key IKE Version IKEv1 Local Gateway WAN1 Remote & Local WAN Addresses Remote Gateway Type IP Address Remote WAN's IP Local Gateway Type IP Address Address / FQDN Local WAN's IP Address / FQDN Step: [2 of 3] Previous Next

1. From the Select VPN Type drop-down menu, select either Site to Site or Remote Access.
2. Next to Connection Name, enter a name for this VPN connection.
3. Next to IP Protocol Version, select either IPv4 or IPv6.
4. Next to IKE Version, select the version of IKE.
5. Next to Pre-Shared Key, enter the pre-shared key used.
6. Next to Local Gateway, select which WAN port used for the local gateway.
7. Next to Remote Gateway Type and Local Gateway Type, select either IP Address or FQDN.
8. Enter the Remote and Local WAN IP Address or FQDN and click Next.

Security Wizard Secure Connection Accessibility Configure Secure Connection Accessibility Remote Network IP Address Local Network IP Address Remote Network Submit Mask Local Network Subnet Mask Step: [3 of 3] Previous Save

1. Enter the remote network IP address and subnet mask.
2. Enter the local network IP address and subnet mask.
3. Click Save.

Note: The IP address range used on the remote LAN must be different from the IP address range used on the local LAN.

#9 Dynamic DNS Wizard

Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS.org, D-Link DDNS, or Oray.net. Refer to "Dynamic DNS Settings" on page 53 for more information.

Follow the steps below:

1. Log in to the router.
2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page.
3. Click Run in the Dynamic DNS Wizard box.

Wizards Internet Connection Wizard This wizard will guide you to connecting your new D-Link Unified Services Router to the Internet. Winless Wizard This wizard will guide you through common and easy steps to configure your reader's wireless interface. Dynamic DNS Wizard This Wizard helps in configuring Dynamic DNS WAN 1 or WAN 2 settings. Security Wizard This wizard will guide you in configuring default Outbound Policy, VPN Passthrough and VPN Network Settings. Users Wizard This Wizard guides you to creating a new user. Date and Time Wizard This Wizard helps you in configuring Date and Time settings.

1. The wizard screen will appear.

Dynamic DNS Wizard Currently WAN1 is not configured Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS WAN 1 Dynamic DNS WAN1 DNS Server Type DynDNS Domain Name User Name Password Allow Wildcards OFF Update Periodically OFF (30 Days) Step: [1 of 1] Previous Save

1. Next to Dynamic DNS, select WAN1 or WAN2.
2. Select the DNS Server Type from the drop-down menu.
3. Depending on your service, enter your DDNS user name, password, and domain name.
4. Toggle Allow Wildcards to ON if required by your DDNS service.
5. Toggle Update Periodically to ON to auto update every 30 days.
6. Click Save.

LAN Configuration

By default, the router functions as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server to the hosts on the LAN and WLAN network. With DHCP, PCs and other LAN devices can be assigned IP addresses as well as addresses for DNS servers, Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) servers, and the default gateway. With DHCP server enabled the router's IP address serves as the gateway address for LAN and WLAN clients. The PCs in the LAN are assigned IP addresses from a pool of addresses specified in this procedure. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN.

For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings are satisfactory. If you want another PC on your network to be the DHCP server or if you are manually configuring the network settings of all of your PCs, set the DHCP mode to 'none'. DHCP relay can be used to forward DHCP lease information from another DHCP server on the network. This is particularly useful for wireless clients.

Instead of using a DNS server, you can use a Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) server. A WINS server is the equivalent of a DNS server but uses the NetBIOS protocol to resolve host names. The router includes the WINS server IP address in the DHCP configuration when acknowledging a DHCP request from a DHCP client.

You can also enable DNS proxy for the LAN. When this is enabled the router then as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicates with the ISP's DNS servers. When disabled all DHCP clients receive the DNS IP addresses of the ISP.

LAN Settings

Path: Network > LAN > LAN Settings

To configure the LAN settings on the router:

1. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( dSVM) | Language: English [IS] Serial: 08281A300087 | Firmware: 1.10BME_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - LAN - LAN Settings The LAN Configuration page allows you to configure the LAN interface of the router including the DHCP Server which runs on it and Changes here, affect all devices connected to the router's LAN switch and also wireless LAN clients. Note that a change to the LAN IP address will require all LAN hosts to be in the same subnet and use the new address to access this GUI. LAN Settings IP Address Setup IP Address 192.168.10.1 Subset Mask 255.255.255.0 DHCP Setup DHCP Mode DHCP Server Starting IP Address 192.168.10.100 Ending IP Address 192.168.10.254 Default Gateway 192.168.10.1 Domain Name DLink Lease Time 74 [Range 1..34200] Keys Configure DNS / WINS OFF DNS Host Name Mapping Host Name: IP Address LAN Proxy Activate DNS Proxy Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
IP Address Enter an new IP address for the router. Default is 192.168.10.1.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for your network. Default is 255.255.255.0.
DHCP Mode	Select one of the following modes:None - Turns off DHCP.DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server on your network.DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your network will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet.

DHCP Server

1. Select DHCP Server from the drop-down menu.

DHCP Setup DHCP Mode DHCP Server Starting IP Address 192.168.10.100 Ending IP Address 192.168.10.254 Default Gateway 192.168.10.1 Domain Name DLink Lease Time 24 [Range: 1 - 262800] Hours Configure DNS / WINS OFF

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
DHCP Mode	Select DHCP Server from the drop-down menu.
Starting IP Address	Enter the starting IP address in the DHCP address pool. Any new DHCP client joining the LAN is assigned an IP address within the starting and ending IP address range. Starting and ending IP addresses must be in the same IP address subnet as the router's LAN IP address.
Ending IP Address Enter the ending IP address in the DHCP address pool.
Default Gateway	Enter the default gateway IP address you want to assign to your DHCP clients. This IP is usually the router's LAN IP address (default is 192.168.10.1).
Domain Name Enter a domain name.
Lease Time Enter the time, in hours, for which IP addresses are leased to clients.
Configure DNS/WINS	Toggle to On to manually enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). If set to Off, your router's LAN IP address will be assigned the DNS server to your clients and the router will get the DNS information from your ISP.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

DHCP Relay

1. Select DHCP Relay from the drop-down menu.

DHCP Setup DHCP Mode DHCP Relay Domain Name DLink Gateway

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
DHCP Mode	Select DHCP Relay from the drop-down menu.
Domain Name Enter the domain name of your network.
Gateway Enter the relay gateway IP address.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

DHCP Reserved IPs

Path: Network > LAN > LAN DHCP Reserved IPs

The router's DHCP server can assign IP settings to your clients on your network by adding a client's MAC address and the IP address to be assigned. Whenever the router receives a request from a client, the MAC address of that client is compared with the MAC address list present in the database. If an IP address is already assigned to that computer or device in the database, the customized IP address is configured otherwise an IP address is assigned to the client automatically from the DHCP pool.

To create DHCP reservations:

1. Click Network > LAN > LAN DHCP Reserved IPs.

D-Link® Unified Services Router: DSR 1000N Logged In as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q0261A3000067 | Firmware: 1.108006F_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network LAN LAN DHCP Reserved IPs This page allows user to configure the reserved IP Addresses for the DHCP Server configuration. In order to ensure certain LAN devices always receive the same IP address when DHCP is enabled on the LAN, bind the LAN device's MAC address to a preferred IP address. This IP address will only be assigned to the matching MAC address. LAN DHCP Reserved IPs List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Host Name MAC Address IP Address Status No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Premium Next List Add New DHCP Reserved IP

1. Click Add New DHCP Reserved IP.
2. Enter the following information and click Save.

LAN DHCP Reserved IP Configuration Host Name IP Address MAC Address Associate with IP /MAC Binding OFF Save

Field Description
Host Name Enter a	host name for this device. Do not use spaces.
IP Address	Enter the IP address you want to assign to this device. Note that this IP address must be in the same range as the starting/ending IP address under DHCP Settings.
MAC Address	Enter the MAC address of this device (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx format). This is not case-sensitive.
Associate with IP/MAC Binding	Toggle ON to associate this device's information with IP/MAC binding.
Save Click Save	to save and activate your settings.

IGMP Setup

Path: Network > LAN > IGMP Setup

IGMP snooping (IGMP Proxy) allows the router to 'listen' in on IGMP network traffic through the router. This then allows the router to filter multicast traffic and direct it only to hosts that need this stream. This is helpful when there is a lot of multicast traffic on the network where all LAN hosts do not need to receive this multicast traffic.

To enable IGMP Proxy:

1. Click Network > LAN > IGMP Setup.
2. Toggle IGMP Proxy to On.
3. Click Save.

D-Link Internet Services Router - CORDINATION Login in Web: Service (A2001) | Language: English (L8) Send: ICMP configuration | Server: 234, Web Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VIPS Security Maintenance Network = LAN → ICMP Setup IGMP Setup IGMP Setup The ICMP Proxy page allows user to enable ICMP proxy. The proxy contains many downstream interfaces and a unique upstream interface explicitly configured. It performs the host side of the ICMP protocol on its upstream interface and the router side of the ICMP protocol on its downstream interfaces. IGMP Setup IGMP Setup IGMP Privacy Save Cancel

1. the IGMP proxy is switched on
2. Click IGMP Snooping tab
3. Toggle IGMP Snooping to On
4. click Save.
5. Right click to Edit any of the VLAN IDs

D-Link Damping Services: Diver - ICMP REGN Logist in main admin (ADMRC) Language English XML Setup TESTWORKS Firmware 2.00 XIR WORLD System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network LAN ICMP Setup ICMP Snooping ICMP Setup ICMP Snooping This page allows to enable global ICMP snooping and support a configuration of ICMP snooping over different ports for a particular VLAN. ICMP Snooping IGMP Snooping Save Cancel ICMP Snooping List Show is enabled [Right link on record to get from options] VLAN ID Port Membership ICMP Port Member strip 1 1.2.4 2 3% Shooting List & List Options

IGMP Snooping Configuration Vias ID 1 IGMP Port Membership Configuration Port Membership

Note: Not support IGMP Snooping on DSR-150/150N

UPnP Setup

Path: Network > LAN > UPnP

Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) is a feature that allows the router to discover devices on the network that can communicate with the router and allow for auto-configuration. If a network device is detected by UPnP, the router can open internal or external ports for the traffic protocol required by that network device. If disabled, the router will not allow for automatic device configuration and you may have to manually open/forward ports to allow applications to work.

To configure the UPnP settings:

1. Click Network > LAN > UPnP.

2. Toggle Activate UPnP to On.

3. Select a VLAN from the LAN Segment drop-down menu.

4. Enter a value for Advertisement Period. This is the frequency that the router broadcasts UPnP information over the network. A large value will minimize network traffic but cause delays in identifying new UPnP devices to the network.

5. Enter a value for Advertisement Time to Live. This is the number of steps a packet is allowed to propagate before being discarded. Small values will limit the UPnP broadcast range. A default of 4 is typical for networks with a few number of switches.

6. Click Save.

7. Your entry will be displayed in the UPnP Port Map List. To edit or delete, right-click an entry and select the action from the menu. Repeat steps 2-6 to add multiple entries.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB281A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B0DE_WV Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network > LAN > UPnP UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) is a feature that allows for automatic discovery of devices that can communicate with this security appliance.UPnP is useful for auto-configuring application rules, where internal/external ports for the traffic protocol required by a detected network device are opened without user intervention. The UPnP Port Map Table has the details of UPnP devices that respond to the router's advertisements, and thereby don't require corresponding application (port forwarding) rules to be configured. UPnP UPnP Setup Activate UPnP LAN Segment On: VLAN1 Advertisement Period 1800 [Range: 1 - 86400] Seconds Advertisement Time To Live 4 [Range: 1 - 255] Hips Save Cancel UPnP Port Map List Show 10 entries [No right click options] Active IP Address Protocol Internal Port External Port No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Preview Next Last

VLAN

The router supports virtual network isolation on the LAN with the use of VLANs. LAN devices can be configured to communicate in a sub network defined by VLAN identifiers. LAN ports can be assigned unique VLAN IDs so that traffic to and from that physical port can be isolated from the general LAN.

VLAN filtering is particularly useful to limit broadcast packets of a device in a large network VLAN support is enabled by default in the router. In the VLAN Configuration page, enable VLAN support on the router and then proceed to the next section to define the virtual network.

VLAN Settings

Path: Network > VLAN > VLAN Settings

The VLAN List page displays a list of configured VLANs by name and VLAN ID. A VLAN membership can be created by clicking the Add New VLAN button below the list.

A VLAN membership entry consists of a VLAN identifier and the numerical VLAN ID which is assigned to the VLAN membership. The VLAN ID value can be any number from 2 to 4091. VLAN ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN, which is used for untagged frames received on the interface.

To create a new VLAN:

1. Click Network > LAN > VLAN Settings.

2. Click Add New VLAN at the bottom.

3. Enter the following required information from the table on the next page.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Serial: QB2B1A300007 | Firmware: 1:1DB006E_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network > VLAN > VLAN Settings The router supports virtual network isolation on the LAN with the use of VLANs. LAN devices can be configured to communicate in a subnetwork defined by VLAN identifiers. VLAN List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name VLAN ID IP Address Subnet Mask Captive Portal Authentication Server Default 1 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0 Free None Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries First Previous Next List > Add Now VLAN

VLAN Configuration VLAN ID [Default: 1, Range: 2 - 4093] Name Captive Portal Captive Portal OFF Activate InterVLAN Routing OFF Multi VLAN Subnet IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP DHCP Mode None DHCP Server DHCP Relay LAN Proxy Enable DNS Proxy OFF Save

Field Description
VLAN ID Enter a number between 2 and 4053.
Name Enter a name for your VLAN.
Captive Portal	Toggle ON to enable Captive Portal (refer to the next page for more information).
Activate InterVLAN Routing	Toggle ON to allow routing between multiple VLANs or OFF to deny communication between VLANs.
IP Address Enter the IP address for the VLAN.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for the VLAN.
DHCP Mode	Select one of the following modes:None - Turns off DHCP for your VLAN.DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server for your VLAN.DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your VLAN will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet.
Enable DNS Proxy	Toggle ON to enable the router to act as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicate with the ISP's DNS servers.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Captive Portal

Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not have support for the Captive Portal feature. Captive Portal is available for LAN users only and not for DMZ hosts.

Captive Portals can be enabled on a per-VLAN basis. Hosts of a particular VLAN can be directed to authenticate via the Captive Portal, which may be a customized portal with unique instructions and branding as compared to another VLAN. The most critical aspect of this configuration page is choosing the authentication server. All users (VLAN hosts) that want to gain internet access via the selected Captive Portal will be authenticated through the selected server.

To enable Creative Portal to a specific VLAN:

1. Click Network > LAN > VLAN Settings.
2. Click Add New VLAN at the bottom or right-click an existing VLAN and select Edit.
3. Toggle Captive Portal to ON.
4. Next to Authentication Server, select an authentication server from the drop-down menu.
5. Next to Login Profile Name, select a profile from the drop-down or click Create a Profile to create a new one.
6. Select either HTTP or HTTPS for the redirect type.
7. If you want users to enter a CAPTCHA challenge at login, toggle to ON.
8. If you would like communication between VLANs, toggle Activate InterVLAN Routing to ON.
9. Make any other changes/selections and click Save.

Captive Portal Captive Portal ON Authentication Server Local User Database Login Profile Name default Create a Profile Redirect Type HTTP HTTPS Enable captcha challenge for login OFF Activate InterVLAN OFF Routing

Port/Wireless VLAN

Path: Network > VLAN Settings > Port VLAN

In order to tag all traffic through a specific LAN port with a VLAN ID, you can associate a VLAN to a physical port and wireless segment.

VLAN membership properties for the LAN and wireless LAN are listed on this page. The VLAN Port table displays the port identifier, the mode setting for that port and VLAN membership information. The configuration page is accessed by selecting one of the four physical ports or a configured access point and clicking Edit.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - VLAN - Port VLAN This page allows user to configure the port VLANs. A user can choose ports and can add them into a VLAN. In order to tag all traffic through a specific LAN port with a VLAN ID, you can associate a VLAN to a physical port. The VLAN Port table displays the port identifier, the mode setting for that port and VLAN membership information. Go to the Available VLAN page to configure a VLAN membership that can then be associated with a port Port VLANs List Port Name Mode PVID VLAN Membership Port1 Access 1 1 Port2 Access 1 1 Port3 Access 1 1 Port4 Access 1 1 Showing 1 to 4 of 4 entries Wireless VLANs List Port Name Mode PVID VLAN Membership DSR-1000N_1 Access 1 1 Test01 Access 1 1 Showing 1 to 2 of 2 entries

To edit, right-click on the port and select Edit. The edit page offers the following configuration options:

• Mode: The mode of this VLAN can be General, Access (default), or Trunk. Refer to the next page for more information on the different modes.
• Select PVID for the port when General mode is selected.
• Configured VLAN memberships will be displayed on the VLAN Membership Configuration for the port. By selecting one more VLAN membership options for a General or Trunk port, traffic can be routed between the selected VLAN membership IDs.

In Access mode the port is a member of a single VLAN (and only one). All data going into and out of the port is untagged. Traffic through a port in access mode looks like any other Ethernet frame.

Port VLAN Configuration Port Name Port1 Mode Access PWD 1 [Details 5, Range 2 - 80%] Save

In General mode the port is a member of a user selectable set of VLANs. The port sends and receives data that is tagged or untagged with a VLAN ID. If the data into the port is untagged, it is assigned the defined PVID.

For example, if Port 3 is a General port with PVID 3, then the untagged data into Port 3 will be assigned PVID 3. All tagged data sent out of the port with the same PVID will be untagged. This is mode is typically used with IP Phones that have dual Ethernet ports. Data coming from phone to the switch port on the router will be tagged. Data passing through the phone from a connected device will be untagged.

Port VLAN Configuration Port Name Port1 Mode General PVID 1 (Default 1, Range 2 - 400) VLAN Membership Configuration VLAN Membership 1 Save

Note: The DSR-150/150N do not support General mode due to hardware limitations.

In Trunk mode the port is a member of a user selectable set of VLANs. All data going into and out of the port is tagged. Untagged coming into the port is not forwarded, except for the default VLAN with PVID=1, which is untagged. Trunk ports multiplex traffic for multiple VLANs over the same physical link.

Port VLAN Configuration Port Name Port1 Mode Turk VLAN Membership Configuration VLAN Membership Save

Connect to the Internet

This router has two WAN ports that can be used to establish a connection to the internet. It is assumed that you have arranged for internet service with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the configuration information that will be required to setup the router.

Dynamic IP (DHCP)

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select Dynamic IP (DHCP) to obtain IP address information automatically from your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: CBD700000001 | Firmware: 3.11.WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - Internet - WAN1 Settings This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresses, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPv4 WAN Settings WAN Setup Connection Type Dynamic IP (DHCP) Enable VLAN Tag VLAN ID 0 Dynamic IP (DHCP) Host Name DNS Servers (Domain Name System) DNS Server Source Get Dynamically from ISP Use These DNS Servers MAC Address MAC Address Source Use Default MAC Clone your PC's MAC Use this MAC Port Setup MTU Size Default Custom Port Speed Auto Sense Save Cancel

Field Description
Enable VLAN Tag Toggle to On/Off the VLAN on WAN1.
VLAN ID	This numeric value associated with the VLAN is used to identify traffic that is allowed into the WAN1 network. When the trunk mode is enabled, traffic which are vlan tagged with this ID is allowed into the WAN1 network.
Host Name	Enter a host name if required by your ISP.
DNS Server Source	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers
Primary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
MTU Size	Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.
Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Static IP

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select Static IP to manually enter the Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged in as: admin (ADAM) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: QSDT00000001 | Firmware: 3.12_WV Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network | Internet | WAN1 Settings This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresses, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPY4 WAN Settings WAN Setup Connection Type Static IP Enable VLAN Tag Static IP IP Address 10.10.7.54 IP Subnet Mask 255.255.6.0 Gateway IP Address 10.10.1.1 Domain Name System (DNS) Servers Primary DNS Server 8.8.8.8 Secondary DNS Server 8.8.8.4 MAC Address MAC Address Source Use Default MAC Clone your PC's MAC Use this MAC Port Setup MTU Size Default Custom Port Speed Auto Sense Save Cancel

Field Description
IP Address Enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.
IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.
Gateway IP Address Enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
MTU Size	Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.
Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.

PPPoE

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select PPPoE (Username/Password) to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link WIN PGE Services Server / USB 210H Network - Internet - WAN Settings This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Address, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPv4 WAN Settings WAN Setup Connection Type: IPv4 (Username/Partner) Enable VLAN Tag: 888 PPGE Profile Configuration Address Mode: Dynamic IP Strategic UP IP Address: 9.6.0.0 IP Subnet Mask: 9.6.0.0 User Name: class Password: ****** Service: Automatication Type: Auto segnations Reconnect Mode: Always On Dr Default Medium Info Time: 0 (Range: 1 - 50) Domain Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Source: Get Dynamically From ISP Use These DNS Servers Primary DNS Server: 9.6.0.0 Secondary DNS Server: 9.6.0.0 MAC Address MAC Address Source: Use Default MAC Close your PC's MAC Use this MAC Port Setup MTG Site: Default Custom Custom MTG: 1500 (Range: 1500 - 1500) None Port Speed: Auto Server Save Cancel

Field Description
Address Mode	Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).
User Name Enter your PPPoE user name.
Password Enter your PPPoE password.
Service Enter if your ISP requires it.
Authentication Type Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.
Reconnect Mode	Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.
IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.
IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.
Gateway IP Address	If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.
DNS Server Source	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected "Use These DNS Servers", enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected "Use These DNS Servers", enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC's MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
MTU Size	Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.
Custom MTU	Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

PPTP

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select PPTP (Username/Password) to enter the PPTP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-100H Logged in as: admin | Admin | Language: English [US] Serial: C:\Users\2000007\ | Firmware: 1.18005E_ww Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - Internet - WAN1 Settings This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresses. Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPv4 WAN1 Settings WAN1 Setup Connection Type PFTP PFTP Address Mode Dynamic IP Static IP Server Address 0.0.0 User Name link Password ****** MPPE Encryption Sell Split Tunnel SHP Reconnect Mode Always On On Demand Domain Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Source Get Dynamically from ISP Use These DNS Servers MAC Address Use Default MAC Clone your PC's MAC Use this MAC MAC Address 00:00:00:00:00:00 Port Setup MTU Size Default Custom Custom MTU 1900 [Range 1200 to 1500] Bytes Port Speed Auto Dense Save Cancel

Field Description
Address Mode	Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).
Server Address Enter your PPTP server address.
User Name Enter your PPTP user name.
Password Enter your PPTP password.
MPPE Encryption	Toggle to ON and select the level of MPPE encryption.
Split Tunnel	Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection.
Reconnect Mode	Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.
IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.
IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.
IP Gateway	If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.
Static DNS IP Enter the static DNS IP address.
DNS Server Source	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected "Use These DNS Servers", enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected "Use These DNS Servers", enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC's MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
MTU Size	Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.
Custom MTU Enter a	MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

L2TP

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select L2TP (Username/Password) to enter the L2TP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link Sally Find Services Provider - DSM 250Hz Logged in ac: accounts / ADAS Log1ogram: English jnt Serial: QDZ700000001 Hardware: 3.12. WW Wizard: System Search Status: Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network = Internet > WAN Settings This page above you can be set up your Internet Connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresses, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPV4 WAN Settings WAN Setup Connection Type: LTIP (Connective/Resource) Enable VLAN Tag: LITP Address Mode: Dynamic IP State IP IP Address: 9.0.0.0 IP Subnet Mask: 9.0.0.0 IP Gateway: 9.0.0.0 Server Address: 9.0.0.0 Static DNS IP: 9.0.0.0 User Name: NTK Password: **** Secret: Split Tunnel: Retconnect Mode: Always On On Demand Demuts Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Source: Get Dynamically from ISP Use These DNS Servers MAC Address: Use Default MAC Close your PC's MAC Address Use this MAC MAC Address Source: Default Custom Port Setup MTU Size Auto Server Port Speed: Save Cancel

Field Description
Address Mode	Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).
Server Address Enter your PPTP server address.
User Name Enter your PPTP user name.
Password Enter your PPTP password.
Secret Enter a shared secret if required.
Split Tunnel	Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection.
Reconnect Mode	Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.
IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.
IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.
IP Gateway	If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.
DNS Server Source	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC Address to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
MTU Size	Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.
Custom MTU	Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Japanese PPPoE

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select Japanese multiple PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link Served Security Router - Web Services Network - Internet - WAN Settings This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresser, Account Information as: This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IP-4 WAR Settings WAN Setup Connection Type: Enable VLAN Tag: Japanese Multiscale PPPAe Primary PPPAe Profile Configuration Address Mode: User Name: Password: Service: Authentication Type: External Mode: Primary PPPAe Domain Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Source: Secondary PPPAe Profile Configuration ADDRESS Mode: User Name: Password: Service: Authentication Type: External Mode: Secondary PPPAe Domain Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Source: MAC Address: MAC Address Service: Next Setup ATS Size: Port Speed: Logos: multiple PPPAe System IP Starts IP Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Use These DNS Servers

Field Description
Address Mode	Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).
User Name Enter your PPPoE user name.
Password Enter your PPPoE password.
Service Enter if your ISP requires it.
Authentication Type Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.
Reconnect Mode	Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.
IP Address	If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.
IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.
Gateway IP Address	If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.
Primary PPPoE DNS Servers	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
Secondary PPPoE Profile	You may create a secondary PPPoE profile.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Russian PPPoE

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select Russian dual access PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link File: Fnd Networks Router - OSI 2504 Logged in as: admin (ADAM) | Language: English (SIP) Server: [Default] | Hardware: 8.12.1w Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network > Internet > WAN Settings This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP addresses, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPv4 WAN Settings WAN Setup Connection Type Enable VLAN Tag Number dial access 90 Pcs Random PWM Address Mode User Name Password Service Authentication Type Reconnect Mode Domain Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Service MAC Address MAC Address Source WAN Physical Setting Address Mode WAN Physical Setting Domain Name System DNS Server Service Port Setup MTU Size Port Speed Auto Address Auto Regulator Always On On Demand Get Dynamically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Use Default MAC Clone your PC's MAC Address Use this MAC Dynamic IP Status IP Get Dynamically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Default Custom Save Cancel

Field Description
Address Mode	Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).
User Name Enter your PPPoE user name.
Password Enter your PPPoE password.
Service Enter if your ISP requires it.
Authentication Type Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.
Reconnect Mode	Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.
IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.
IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.
Gateway IP Address	If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.
DNS Server Source	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
WAN2 Physical Setting	Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). If you select Static IP, enter the IP settings supplied by your ISP.
WAN2 Physical DNS	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Russian PPTP

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select Russian dual access PPTP to enter the PPTP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link Simulated Services Router > USB-230M Logged in as: admin / AOSMR | Language | English [FIS] Serial: CUSTAVI0000001 | E-mail: 5.16.dwg Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network > Internet > WAN Settings This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresses, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPwA WAN Settings WAN Setup Connection Type: Rvetian dual states PFTP Enable VLAN Tag: None RVPN PFTP Address Mode: Dynamic IP Static IP Server Address: 0.0.0.0 User Name: DNS Password: ****** Node Encryption: None Spot Tunnel: None Reconnect Mode: Always On On Demand Domain Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Source: Get Dynamically from ISP Use Those DNS Servers MAC Address: MAC Address Source: Use Default MAC Close your PC's MAC Address Use this MAC Port Setup MTU Size: Default Custom Port Speed: Auto Base Save Cancel

Field Description
Address Mode	Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).
Server Address Enter your PPTP server address.
User Name Enter your PPTP user name.
Password Enter your PPTP password.
MPPE Encryption	Toggle to ON and select the level of MPPE encryption.
Split Tunnel	Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection.
Reconnect Mode	Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.
IP Address	If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.
IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.
IP Gateway	If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.
DNS Server Source	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
MTU Size	Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.
Custom MTU	Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Russian L2TP

Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings

Select Russian dual access L2TP to enter the L2TP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.

D-Link In-line Services Router, Disk 2.50s Logged to ask admin (Admin) | Language: English (UI) Serial: GEOT80000004 | Firewall: List Win Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresses, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPv6 WAN Settings WAN Setup Connection Type: Russian Dual access QTP Enable VLAN Tag OFF Russian L2TP Address Mode: Dynamic IP Static IP Server Address: 0.0.0.0 User Name: link Password: ****** Secret: Split Tunnel None Reconnect Mode: Always Go On Demand Domain Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Source: Get Dynamically from ISP Use These DNS Servers MAC Address MAC Address Source: Use Default MAC Close your PC's MAC Address Use This MAC Port Setup MTU Size: Default Custom Port Speed: Auto Sense Save Cancel

Field Description
Address Mode	Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).
Server Address Enter your PPTP server address.
User Name Enter your PPTP user name.
Password Enter your PPTP password.
Secret Enter a shared secret if required.
Split Tunnel	Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection.
Reconnect Mode	Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.
IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.
IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.
Gateway IP Address	If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.
DNS Server Source	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MAC Address Source	Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.
MAC Address	If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.
MTU Size	Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.
Custom MTU	Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.
Port Speed	Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

WAN2/ DMZ Settings

Path: Network > Internet > WAN2/DMZ Settings

Select WAN and select an Internet connection type from the drop down list. Please refer to the previous pages for more information. If you want to set WAN2 port to DMZ, select DMZ and click Save. This will allow you to configure the DMZ port on the DMZ Settings pge. If the port is not configured for WAN and DMZ, it can be used as a LAN port.

WAN

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged in ex: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Serial: QBD700000000 | Firmware: 3.12_ww Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Network > Internet > WAN2 / DMZ Setting This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresses, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPv4 WAN2 / DMZ Setting Configurable Port Setup Configurable Port WAN DMZ LAN WAN2 Setup Connection Type Dynamic IP (DHCP) Dynamic IP (DHCP) Host Name Optional DNS Servers (Domain Name System) DNS Server Source Get Dynamically from ISP Use These DNS Servers MAC Address MAC Address Source Use Default MAC Clone your PC's MAC Use this MAC Port Setup MTU Size Default Custom Save Cancel

DMZ

This router supports one of the physical ports to be configured as a secondary WAN Ethernet port or a dedicated DMZ port. A DMZ is a sub network that is open to the public but behind the firewall. The DMZ adds an additional layer of security to the LAN, as specific services/ports that are exposed to the internet on the DMZ do not have to be exposed on the LAN. It is recommended that hosts that must be exposed to the internet (such as web or email servers) be placed in the DMZ network.

Firewall rules can be allowed to permit access specific services/ports to the DMZ from both the LAN or WAN. In the event of an attack to any of the DMZ nodes, the LAN is not necessarily vulnerable as well.

DMZ configuration is identical to the LAN configuration. There are no restrictions on the IP address or subnet assigned to the DMZ port, other than the fact that it cannot be identical to the IP address given to the LAN interface of this gateway.

Note: DSR-500/1000/500N/1000N/500AC/1000AC, in order to configure a DMZ port, the router's configurable port must be set to DMZ in the Network > Internet > DMZ Settings page.

Note: For DSR-150N and DSR-250N, enabling DMZ will result in port 8 of the LAN switch being used for a dedicated DMZ port. The other 7 LAN ports remain unchanged.

1. Click Network > Internet > WAN2 / DMZ Settings.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Script: GB201A300007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network > Internet > WAN2 / DMZ Setting This page allows you to set up your Internet connection. Ensure that you have the Internet connection information such as the IP Addresses, Account Information etc. This information is usually provided by your ISP or network administrator. IPv4 WAN2 / DMZ Setting Configurable Port Setup Configurable Port WAN DMZ Save Cancel

1. Select DMZ and click Save.

WAN3 (3G Internet)

Path: Network > Internet > WAN3 Settings

This router supports the use of 3G Internet access. Cellular 3G internet access is available on WAN3 via a 3G USB modem for DSR series. The cellular ISP that provides the 3G data plan will provide the authentication requirements to establish a connection. The dial Number and APN are specific to the cellular carriers. Once the connection type settings are configured and saved, navigate to the WAN status page (Setup > Internet Settings > WAN3 Status) and Enable the WAN3 link to establish the 3G connection.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: QD51A.0000K7 | Firmware: 1.100/DEF_WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Network > Internet > WAN3 Settings WAN3 Settings WAN3 (3G Internet) Reconnect Mode Always On On Demand Maximum Idle Time 5 [Range: 1 - 99%] 3G Internet Connection Type User Name Optional Password Optional Dial-In Number *99# Authentication Protocol None APN Required APN wap/JB.com Domain Name System (DNS) Servers DNS Server Source Get Dynamically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Primary DNS Server 0.0.0.0 Secondary DNS Server 0.0.0.0 Port Setup MTU Size Default Custom Custom MTU 1600 [Ranges 1200 to 1500] Bytes Save Cancel

Field Description
Reconnect Mode	Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.
Maximum Idle Time	Enter the idle time in minutes before the router disconnects from the Internet (On Demand only).
User Name Enter your 3G account user name.
Password Enter your 3G account password.
Dial-in Number Enter the phone number to access your Internet.
Authentication Protocol	Select one of following protocols from the drop-down menu: None, PAP or CHAP.
APN Required Toggle to ON if your ISP requires APN to connect.
APN Enter the APN (Access Point Name) provided by the ISP.
DNS Server Source	Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.
Primary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server	If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
MTU Size	Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.
Custom MTU	Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.

Note: WAN3 (3G Internet) is available only in DSR-1000AC.

WAN Mode

Path: Network > Internet > WAN Mode

This router supports multiple WAN links. This allows you to take advantage of failover and load balancing features to ensure certain internet dependent services are prioritized in the event of unstable WAN connectivity on one of the ports.

To use Auto Failover or Load Balancing, WAN link failure detection must be configured. This involves accessing DNS servers on the internet or ping to an internet address (user defined). If required, you can configure the number of retry attempts when the link seems to be disconnected or the threshold of failures that determines if a WAN port is down.

Single WAN Port

If you do not want to use Auto Failover or Load Balancing, select Single WAN Port from the WAN Mode drop-down menu and select the WAN port you want to set. Click Save.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-25CN Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: CBDT00000001 | Firmware: 1.11_VW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network » Internet » WAN Mode This page allows user to configure the policies on the two WAN ports for internet connection. By configuring both WANs, there are two ways for the router to access the internet. Load balancing allows traffic to and from the internet to be shared across both configured links to ensure one ISP is not excessively overloaded. Auto-Rollover uses a backup link to preserve internet connectivity for the LAN if the main ISP configured on the primary WAN fails for any reason. WAN Mode WAN Mode Setup WAN Mode Single WAN port Single WAN port Use only single WAN port WAN1 WAN2 Save Cancel

Auto-Rollover using WAN IP

In this mode one of your WAN ports is assigned as the primary internet link for all internet traffic and the secondary WAN port is used for redundancy in case the primary link goes down for any reason. Both WAN ports (primary and secondary) must be configured to connect to the respective ISP's before enabling this feature. The secondary WAN port will remain unconnected until a failure is detected on the primary link (either port can be assigned as the primary). In the event of a failure on the primary port, all internet traffic will be rolled over to the backup port. When configured in Auto-Failover mode, the link status of the primary WAN port is checked at regular intervals as defined by the failure detection settings.

1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QBDT000000001 | Firmware: 3.12_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network » Internet » WAN Mode This page allows user to configure the policies on the two WAN ports for Internet connection. By configuring both WANs, there are two ways for the router to access the internet. Load balancing allows traffic to and from the internet to be shared across both configured links to ensure one ISP is not excessively overloaded. Auto-Rollover uses a backup link to preserve internet connectivity for the LAN if the main ISP configured on the primary WAN fails for any reason. WAN Mode WAN Mode Auto-Rollover using WAN Use Primary WAN port Use Secondary WAN port: WAN health check WAN2 Retry Interval is 30 [Default: 30, Range: 3 - 999] Seconds Failover After 4 [Default: 4, Range: 2 - 999] Failures Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
WAN Mode	Select Auto-Rollover Using WAN IP from the drop-down menu.
Use Primary WAN Port	Select which WAN port is the primary.
Use Secondary WAN Port	Select which port to use if the primary port fails.
WAN Health Check	DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity.DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the connectivity of the primary link.Ping these IP addresses: These IP's will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link.Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure detection method.Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated.
WAN1/WAN2/WAN3	Enter the DNS server or IP address to ping. Note: WAN3 is supported only in DSR-1000AC.
Retry Interval	Enter the time in seconds to initiate the WAN health check. Default is every 30 seconds.
Failover After	Enter the number of failures before the router will enable the failover process.

Note: The DSR series routers support 3G USB Modem as a failover link when the internet access is lost.

Load Balancing

Path: Network > Internet > WAN Mode

This feature allows you to use multiple WAN links (and presumably multiple ISP's) simultaneously. After configuring more than one WAN port, the load balancing option is available to carry traffic over more than one link. Protocol bindings are used to segregate and assign services over one WAN port in order to manage internet flow. The configured failure detection method is used at regular intervals on all configured WAN ports when in Load Balancing mode.

This router currently supports three algorithms for Load Balancing:

Round Robin: This algorithm is particularly useful when the connection speed of one WAN port greatly differs from another. In this case you can define protocol bindings to route low-latency services (such as VOIP) over the higher -speed link and let low-volume background traffic (such as SMTP) go over the lower speed link. Protocol binding is explained in next section.

Spillover: If Spillover method is selected, the primary WAN acts as a dedicated link until a defined bandwidth threshold are reached. After this, the secondary WAN will be used for new connections. Inbound connections on the secondary WAN are permitted with this mode, as the spillover logic governs outbound connections moving from the primary to secondary WAN. You can configure spillover mode by using following options:

• Load Tolerance: It is the percentage of bandwidth after which the router switches to secondary WAN.
• Max Bandwidth: This sets the maximum bandwidth tolerable by the primary WAN for outbound traffic.

If the link bandwidth of outbound traffic goes above the load tolerance value of max bandwidth, the router will spillover the next connections to secondary WAN.

For example, if the maximum bandwidth of primary WAN is 1Kbps and the load tolerance is set to 70. Now every time a new connection is established the bandwidth increases. After a certain number of connections say bandwidth reached 70% of 1Kbps, the new outbound connections will be spilled over to secondary WAN. The maximum value of load tolerance is 80% and the minimum is 20%.

Note: The DSR-1000, DSR-1000N, DSR-500, and DSR-500N routers support the traffic load balancing between physical WAN port and a 3G USB Modem.

Load balancing is particularly useful when the connection speed of one WAN port greatly differs from another. In this case you can define protocol bindings to route low-latency services (such as VOIP) over the higher-speed link and let low-volume background traffic (such as SMTP) go over the lower speed link.

Round Robin

1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: Q82B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WV Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network > Internet > WAN Mode This page allows user to configure the policies on the two WAN ports for internet connection. By configuring both WANs, there are two ways for the router to access the internet. Load balancing allows traffic to end from the internet to be shared across both configured links to ensure one ISP is not excessively overloaded. Auto-Rollover uses a backup link to preserve Internet connectivity for the LAN if the main ISP configured on the primary Option fails for any reason. WAN Mode WAN Mode Setup WAN Mode Load Balancing Setup Load Balancing WAN health check Load Balancing Round Robin Spillover Mode None Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
WAN Mode	SelectLoad Balancingfrom the drop-down menu.
Load Balance Select	Round Robin.
WAN Health Check	DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity.DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the connectivity of the primary link.Ping these IP addresses: These IP’s will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link.Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure detection method.Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Spillover

1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB281A300C007 | Firmware: 1.10B00BE_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - Internet - WAN Mode This page allows user to configure the policies on the two WAN ports for Internet connection. By configuring both WANs, there are two ways for the router to access the internet. Load balancing allows traffic to and from the internet to be shared across both configured links to ensure one ISP is not excessively overloaded. Auto-Rollover uses a backup link to preserve Internet connectivity for the LAN if the main ISP configured on the primary Option fails for any reason. WAN Mode WAN Mode Setup WAN Mode Load Balancing Load Balancing Round Robin Spillover Mode WAN health check WAN DNS Servers Retry Interval is 30 [Defaults 30, Ranges 5 - 999] Seconds Follower After 4 [Defaults 4, Ranges 2 - 999] Failures Spillover Configuration Setup Load Tolerance 80 [Defaults 80, Ranges 20 - 80] Max Bandwidth 8192 [Defaults 8192, Ranges 512 - 8192] Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
WAN Mode	SelectLoad Balancingfrom the drop-down menu.
Load Balance	SelectSpillover Mode.
WAN Health Check	DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity.DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the connectivity of the primary link.Ping these IP addresses: These IP’s will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link.Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure detection method.Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated.
Retry Interval is	Enter the time in seconds to initiate the WAN health check. Default is every 30 seconds.
Failover After	Enter the number of failures before the router will enable the failover process.
Load Tolerance	Enter the percentage of bandwidth after which the router switches to the secondary WAN.
Max Bandwidth	This sets the maximum bandwidth tolerable by the primary WAN for outbound traffic.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

SIM Card Authentication

Path: Network > Internet > SIM Card Authentication

The DSR Service router supports SIM card. It consists of a slot for the SIM card and is integrated with a cellular module. Depending on the type of SIM card, the device supports 3G and 4G. To start using the internet, the user has to insert a SIM card in the slot and unlock the SIM by entering its PIN.

1. Click Network > Internet > SIM Card Authentication.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-SOCAC Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English (US) | Logout Serial: S34U194619469 | Firmware: 3.11B001T_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network Internet SIM Card Authentication This page allows you to unlock the SIM card by entering the SIM PIN SIM Card Settings SIM SIM Card Status SIM Card Unlocked

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
SIM Card Status Displays the SIM card status, whether it is locked, unlocked, or blocked.
Enter SIM PIN	This field will be shown if the SIM card is locked. Enter the PIN to unlock the SIM card. The PIN value should be between 4 to 8 digits. If SIM card is locked, all the network services will be blocked. To use Mobile Internet and SMS services, you have to unlock the SIM card.
Save Click to save your settings.

Routing Mode

Routing between the LAN and WAN will impact the way this router handles traffic that is received on any of its physical interfaces. The routing mode of the gateway is core to the behavior of the traffic flow between the secure LAN and the internet.

NAT or Classical

Path: Network > Internet > Routing Mode

With classical routing, devices on the LAN can be directly accessed from the internet with their public IP addresses (assuming appropriate firewall settings are configured). If your ISP has assigned an IP address for each of the computers/devices that you use, select Classical.

NAT is a technique which allows several computers and devices on your local network to share an Internet connection. The computers on the LAN use a “private” IP address range while the WAN port on the router is configured with a single “public” IP address. Along with connection sharing, NAT also hides internal IP addresses from the computers on the Internet. NAT is required if your ISP has assigned only one IP address to you. The computers/devices that connect through the router will need to be assigned IP addresses from a private subnet.

1. Click Network > Internet > Routing Mode.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB281A300007 | Firmware: 1.10B006F_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network > Internet > Routing This page allows user to configure different routing modes like NAT, Classical Routing and Transparent. The Routing mode determines how traffic is handled when received on one physical interface. NAT is the most common application for most routers, and allows you to hide internal LAN IP addresses from Internet devices. Transparent mode does not perform NAT and lets you bridge traffic between the LAN and Option. Routing Mode Routing Settings Routing Settings NAT or Classical Transparent Bridge NAT vs Classical routing for each WAN NAT with WAN1 NAT with WAN2 ON ON Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Routing Settings	Select NAT or Classical.
NAT with WAN1	Toggle to ON to use NAT with WAN1 or OFF for classical.
NAT with WAN2	Toggle to ON to use NAT with WAN2 or OFF for classical.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Transparent

When Transparent Routing Mode is enabled, NAT is not performed on traffic between the LAN and WAN interfaces. Broadcast and multicast packets that arrive on the LAN interface are switched to the WAN and vice versa, if they do not get filtered by firewall or VPN policies. To maintain the LAN and WAN in the same broadcast domain select Transparent mode, which allows bridging of traffic from LAN to WAN and vice versa, except for router-terminated traffic and other management traffic. All DSR features (such as 3G modem support) are supported in transparent mode assuming the LAN and WAN are configured to be in the same broadcast domain.

Note: NAT routing has a feature called "NAT Hair -pinning" that allows internal network users on the LAN and DMZ to access internal servers (e.g., an internal FTP server) using their externally-known domain name. This is also referred to as "NAT loopback" since LAN generated traffic is redirected through the firewall to reach LAN servers by their external name.

1. Click Network > Internet > Routing.

D-Link Unified Services Router - USB-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (US) Serial: QB2B1A100007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_ww Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - Internet - Routing This page allows user to configure different routing modes like NAT, Classical Routing and Transparent. The routing mode determines how traffic is handled when received on one physical interface. NAT is the most common application for most routers, and allows you to hide internal LAN IP addresses from internet devices. Transparent mode does not perform NAT and lets you bridge traffic between the LAN and Option. Routing Mode Routing Settings Routing Settings NAT or Classical Transparent Bridge Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Routing Settings	Select Transparent.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Bridge

When Bridge Mode routing is enabled, the first physical LAN port and secondary WAN/DMZ (port 2) interfaces are bridged together at Layer 2, creating an aggregate network. The other LAN ports and the primary WAN (WAN1) are not part of this bridge, and the router asks as a NAT device for these other ports. With Bridge mode for the LAN port 1 and WAN2/DMZ interfaces, L2 and L3 broadcast traffic as well as ARP / RARP packets are passed through. When WAN2 receives tagged traffic the tag information will be removed before the packet is forwarded to the LAN port 1 interface.

Note: Bridge mode option is available on DSR-500 / 500N / 500AC 1000 / 1000N / 1000AC routers only.

1. Click Network > Internet > Routing.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Serial: QFZBIA.200007 | Firmware: 1.18805E_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - Internet - Routing This page allows user to configure different routing modes like NAT, Classical Routing and Transparent. The Routing mode determines how traffic is handled when received on one physical Interface. NAT is the most common application for most routers, and allows you to hide Internal LAN IP addresses from Internet devices. Transparent mode does not perform NAT and lets you bridge traffic between the LAN and Option. Routing Mode Routing Settings Routing Settings NAT or Classical Transparent Bridge Bridge Mode Setup Bridge Interface IP Address 0.0.0.0 DMAZ Interface IP Address 172.17.100.254 Subnet Mask 256.266.266.255 NAT vs Classical routing for each WAN NAT with WAN1 Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Routing Settings Select	Bridge.
Bridge Interface IP Address	Enter the bridge interface IP address.
DMZ Interface IP Address	Enter the DMZ interface IP address.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask.
NAT with WAN1	Toggle ON to turn NAT on WAN1 or OFF for classical.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

IP Aliasing

Path: Network > Internet > IP Aliasing

A single WAN Ethernet port can be accessed via multiple IP addresses by adding an alias to the port. This is done by configuring an IP Alias address. To edit or delete any existing aliases, right-click the alias and select either Edit or Delete.

To create a new alias:

1. Click Network > Internet > IP Aliasing.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in asc: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Lognet Serial: QUBIN2300007 | Firmware: 1,18006. N/W Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network - Internet - IP Aliasing This page displays the configured IP Aliases as Option interfaces . User can also add; delete and edit the IP Alias also.A single Option Ethernet port can be accessed via multiple IP addresses by adding a alias to the port. This is done by configuring IP Alias. IP Aliasing List Show 10 entries [Right click an record to get more options] Port IP Address Subset Mask No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New IP Aliasing

1. Click Add New IP Aliasing.
2. Enter the following information and click Save.

IP Aliasing Configuration Interface WAN1 WAN2 IP Address Subnet Mask Save

Field Description
Interface	Select either WAN1 or WAN2.
IP Address Enter an alias IP address for the WAN interface you selected.
Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask for the WAN interface you selected.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

DMZ Settings

Path: Network > Internet > DMZ Settings

If you set WAN2 port to DMZ, you will need to configure the port here.

To configure the DMZ Settings:

1. Click Network > Internet > DMZ Settings.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q82B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.108006E_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - Internet - DMZ Settings The De-Militorized Zone (DMZ) is a network which, when compared to the LAN, has fewer firewall restrictions, by default. This zone can be used to host servers and give public access to them.DMZ setup is similar to the LAN TCP/IP options. The network subnet for the DMZ can be different from the LAN, and firewall/VPN policies can be customized for the DMZ. The DMZ is typically used for network devices that you wish to expose to the internet, such as FTP or mail servers. DMZ Settings DMZ IP Address IP Address 172.17.100.254 Subnet Mask 299.255.255.9 DHCP for DMZ DHCP Mode None DHCP Server DHCP Relay Starting IP Address 172.17.100.100 Ending IP Address 172.17.100.253 Default Gateway 172.17.100.254 Domain Name DLink Lease Time 24 [Range: 1 : 262000] Hours Enable DNS Proxy ON Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server WINS Server Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
IP Address Enter an IP address for the DMZ interface.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for the DMZ interface.
DHCP Mode	Select one of the following modes:None - Turns off DHCP.DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server on your network.DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your network will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet.
DHCP Server Refer to “DHCP Server” on page 19 for more information.
DHCP Relay Refer to “DHCP Relay” on page 20 for more information.
Enable DNS Proxy	Toggle toOn to manually enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). If set toOff, your router’s LAN IP address will be assigned the DNS server to your clients and the router will get the DNS information from your ISP.
Primary DNS Server If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
WINS Server If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the WINS server IP address.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs

The router's DHCP server can assign IP settings to your DMZ clients on your network by adding a client's MAC address and the IP address to be assigned. Whenever the router receives a request from a client, the MAC address of that client is compared with the MAC address list present in the database. If an IP address is already assigned to that computer or device in the database, the customized IP address is configured otherwise an IP address is assigned to the client automatically from the DMZ DHCP pool.

To create DHCP reservations:

1. Click Network > Internet > DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in an: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: OSBTAJ3000067 | Fmercware: 1.T08006E_WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network - Internet - DMZ DHCP Reserved IPs This page allows user to configure the reserved IP Addresses for the DHCP Server configuration. In order to ensure certain DMZ devices always receive the same IP address when DHCP is enabled on the DMZ, bind the DMZ device's MAC address to a preferred IP address. This IP address will only be assigned to the matching MAC address. DMZ DHCP Reserved IPs List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] IP Address MAC Address Status No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries [ First ] [ Product ] [ Next ] [ Last ] Add New DMZ DHCP Reserved IP

1. Click Add New DMZ DHCP Reserved IP.
2. Enter the following information and click Save.

DMZ DHCP Reserved IPs Configuration DMZ DHCP Reserved IP Enable IP Address MAC Address ON Save

Field Description
DMZ DHCP Reserved IP Enable	Toggle to ON to enable this reservation.
IP Address	Enter the IP address you want to assign to this device. Note that this IP address must be in the same range as the starting/ending IP address under DHCP Settings.
MAC Address Enter	the MAC address of this device (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx format).
Save Click Save	to save your reservation.

Dynamic DNS Settings

Path: Network > Internet > Dynamic DNS

Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS.org, D-Link DDNS, or Oray.net.

Each configured WAN can have a different DDNS service if required. Once configured, the router will update DDNS services changes in the WAN IP address so that features that are dependent on accessing the router's WAN via FQDN will be directed to the correct IP address. When you set up an account with a DDNS service, the host and domain name, username, password and wildcard support will be provided by the account provider.

To configure DDNS:

1. Click Network > Internet > Dynamic DNS
2. Click the tab on top to select which WAN port you want to configure DDNS to.
3. Next to Dynamic DNS Service Type, select your DDNS service.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSE 500N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Logui Serial: QNA109200164 | Firmware: 2.18_WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network - Internet - Dynamic DNS - Dynamic DNS WANT Settings Dynamic DNS WAN1 Settings | Dynamic DNS WAN2 Settings Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS, D-Link DDNS, Oray etc. Dynamic DNS WAN1 Settings Status: Current WAN Mode DDNS Status WAN3 Dynamic DNS Service Type use only single WAN port WAN1 DDNS is disabled Disable Disable DynDNS D-Link DDNS FreeDNS NO-IP R322.mrg Custom Drag

1. Enter the following information and click Save. The information below is for DynDNS. Other services will have similar fields.

Field Description

User Name Enter your DDNS user name.

Domain Name Enter the domain name.

Password Enter your DDNS password.

Status Displays the current connection status.

Allow Wildcards Toggle to ON to allow wildcards.

Update Periodically Toggle to ON to set a forced update.

Save Click Save to save your reservation.

Traffic Management Bandwidth Profiles

Path: Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Profiles

Bandwidth profiles allow you to regulate the traffic flow from the LAN to WAN 1 or WAN 2. This is useful to ensure that low priority LAN users (like guests or HTTP service) do not monopolize the available WAN's bandwidth for cost-savings or bandwidth-priority-allocation purposes.

Bandwidth profiles configuration consists of enabling the bandwidth control feature from the GUI and adding a profile which defines the control parameters. The profile can then be associated with a traffic selector, so that bandwidth profile can be applied to the traffic matching the selectors. Selectors are elements like IP addresses or services that would trigger the configured bandwidth regulation.

To edit, delete, or create a new bandwidth profile:

1. Click Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Profiles.
2. Toggle Enable Bandwidth Profiles to ON and click Save.

D-Link Unified Services Router - QSR-250H Logged in at: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English ESCI Serial: QRF030000001 | Firmware: 3.12-WW WORLD Options Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Profiles Bandwidth Profiles Traffic Shaping Session Limiting Bandwidth Management This page shows the list of configured bandwidth profiles. These profiles then can be used with the traffic selectors. Bandwidth Profiles Enable Bandwidth Profiles Save Cancel Bandwidth Profiles List Show 10 entries (Right click on record to get more options) Name Bandwidth Rate / Priority No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 off 0 entries Add New Bandwidth Profile

1. Click Add New Bandwidth Profile.

D-Link Unified Services Answer - DSL 120N Logged in me: admin (ADMN) | Languages: English 2053 Serial: QINTOQ00001 | Firmware: 3.12.1W Wizard: System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Profiles Operation Succeeded Bandwidth Profiles Traffic Chapping Session Disfiting Bandwidth Management This page shows the list of configured bandwidth profiles. These profiles then can be used with the traffic selectors. Bandwidth Profiles Enable Bandwidth Profiles Save Cancel Bandwidth Profiles List Show 10 owners [Right click on record to get more options] Name Bandwidth Rate / Priority No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 3 entries Add New Bandwidth Profile

4. Enter the following information and click Save.

Bandwidth Profile Configuration Name namel Policy Type Outbound WAN Interface Dedicated WAN Profile Type Rate Minimum Bandwidth Rate [Ranges 1 - 999999] Maximum Bandwidth Rate [Range 100 - 1000000] Klips Save

Field Description
Name	Enter a name for your profile. This identifier is used to associate the configured profile to the traffic selector.
Policy Type	Select the policy type (Inbound or Outbound) from the drop-down menu.
WAN Interface Select which WAN interface you want to associate this profile with.
Profile Type	Select either Priority or Rate from the drop-down menu.
Priority	If you selected Priority, select Low, Medium, or High.
Minimum Bandwidth Rate	If you selected Rate, enter the minimum bandwidth rate.
Maximum Bandwidth Rate	If you selected Rate, enter the maximum bandwidth rate.
Save Click Save to save your reservation.

Traffic Shaping

Path: Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Traffic Shaping

Once a profile has been created it can then be associated with a traffic flow from the LAN to WAN. Traffic selector configuration binds a bandwidth profile to a type or source of LAN traffic with the following settings.

To create a traffic selector:

1. Click Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Traffic Shaping.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR: 750M Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [UK] Serial: QBDT000000101 | Fireware: 3.12_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - Internet - Traffic Management - Traffic Shaping Bandwidth Profiles Traffic Shaping Session Limiting Bandwidth Management This page shows all of traffic selectors. Traffic selectors are service-based rules to which user can attach bandwidth profiles. Traffic Selectors List Show 10 entries (Right click on record to get more options ) Service Traffic Selector Match Type Bandwidth Profile No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Traffic Selector

1. Click Add New Traffic Selector.

Traffic Selector Configuration Available Profiles: bandText Service AIM Traffic Selector Match Type: IP IP Address Subnet Mask Save

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Available Profiles Select a bandwidth profile from the drop-down menu.
Service Select a service from the drop-down menu.
Traffic Selector Match Type	Select IP or MAC Address.
IP Address	If you selected IP, enter the IP address of the source associated with this profile.
Subnet Mask If you selected IP, enter a subnet mask.
MAC Address	If you selected MAC, enter the MAC address of the source associated with this profile.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Session Limiting

Path: Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Session Limiting

Session Limiting page displays a list of configured session limiting profiles. It allows user to limit the number of sessions per IP address, range of IPs, or interface, through the device. The user can type a warning message that will be displayed to users when session limit is reached. Session Limiting configuration consists of profile name, source type, IP address, and maximum sessions.

To edit, delete, or create a new session limiting profile:

1. Click Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Session Limiting.
2. Enter the Warning Message and click Save to save the changes.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] | Login Serial: QRDT000000001 | Firmware: 3.12_WV Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network » Internet » Traffic Management » Session Limit Bandwidth Profiles | Traffic Shaping | Session Limiting | Bandwidth Management This page shows the list of configured session limiting Profiles. It allows user to limit number of sessions through the device per an IP/range of IP/s/interface. Session Limiting Warning Message You have reached maximum number of permitted internet sessions. Please close one or more applications to allow further internet access. Contact system administrator for more information. Characters left: 44 Save Cancel Session Limiting Profiles List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Profile Name Source Type Maximum Sessions(Per IP Address) No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add Session Limiting

1. Click Add Session Limit to add a new session limiting profile.

Session Limiting Configuration Profile Name Source Type IP Address Maximum Sessions 100 (Range: 1 - 999) Enable Schedules Schedule Profile Save

3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Profile Name Enter the name of the profile to be configured for a particular Source Type.
Source Type Select a source type for the profile.
IP Address	Configure the IP Address of the client/Host to be controlled in the Session Limit profile when the selected profile type is IP.
Start IP Address	Configure the Start IP Address of the clients to be controlled in the Session Limit profile when the selected profile type is Range.
End IP Address	Configure the End IP Address of the clients to be controlled in the Session Limit profile when the selected profile type is Range.
Interface	Select the Interface from the drop down list to select the complete network to be controlled in the Session Limit profile when the selected profile type is Interface.
Maximum Sessions	Configure the Maximum sessions from the Range 1-999 that are allowed on Source Type to limit sessions. Once the limit is reached, it will not allow any type of sessions/traffic on Session Limit profile.
Enable Schedules	Enable Schedules to add the session limit profile with schedule configured for a day/all days.
Schedule Profile Select Schedule Profile to associate to the session limit profile.
Save Click save and activate your settings.

Bandwidth Management

Path: Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Management

This page configures the bandwidth rule on the WAN interface.

To configure Bandwidth Management:

1. Click Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Management.
2. Fill-in the fields given on this page and click Save to save the changes.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [UG] | Logout Serial: CBO1000000001 | Fireware: 3.12.WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network | Internet | Traffic Management | Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Profiles | Traffic Shaping | Session Limiting | Bandwidth Management This page configure the bandwidth rule on wan Interface . Bandwidth Management Enable Bandwidth Management Service BGP WAN Interface WAN1 Bandwidth Rate 50 [Range: 1 - PP] Ncos Save Cancel

Field Description
Enable Bandwidth Management	Toggle the button to enable/disable Bandwidth Management..
Service	Select one of the services from the defined services, or to apply this traffic selector to all traffic, choose ANY.
WAN Interface It indicates the interface which will be associated with this profile.
Bandwidth Rate Specify the bandwidth rate in Mbps.
Save Click save and activate your settings.

Note: Enabling the Bandwidth Management would allow all outbound traffic to follow the slow performance mode. Bandwidth Rate value should be configured considering the bandwidth available after subtracting the maximum rate configured in oubound bandwidth profiles.

Jumbo Frames

Path: Network > Internet > Jumbo Frames

Jumbo frames are Ethernet frames with more than 1500 bytes of payload. When this option is enabled, the LAN devices can exchange information at Jumbo frames rate.

To enable jumbo frames:

1. Click Network > Internet > Jumbo Frames.
2. Toggle Activate Jumbo Frames to On.
3. Click Save.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: QB2B1A3B00007 | Firmware: 1.10B06E_WV Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Network » LAN » Jumbo Frame This page allows user to enable/disable jumbo frames and set MTU for jumbo frames in the router.Jumbo Frames option is available to exchange traffic containing Jumbo Frames on LAN side Devices. Jumbo Frame Activate Jumbo Frames OK Save Cancel

Routing Static Routes

Path: Network > Routing > Static Routes

Manually adding static routes to this device allows you to define the path selection of traffic from one interface to another. There is no communication between this router and other devices to account for changes in the path; once configured the static route will be active and effective until the network changes.

The List of Static Routes displays all routes that have been added manually by an administrator and allows several operations on the static routes.

To create a new static route:

1. Click Network > Routing > Static Routes.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSB 1000N Logged in as: admin [ AOMIN ] | Language: English [US] Serial: QB2BRA3000007 | Firmware: 1.10006E_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - Routing - Static Routes This page shows the list of static routes configured on the router. User can also add, delete and edit the configured routes. Use this page to define static routes. Be sure to enter a destination address, subnet mask, gateway and metric for each configured static route. The Interface dropdown menu will show all available configured wired interfaces on the router as options. Static Routes List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name Destination Subnet Mask Gateway Interface Metric Active Private No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Static Route

1. Click Add New Static Route.
2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save.

Static Route Configuration Route Name: Active Cas Private CFF Destination IP Address: IP Subnet Mask: Interface Dedicated WAN Gateway IP Address: Metric [Ranges 2 -15] Save

Field Description
Route Name Enter a name for your route.
Active	Toggle to ON to activate this route or to OFF to deactivate.
Private	Toggle to ON to make this route private. If the route is made private, then the route will not be shared in a RIP broadcast or multicast.
Destination IP Address Enter the IP address of the static route's destination.
IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask of the static route.
Interface	The physical network interface (WAN1, WAN2, WAN3, DMZ or LAN), through which this route is accessible.
Gateway IP Address	IP address of the gateway through which the destination host or network can be reached.
Metric	Determines the priority of the route. If multiple routes to the same destination exist, the route with the lowest metric is chosen.
Save Click Save to save your route.

RIP

Path: Network > Routing > RIP

Dynamic routing using the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) that is common in LANs. With RIP this router can exchange routing information with other supported routers in the LAN and allow for dynamic adjustment of routing tables in order to adapt to modifications in the LAN without interrupting traffic flow.

Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support RIP.

To configure RIP:

1. Click Network > Routing > RIP.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: Q82B1A300067 | Firmware: 1.18806E_WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Network » Routing » RIP This page allows to configure the RIP (Routing Information Protocol). RIP RIP Setup Direction None In Only Out Only Both Version RIP-1 Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Direction	The RIP direction will define how this router sends and receives RIP packets. Select one of the following:Both:The router both broadcasts its routing table and also processes RIP information received from other routers. This is the recommended setting in order to fully utilize RIP capabilities.Out Only:The router broadcasts its routing table periodically but does not accept RIP information from other routers.In Only:The router accepts RIP information from other routers, but does not broadcast its routing table.None:The router neither broadcasts its route table nor does it accept any RIP packets from other routers. This effectively disables RIP.
Version	The RIP version is dependent on the RIP support of other routing devices in the LAN Cooperative. Disabled:This is the setting when RIP is disabled.RIP-1:A class-based routing version that does not include subnet information. This is the most commonly supported version.RIP-2:Includes all the functionality of RIPv1 plus it supports subnet information. Though the data is sent in RIP-2 format for both RIP-2B and RIP-2M, the mode in which packets are sent is different. RIP-2B broadcasts data in the entire subnet while RIP-2M sends data to multicast addresses.Note:If RIP-2B or RIP-2M is the selected version, authentication between this router and other routers (configured with the same RIP version) is required. MD5 authentication is used in a first/second key exchange process. The authentication key validity lifetimes are configurable to ensure that the routing information exchange is with current and supported routers detected on the LAN.
Save Click Save to save your settings.

OSPF

Path: Network > Routing > OSPF

OSPF is an interior gateway protocol that routes Internet Protocol (IP) packets solely within a single routing domain. It gathers link state information from available routers and constructs a topology map of the network.

OSPF version 2 is a routing protocol which described in RFC2328 - OSPF Version 2. OSPF is IGP (Interior Gateway Protocols). OSPF is widely used in large networks such as ISP backbone and enterprise networks.

Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support OSPFv2.

To configure OSPF:

1. Click Network > Routing > OSPF.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English (US) | Logout - Serial: Q8281A300007 | Firmware: 1.108006E WW Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Network => Routing => OSPF This page shows the OSPFv2 parameters configured on the router.User can also edit the OSPFv2 configured parameters. OSPFv2 List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Status Port Area Priority Hello Interval Dead Interval Cost Authentication Type DISABLED LAN 1 10 40 10 None DISABLED WAN1 1 10 40 10 None DISABLED WAN2 1 10 40 10 None DISABLED WAN3 1 10 40 10 None Showing 1 to 4 of 4 entries First Previous Next List

1. Right-click the port you want to edit (LAN/WAN1/WAN2/WAN3) and select Edit.
2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save.

OSPFv2 Configuration OSPFv2 Enable Interface Area Priority Hello Interval Dead Interval Cost Authentication Type Mid5 Mid5 Key ID Mid5 Authentication Key WANT [Range: 0 - 200] [Default:1, Range: 0 - 255] [Default:10, Range: 1 - 65325] [Default:40, Range: 1 - 65315] [Default:10, Range: 1 - 65315] Mid5 (Range: 1 - 255) Save

Field Description
OSPFv2 Enable	Toggle ON to enable OSPF.
Interface Displays the physical network interface on which OSPFv2 is Enabled/Disabled.
Area	Enter the area to which the interface belongs. Two routers having a common segment; their interfaces have to belong to the same area on that segment. The interfaces should belong to the same subnet and have similar mask.
Priority	Helps to determine the OSPFv2 designated router for a network. The router with the highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. Setting the value to 0 makes the router ineligible to become Designated Router. The default value is 1. Lower the value means higher the priority.
Hello Interval	The number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Enter the number in seconds that the Hello packet will be sent. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 10 seconds.
Dead Interval	The number of seconds that a device's hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. OSPF requires these intervals to be exactly the same between two neighbors. If any of these intervals are different, these routers will not become neighbors on a particular segment.
Cost Enter the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFv2 interface.
Authentication Type	Select one of the following authentication types:None:The interface does not authenticate OSPF packets.Simple:OSPF packets are authenticated using simple text key.MD5:The interface authenticates OSPF packets with MD5 authentication.
Md5 Key ID If MD5 authentication is selected, enter the MD5 key ID.
Md5 Authentication Key If MD5 authentication is selected, enter the MD5 authentication key.
Save Click Save to save your settings.

OSPF support on L2TP over IPsec

Apart from LAN, WAN1 and WAN2, the user can exchange routes via L2TP over IPsec. OSPF supports a virtual interface created in L2TP over an IPsec channel. The static routes which are added have to be exchanged over these interfaces.

L2TP over IPsec wraps a stimulated data link layer in IPsec. Plain IPsec just encrypts the network layer. When the L2TP over IPsec configuration is saved, the tunnel initiation starts automatically but the establishment of the tunnel depends on the configuration at the client and the server side, and the response from the server.

Ensure that the L2TP tunnel over the IPsec is established before enabling OSPF

Protocol Binding

Path: Network > Routing > Protocol Binding

Protocol bindings are useful when the Load Balancing feature is in use. Selecting from a list of configured services or any of the user-defined services, the type of traffic can be assigned to go over only one of the available WAN ports. For increased flexibility the source network or machines can be specified as well as the destination network or machines. For example, the VOIP traffic for a set of LAN IP addresses can be assigned to one WAN and any VOIP traffic from the remaining IP addresses can be assigned to the other WAN link. Protocol bindings are only applicable when load balancing mode is enabled and more than one WAN is configured.

To add, edit, or delete a protocol binding entry:

1. Click Network > Routing > Protocol Binding.

D-Link Certified Services Router: USB 100MHz Logged in as: admin (Abksh) | Language: English [US] Serial: QG251AC000087 | Firmware: 1.19806E.WV Wizard | System Search... Status | WTRsAcs | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network - Routing - Protocol Binding This page shows the configured protocol bindings. A user can also add, delete, edit, enable or disable the protocol bindings. Protocol bindings are required when the Load Balancing feature is in use, and are only applicable when two Option Links are configured. This feature lets you assign a service to a particular Option link to ensure the high priority services are sent to the more reliable or less expensive UP. Protocol Bindings List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Status Service Local Gateway Source Network Destination Network No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 3 entries Add New Protocol Binding

1. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Protocol Binding.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Protocol Bindings Configuration Service ANY Local Gateway ● WANT ○ WANT ○ WANT Source Network ○ Any ○ Single Address ● Address range Start Address End Address Destination Network ○ Any ● Single Address ○ Address range Start Address Save

Field Description
Service Select a service from the drop-down menu.
Local Gateway Select a WAN interface.
Source Network	Select the source network:Any, Single Address, or Address Range. If Single Address or Address Range is selected, enter the IP address or IP range.
Destination Network	Select the destination network:Any, Single Address, or Address Range. If Single Address or Address Range is selected, enter the IP address or IP range.
Save Click Save to save your settings.

IPv6 IP Mode

Path: Network > IPv6 > IP Mode

This page allows you to configure the IP protocol version to be used on the router. In order to support IPv6 on your local network (LAN), you must set the router to be in IPv4 / IPv6 mode. This mode will allow IPv4 nodes to communicate with IPv6 devices through this router.

To enable IPv6 on the router:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > IP Mode.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB1B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - IPv6 - IP Mode This page allows user to configure the IP protocol version to be used on the router. In order to support IPv6 on the LAN, you must set the router to be in IPv4 / IPv6 mode. This mode will allow IPv4 nodes to communicate with IPv6 devices through this router. IP Mode IP Mode IPv4 Only IPv4 & IPv6 Save Cancel

1. Select either IPv4 or IPv4 & IPv6. It will work for all the VLANs configured on the VLAN Settings page (Network > VLAN > VLAN Settings).

2. Click Save.

WAN Settings

Path: Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings

For IPv6 WAN connections, this router can have a static IPv6 address or receive connection information when configured as a DHCPv6 client. In the case where the ISP assigns you a fixed address to access the internet, the static configuration settings must be completed. In addition to the IPv6 address assigned to your router, the IPv6 prefix length defined by the ISP is needed. The default IPv6 Gateway address is the server at the ISP that this router will connect to for accessing the internet. The primary and secondary DNS servers on the ISP's IPv6 network are used for resolving internet addresses, and these are provided along with the static IP address and prefix length from the ISP.

When the ISP allows you to obtain the WAN IP settings via DHCP, you need to provide details for the DHCPv6 client configuration. The DHCPv6 client on the gateway can be either stateless or stateful. If a stateful client is selected the gateway will connect to the ISP's DHCPv6 server for a leased address. For stateless DHCP there need not be a DHCPv6 server available at the ISP, rather ICMPv6 discover messages will originate from this gateway and will be used for auto configuration.

A third option to specify the IP address and prefix length of a preferred DHCPv6 server is available as well.

Dynamic IP

To configure a dynamic (DHCP) IPv6 Internet connection:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > IPv6 WAN1 Settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router - USB-500AC Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: 5340194619469 | Firmware: 3.118001T_WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Network > IPv6 > IPv6 Wan1 Settings This page allows user to IPv6 related WANT configurations. This router can have a static IPv6 address or receive connection information when configured as a DHCPv6 client or connect to ISP using username and password (PPPoE). The DHCPv6 client on the gateway can be either stateless or stat useful. If a stat useful client is selected the gateway will connect to the ISP's DHCPv6 server for a leased address. For stateless DHCP there need not be a DHCPv6 server available at the ISP, rather ICMPv6 discover messages will originate from this gateway and will be used for auto configuration. IPv6 Wan1 Settings IPv6 WANT Setup Connection Type DHCPv6 DHCPv6 DHCPv6 Auto Configuration Stateless Address Stateful Address Prefix Delegation Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Connection Type	Select DHCPv6 from the drop-down menu.
DHCPv6 Auto Configuration	Select either Stateless Address or Stateful Address.
Prefix Delegation	Select this option to request router advertisement prefix from any available DHCPv6 servers available on the ISP, the obtained prefix is updated to the advertised prefixes on the LAN side. This option can be selected only in Stateless Address Auto Configuration mode of DHCPv6 Client.
Save Click Save to save your settings.

Static IP

To configure a static IPv6 Internet connection:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > IPv6 WAN1 Settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR 300AC Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [us] Logout Serial: S34U194619469 | Firmware: 3.118001T_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - IPv6 - IPv6 Wan1 Settings This page allows user to IPv6 related WANT configurations. This router can have a static IPv6 address or receive connection information when configured as a DHCPv6 client or connect to ISP using username and password (PPPoE). The DHCPv6 client on the gateway can be either stateless or stateful. If a stateful client is selected the gateway will connect to the ISP's DHCPv6 server for a leased address. For stateless DHCP there need not be a DHCPv6 server available at the ISP, rather ICMPv6 discover messages will originate from this gateway and will be used for auto configuration. IPv6 Wan1 Settings IPv6 WAN1 Setup Connection Type Static Static IPv6 Address IPv6 Prefix Length [Defaults: 64; Ranges 1 + 128] Default IPv6 Gateway Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description

Connection Type Select Static.

IPv6 Address Enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.

IPv6 Prefix Length Enter the IPv6 prefix length supplied by your ISP.

Default IPv6 Gateway Enter the IPv6 gateway address supplied by your ISP.

Primary DNS Server Enter the primary DNS server IP address.

Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address.

Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.

PPPoE

To configure a dynamic (DHCP) IPv6 Internet connection:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > IPv6 WAN1 Settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR 500AC Logged in ac: admin (ADMN) | Language: English (US) Serial: 52407961540 | Firmware: 53180013_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network > IPv6 > IPv6 Wan1 Settings This page allows users to IPv6 related WAN1 configurations. This router can have a static IPv6 address or receive connection information when configured as a DHCPv client or connect to ISP using username and password (PPPoE). The DHCPv client on the gateway can be either statutless or statutell. If a statutell client is selected the gateway will connect to the ISP's DHCPv server for a leased address. For statutless DHCP there need not be a DHCPv server available at the ISP, rather ICMPv discover messages will originate from this gateway and will be used for auto configuration. IPv6 Wan1 Settings IPv6 WAN1 Setup Connection Type PPPoE PPPoE Sessions Separate Session for IPv6 Common Session for IPv4 and IPv6 PPPoE User Name Password Authentication Type Auto negotiate DHCPv4 Options Disable DHCPv6 Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Connection Type Select PPPoE.
PPPoE Sessions	Select any of the two sessions:Separate sessions for IPv6 or Common sessions for IPv4 and IPv6.
User Name Enter your PPPoE user name.
Password Enter your PPPoE password.
Authentication Type	Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu (Auto-negotiate/PAP/CHAP/MS-CHAP/MS-CHAPv2).
DHCPv6 Options	Select the mode of DHCPv6 client that will start in this mode (Disable dhcpv6/Stateless dhcpv6/Stateful dhcpv6/Stateless dhcpv6 with prefix delegation/Stateful dhcpv6 with prefix delegation).
Primary DNS Server Enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Static Routing

Path: Network > IPv6 > Static Routing

Manually adding static routes to this device allows you to define the path selection of traffic from one interface to another. There is no communication between this router and other devices to account for changes in the path; once configured the static route will be active and effective until the network changes.

The List of Static Routes displays all routes that have been added manually by an administrator and allows several operations on the static routes.

To create a new static route:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > Static Routing.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] serial: QD281A3000007 | Firmware: 1.TBB06E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network = IPv6 > Static Routing This page shows a list of IPv6 static routes added. A user can add, delete and edit the routes also. IPv6 Static Routing List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name Destination Gateway Interface Metric Active No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New IPv6 Static Route

1. Click Add New IPv6 Static Route.
2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save.

IPv6 Static Routing Configuration Route Name Active OFF IPv6 Destination IPv6 Prefix Length (Ranges: 0 - 12E) Interface WAN1 WAN2 sit0 Tunnel LAN IPv6 Gateway Metric (Ranges: 2 - 15) Save

Field Description
Route Name Enter a name for your route.
Active	Toggle to ON to activate this route or to OFF to deactivate.
IPv6 Destination Enter the IP address of the static route's destination.
IPv6 Prefix Length Enter the prefix length of the static route.
Interface	The physical network interface (WAN1, WAN2, WAN3, DMZ or LAN), through which this route is accessible.
IPv6 Gateway	IPv6 address of the gateway through which the destination host or network can be reached.
Metric	Determines the priority of the route. If multiple routes to the same destination exist, the route with the lowest metric is chosen.
Save Click Save to save your route.

OSPFv3

Path: Network > IPv6 > OSPFv3

OSPF is an interior gateway protocol that routes Internet Protocol (IP) packets solely within a single routing domain. It gathers link state information from available routers and constructs a topology map of the network.

Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) supports IPv6. To enable an OSPFv3 process on a router, you need to enable the OSPFv3 process globally, assign the OSPFv3 process a router ID, and enable the OSPFv3 process on related interfaces.

Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support OSPFv3.

To configure OSPF:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > OSPFv3.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-100CN Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Serial: 082B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network IPv6 OSPFv3 This page shows the OSPFv3 parameters configured on the router.User can also edit the OSPFv3 configured parameters.OSPF(Open Shortest Path First) version 3 is a routing protocol for IPv6 Networks (OSPFv3) described in RFC2740.OSPF is an IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol) used to distribute routing information within a single Autonomous System. Compared with RIP, OSPF can provide scalable network support and faster convergence times.OSPF can be used to design and build large and complicated networks. OSPFv3 List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Status Port Priority Hello Interval Dead Interval Cost DISABLED LAN 1 10 40 10 DISABLED WAN1 1 10 40 10 DISABLED WAN2 1 10 40 10 Showing 1 to 3 of 3 entries First Previous Next List

1. Right-click the port you want to edit (LAN/WAN1/WAN2) and select Edit.
2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save.

OSPFv3 Configuration OSPFv3 Enable Interface WANT Priority 1 [Default:5, Range: 0 - (25)] Hold Interval 10 [Default:3], Range: 1 - (50.0%) Dead Interval 40 [Default:4], Range: 1 - (65.0%) Cost 10 [Default:10], Range: 1 - (55.0%) SAVE

Field Description
OSPFv3 Enable	Toggle ON to enable OSPFv3.
Interface Displays the physical network interface on which OSPFv3 is Enabled/Disabled.
Priority	Helps to determine the OSPFv3 designated router for a network. The router with the highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. Setting the value to 0 makes the router ineligible to become Designated Router. The default value is 1. Lower the value means higher the priority.
Hello Interval	The number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Enter the number in seconds that the Hello packet will be sent. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 10 seconds.
Dead Interval	The number of seconds that a device's hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. OSPF requires these intervals to be exactly the same between two neighbors. If any of these intervals are different, these routers will not become neighbors on a particular segment.
Cost Enter the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFv3 interface.
Save Click Save to save your settings.

6 to 4 Tunneling

Path: Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling

6to4 is an Internet transition mechanism for migrating from IPv4 to IPv6, a system that allows IPv6 packets to be transmitted over an IPv4 network. Select the check box to Enable Automatic Tunneling and allow traffic from an IPv6 LAN to be sent over an IPv4 Option to reach a remote IPv6 network.

To enable 6 to 4 tunneling:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIR) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: QB2BTA3000007 | Firmware: 1.100004_WV V/azard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - IPv6 - 6 to 4 Tunneling This page allows user to enable/disable the 5 to 4 tunneling. With this option enabled IPv4 address information is embedded in IPv6 addresses on the LAN. This option is very common in network that use both IPv4 and IPv5 nodes. IPv6 to IPv4 Tunneling Activate Auto Tunneling Save Cancel

1. Toggle Activate Auto Tunneling to ON.
2. Click Save.

ISATAP

Path: Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling

ISATAP (Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel Addressing Protocol) is an IPv6 transition mechanism meant to transmit IPv6 packets between dual-stack nodes on top of an IPv4 network. ISATAP specifies an IPv6-IPv4 compatibility address format as well as a means for site border router discovery. ISATAP also specifies the operation of IPv6 over a specific link layer - that being IPv4 used as a link layer for IPv6.

To add, edit, or delete a ISATAP entry:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > ISATAP.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Legal Serial: QB8B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.J08006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - IPv6 - ISATAP Tunnels This page shows the list of available ISATAP tunnels. A user can also add, delete and edit ISATAP tunnels from this page.ISATAP is available to provide connectivity between IPv6 nodes within the LAN, as it treats the IPv4 network as a single IPv6 local link. ISATAP Tunnels List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Local Endpoint ISATAP Subnet Prefix No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New ISATAP Tunnel

1. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New ISATAP Tunnel.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

ISATAP Tunnels Configuration ISATAP Subnet Prefix End Point Address ○ LAN ● Other IP IPv4 Address Save

Field Description
ISATAP Subnet Prefix	This is the 64-bit subnet prefix that is assigned to the logical ISATAP subnet for this intranet. This can be obtained from your ISP or internet registry, or derived from RFC 4193.
End Point Address	This is the endpoint address for the tunnel that starts with this router. The endpoint can be the LAN interface (assuming the LAN is an IPv4 network), or a specific LAN IPv4 address.
IPv4 Address The end	point address if not the entire LAN.
Save Click Save to	save your settings.

LAN Settings DHCPv6 Server

Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 LAN Settings

In IPv6 mode, the LAN DHCP server is disabled by default (similar to IPv4 mode). The DHCPv6 server will serve IPv6 addresses from configured address pools with the IPv6 Prefix Length assigned to the LAN.

The default IPv6 LAN address for the router is fec0::1. You can change this 128-bit IPv6 address based on your network requirements. The other field that defines the LAN settings for the router is the prefix length. The IPv6 network (subnet) is identified by the initial bits of the address called the prefix. By default this is 64 bits long. All hosts in the network have common initial bits for their IPv6 address; the number of common initial bits in the network's addresses is set by the prefix length field.

To configure IPv6 LAN settings on the router:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 LAN Settings.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1900N Logged in as: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] Layout Serial: 08281A3000007 | Firmware: 2.00B001E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - IPv6 - LAN Settings - IPv6 LAN Settings IPv6 LAN Settings IPv6 Address Pools IPv6 Prefix Length Router Advertisement Advertisement Prefixes This page allows user to IPv6 related LAN configurations. The IPv6 address is 128 bits, with a default 64 bit prefix that defines the network and is common among all LAN hosts. Changes here affect all devices connected to the router's LAN switch. Note that a change to the default LAN IP address will require all LAN hosts to be in the same network prefix and use the new address to access this GUI. IPv6 LAN Settings LAN TCP/IP Setup IPv6 Address lec0-1 IPv6 Prefix Length 64 [Range: 0 - 128] DNCPv6 Status On Mode Stateless Stateful Domain Name dink.com Server Preference 255 [Range: 0 - 255] DNS Servers Use DNS Proxy Lease / Rebind Time 86400 [Range: 0 - 60400] Seconds Prefix Delegation On Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save.

Field Description
IPv6 Address Enter	the IPv6 LAN address for the router.
IPv6 Prefix Length Enter	the prefix length.
Status Toggle to	ON to enable DHCPv6.
Mode	The IPv6 DHCP server is either stateless or stateful. If stateless is selected an external IPv6 DHCP server is not required as the IPv6 LAN hosts are auto-configured by this router. In this case the router advertisement daemon (RADVD) must be configured on this device and ICMPv6 router discovery messages are used by the host for auto-configuration. There are no managed addresses to serve the LAN nodes. If stateful is selected the IPv6 LAN host will rely on an external DHCPv6 server to provide required configuration settings.
Domain Name Enter	a domain name (optional).
Server Preference	Server Preference is used to indicate the preference level of this DHCP server. DHCP advertise messages with the highest server preference value to a LAN host are preferred over other DHCP server advertise messages. The default is 255.
DNS Servers	The DNS server details can be manually entered here (primary/secondary options. An alternative is to allow the LAN DHCP client to receive the DNS server details from the ISP directly. By selecting Use DNS proxy, this router acts as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicates with the ISP's DNS servers (a WAN configuration parameter).
Lease / Rebind Time	Enter the duration of the DHCPv6 lease from this router to the LAN client.
Prefix Delegation	Toggle to ON to enable prefix delegation in DHCPv6 server. This option can be selected only in Stateless Address Auto Configuration mode of DHCPv6 server.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

IPv6 Address Pools

Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address Pools

This feature allows you to define the IPv6 delegation prefix for a range of IP addresses to be served by the router's DHCPv6 server. Using a delegation prefix you can automate the process of informing other networking equipment on the LAN of DHCP information specific for the assigned prefix.

To add, edit, or delete a IPv6 address pool entry:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address Pools tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin ( Admin ) | Language: English [US] | Layout Serial: GB231A2003007 | Firmware: 1.18B006E WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address Pools IPv6 LAN Settings IPv6 Address Pools IPv6 Prefix Length exactly Router Advertisement Advertisement Prefixes This Page allow user to create/add/delete/edit Address Pools List for IPv6 configuration. IPv6 Address Pools List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Start Address End Address Prefix Length No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Address Pool

1. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Address Pool.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

IPv6 Address Pools Configuration Start IPv6 Address End IPv6 Address Prefix Length [Ranger 0 - 128] Save

Field Description
Start IPv6 Address Enter the starting IPv6 LAN address.
End IPv6 Address Enter the ending IPv6 LAN address.
Prefix Length Enter the prefix length.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

IPv6 Prefix Length

Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prefix Length

To add, edit, or delete a IPv6 prefix length entry:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prefix Length tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: QB2B1A300087 | Firmware: 1.188006E_WW Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prefix Length IPv6 LAN Settings IPv6 Address Pools IPv6 Prefix Length Router Advertisement Advertisement Prefixes This Page allow user to create/add/delete/edit Prefix Length List for IPv6 configuration. IPv6 Prefix Length List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Prefix Address Prefix Length No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Prefix Length

1. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Prefix Length.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

IPv6 Prefix Length Configuration Prefix Prefix Length [Range: 0 - 128] Save

Field Description
Profile Enter a name for this profile.
Prefix Length Enter the prefix length.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

Router Advertisement

Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Router Advertisement

Router Advertisements are analogous to IPv4 DHCP assignments for LAN clients, in that the router will assign an IP address and supporting network information to devices that are configured to accept such details. Router Advertisement is required in an IPv6 network is required for stateless auto configuration of the IPv6 LAN. By configuring the Router Advertisement Daemon on this router, the router will listen on the LAN for router solicitations and respond to these LAN hosts with router advisements.

To configure router advertisement settings:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Router Advertisement tab.

D-Link Gulf Food Services Router - USB (USB) Logged in us: admin [admin] | Language: English [txt] Serial: USB1200000 | Provider: 1.000000_ Web Wizard System Search Status Windows Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - IPv - LAN Settings - Router Advertisement IPv4 LAN Settings IPv4 Address Ports IPv4 Prefix Length Router Advertisement Advertisement Prefixes This page allows user to configure Router Advertisement Demon (RADVD) related configurations.Router Advertisements are analogout to IPv DHCP assignments for LAN clients. With this the router will perform wireless auto configuration of LAN nodes by assigning an IP address and supporting network information to devices that are configured to accept such details. By configuring the Router Advertisement Demon on this router, the device will listen on the LAN for router facilitation and respond to these LAN hosts with router advertisements. Router Advertisement Router Advertisement Demon Setup Status Advertise Mode Unselected Multicast Unicast Only Advertise Interval 30 [Range 10 : 6000] RA Flags Managed Other Router Preference Low Medium High MTU 1600 [Range 100 : 1000] Router Lifetime 9000 Seconds Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save.

Field Description
Status Toggle to	ON to enable this feature.
Advertise Mode	Select Unsolicited Multicast to send router advertisements (RA's) to all interfaces in the multicast group. To restrict RA's to well-known IPv6 addresses on the LAN, and thereby reduce overall network traffic, select Unicast only.
Advertise Interval	When advertisements are unsolicited multicast packets, this interval sets the maximum time between advertisements from the interface. The actual duration between advertisements is a random value between one third of this field and this field. The default is 30 seconds.
Managed	Toggle to ON to use the administered/stateful protocol for address auto-configuration. If set to OFF, the host uses administered/stateful protocol for non-address auto configuration.
Other	Toggle to ON to use administered/stateful protocol of other (i.e., non-address) information auto configuration.
Router Preference	This parameter (low/medium/high) determines the preference associated with the RADVD process of the router. This is useful if there are other RADVD-enabled devices on the LAN as it helps avoid conflicts for IPv6 clients.
MTU	The router advertisement will set this maximum transmission unit (MTU) value for all nodes in the LAN that are auto-configured by the router. The default is 1500.
Router Lifetime	This value is present in RAs and indicates the usefulness of this router as a default router for the interface. The default is 3600 seconds. Upon expiration of this value, a new RADVD exchange must take place between the host and this router.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

Advertisement Prefixes

Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Advertisement Prefixes

Router advertisements configured with advertisement prefixes allow this router to inform hosts how to perform stateless address auto configuration. Router advertisements contain a list of subnet prefixes that allow the router to determine neighbors and whether the host is on the same link as the router.

To add, edit, or delete an advertisement prefix entry:

1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Advertisement Prefixes tab.

D-Link Gelified Services Router - DSR-1000M Logged In as: admin (ADAM) | Language: English (US) Serial: GB281A3000057 | Fashware: 148806E.WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network - IPv6 - LAN Settings - Advertisement Prefixes IPv6 LAN Settings IPv6 Address Fools IPv6 Prefix Length Router Advertisement Advertisement Prefixes This page allows user to configure IPv6 prefixes which will be used while advertisement. The router advertisements configured with advertisement prefixes allow this router to inform hosts how to perform stateless address auto configuration. Router advertisements contain a list of subnet prefixes that allow the router to determine neighbors and whether the host is on the same link as the router. Advertisement Prefixes List Show 10 enabled (Right click on record to get more options) IPv6 Prefix IPv6 Prefix Length Life Time No data available in table Showing 3 to 5 of 0 entries First | Next | Next | Last Add New Advertisement Prefix

1. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Advertisement Length.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Advertisement Prefix Configuration IPv6 Prefix Type SIA ID Prefix Lifetime Mio4 Global /Local/ISATAP [Range 0 : PPP] [Range 5 - MSOS] Seconds Save

Advertisement Prefix Configuration IPv Prefix Type IPv Prefix IPv Prefix Length Prefix Lifetime Global /Local/ISATAP (Ranges: 1 - 100) (Ranges: 1 - 40000) Seconds Save

Field Description
IPv6 Prefix Type	To ensure hosts support IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel select the 6to4 prefix type. Selecting Global/Local/ISATAP will allow the nodes to support all other IPv6 routing options.
SLA ID	The SLA ID (Site-Level Aggregation Identifier) is available when 6to4 Prefixes are selected. This should be the interface ID of the router's LAN interface used for router advertisements.
IPv6 Prefix	When using Global/Local/ISATAP prefixes, this field is used to define the IPv6 network advertised by this router.
IPv6 Prefix Length	This value indicates the number contiguous, higher order bits of the IPv6 address that define up the network portion of the address. Typically this is 64.
Prefix Lifetime	This defines the duration (in seconds) that the requesting node is allowed to use the advertised prefix. It is analogous to DHCP lease time in an IPv4 network.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

IPv6 Tunnels Status

Path: Network > IPv6 > IPv6 Tunnels Status

This page displays the current status of IPv6 Tunnels.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: CB27BTA3000007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Network IPv6 IPv6 Tunnels Status This page shows the status of IPv6 tunnels. IPv6 Tunnels Status Show 10 entries [No right click options] Tunnel Name IPv6 Addresses sit0-WAN1 Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries First Previous Next Last

Wireless Settings

The Wireless Network Setup Wizard is available for users new to wireless networking. By going through a few configuration pages you can enable a Wi-Fi™ network on your LAN and allow supported 802.11 clients to connect to the configured Access Point. To run the wizard, refer to “#6 Wireless Network Setup” on page 12.

Access Points

Path: Wireless > General > Access Points

This router has an integrated 802.11n/ac radio that allows you to create an access point for wireless LAN clients. The security/encryption/authentication options are grouped in a wireless Profile, and each configured profile will be available for selection in the AP configuration menu. The profile defines various parameters for the AP, including the security between the wireless client and the AP, and can be shared between multiple APs instances on the same device when needed.

Up to four unique wireless networks can be created by configuring multiple “virtual” APs. Each such virtual AP appears as an independent AP (unique SSID) to supported clients in the environment, but is actually running on the same physical radio integrated with this router.

Note: Profiles may be thought of as a grouping of AP parameters that can then be applied to not just one but multiple AP instances (SSIDs), thus avoiding duplication if the same parameters are to be used on multiple AP instances or SSIDs.

To add, edit, or delete an access point entry:

1. Click Wireless > General > Access Points.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q92B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Wireless General Access Points The List of Available Access Points table lists the configured Access Points (AP) for this device. From this summary list, the status of each AP (over all radios) can be reviewed and AP parameter configuration settings can be accessed. Access Points List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Status Virtual AP SSID Broadcast Profile Name Active Time Start Time Stop Time Enabled ap1 DSR-1000N_1 1 default1 No (Turn-off) Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries Add New Access Point

1. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Access Point.

3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Access Point Configuration AP Name Profile Name default1 Active Time ON Schedule Control OFF Start Time Hour Minute AM Stop Time Hour Minute AM WLAN Partition OFF Save

Field Description
AP Name Enter a name for your virtual access point.
Profile Name	Select a profile from the drop-down menu to associate this access point with. If you do not want to use the default profile, create a profile (refer to the next page) and then create an access point.
Active Time Toggle to ON to “turn on” this access point.
Schedule Control	Toggle to ON if you want to specify a time to have this access point turned on.
Start/Stop Time Enter a start and stop time.
WLAN Partition	Toggle to ON to prevent associated wireless clients from communicating with each other.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

Profiles

Path: Wireless > General > Profiles

Creating a profile allows you to assign the security type, encryption and authentication to use when connecting the AP to a wireless client. The default mode is "open", i.e., no security. This mode is insecure as it allows any compatible wireless clients to connect to an AP configured with this security profile.

To create a new profile, use a unique profile name to identify the combination of settings. Configure a unique SSID that will be the identifier used by the clients to communicate to the AP using this profile. By choosing to broadcast the SSID, compatible wireless clients within range of the AP can detect this profile's availability. The AP offers all advanced 802.11 security modes, including WEP, WPA, and WPA2.

To add, edit, or delete a profile:

1. Click Wireless > General > Profiles.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.108006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Wireless General Profiles A profile is a grouping of wireless settings which can be shared across multiple APs. AP specific settings are configured on the Access Point Configuration page. The profile allows for easy duplication of SSIDs, security settings, encryption methods, client authentication, etc. across APs. Profiles List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Profile Name SSID Broadcast Security Encryption Authentication default1 DSR-1000N_1 1 OPEN NONE NONE Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries Add New Profile

1. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Access Point.
2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save.

Note: DSR-1000AC which supports both the bands, 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, allows its user to edit the default profiles also.

Profile Configuration Profile Name Profile Test 1 SSID Test01 (Length: 1 -32) Broadcast SSID Security WPA+WPA2 Encryption TKIP-CCMP Authentication PSK WPA Password ************ Save

Field Description
Profile Name Enter a name for your profile.
SSID Enter a name for your wireless network (SSID).
Broadcast SSID	Toggle to ON if you want your SSID broadcast openly or toggle to OFF to hide it. Clients will have to know the SSID to connect.
Security	Select what kind of wireless security you want to use:Open: Select this option to create a public “open” network to allow unauthenticated devices to access this wireless gateway.WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy): This option requires a static (pre-shared) key to be shared between the AP and wireless client. Note that WEP does not support 802.11n data rates; is it appropriate for legacy 802.11 connections.WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access): For stronger wireless security than WEP, choose this option. The encryption for WPA will use TKIP and also CCMP if required. The authentication can be a preshared key (PSK), Enterprise mode with RADIUS server, or both. Note that WPA does not support 802.11n data rates; is it appropriate for legacy 802.11 connections.WPA2: This security type uses CCMP encryption (and the option to add TKIP encryption) on either PSK (pre-shared key) or Enterprise (RADIUS Server) authentication.WPA + WPA2: This uses both encryption algorithms, TKIP and CCMP. WPA clients will use TKIP and WPA2 clients will use CCMP encryption algorithms.
Encryption	Select the encryption type:WEP - Select Open or Shared.WPA - Select TKIP or TKIP+CCMP.WPA2 - Select CCMP or TKIP+CCMP.WPA+WPA2 - TKIP+CCMP will be the only option.
Authentication	Select the authentication type:WEP - Select 64-bit or 128-bit.WPA/WPA2/WPA+WPA2 - Select PSK (passphrase), RADIUS (RADIUS server), or PSK+RADIUS (both).
WEP Passphrase/Key (1-4)	If you selected WEP, enter a passphrase or up to four hexadecimal keys (a-f, 0-9, A-F).
WPA Password If you selected WPA, WPA2, or WPA+WPA2, enter a WPA password.
Radio Mode	Select either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz radio modes.Note: This field is available only in DSR-1000AC.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

The AP configuration page allows you to create a new AP and link to it one of the available profiles. This router supports multiple AP's referred to as virtual access points (VAPs). Each virtual AP that has a unique SSIDs appears as an independent access point to clients. This valuable feature allows the router's radio to be configured in a way to optimize security and throughput for a group of clients as required by the user. To create a VAP, refer to "Access Points" on page 84. After setting the AP name, the profile drop-down menu is used to select one of the configured profiles.

Radio Settings

Path: Wireless > General > Radio Settings

You may configure the channels and power levels available for the AP's enabled on the router. The router has a dual band 802.11n radio, meaning either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency of operation can be selected (not concurrently though). Based on the selected operating frequency, the mode selection will let you define whether legacy connections or only 802.11n connections (or both) are accepted on configured APs.

The ratified 802.11n support on this radio requires selecting the appropriate broadcast mode, and then defining the channel spacing and control side band for 802.11n traffic. The default settings are appropriate for most networks. For example, changing the channel spacing to 40MHz can improve bandwidth at the expense of supporting earlier 802.11n clients. The available transmission channels are governed by regulatory constraints based on the region setting of the router.

To configure the radio settings:

1. Click Wireless > General > Radio Settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR 100MHz Logged in av: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (UX) Serial: QDB1430000T | Firmware: 10806E_nw Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Wireless - General - Radio Settings This page allows you to configure the hardware settings for each available radio card. Radio Settings Operating Frequency 2.43GHz Mode ng Channel Spacing 20MHz Current Channel 4 - 2.437GHz Channel 9 - 2.437GHz Default Transmit Power 31 (Ranger 1 - 30 dBm Transmitt Power 17 dBm Transmittion Rate Beat(Automatic) Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Operating Frequency	Select 2.4GHz or 5GHz.
Mode	Select the 802.11 mode:• 2.4GHz - g and b, g only, b only, n and g, or n only.• 5GHz - a only, n and a, or n only.
Channel Spacing	Select the Channel Width:Auto 20/40 - This is the default setting. Select if you are using both 802.11n and non-802.11n wireless devices.20MHz - Select if you are not using any 802.11n wireless clients.
Control Side Band	Select Upper or Lower. Available for 802.11n only.
Current Channel Displays the current channel.
Channel Select the channel you want to use.
Default Transmit Power	Enter the default transmit power (0-31).
Transmit Power Displays the current transmit power.
Transmission Rate	Select a transmission rate from the drop-down menu. This will lock the transmission rate of your wireless connection. It is strongly recommended to useBest (Automatic).
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

802.11AC Configuration

Path: Wireless > General > Radio Settings > 5 Ghz

This section provides configuration options to use the DSR-500AC or DSR-1000AC advanced wireless capabilities in the 5 GHz band.

Wireless - General - Radio Settings - 5 GHz 2.4 GHz 5 GHz This page allows you to configure the hardware settings for each available radio card. Radio Settings 5 GHz Mode a/m/ac Channel Spacing 20/40 MHz Control Side Band Upper Current Channel 6 - 2,437 GHz Channel Auto Default Transmit Power 31 [Range: 1 - 3f] dBm Transmit Power 17 dBm Transmission Rate Rest(Automatic) Save Cancel

With 802.11AC, data throughput can be significantly increased as compared to 802.11n rates as the channel bandwidth can be as high as 80 MHz. The available channels and spacing bandwidth are regulated by the regulatory setting of the specific country the DSR-500AC or DSR-1000AC is deployed in. By selecting 802.11AC rates, the 5 GHz radio will use the enhance capability of the new design and will send more data in a single packet (via wireless frame aggregation).

Field Description
Mode This is the	802.11 modulation technique being used
Channel Spacing Distance	in MHz between the successive channels
Current Channel Channel being used in the available spectrum.
Channel	Channel number selected by user, this is defined by the country code for the device.
Default Transmit Power Output transmit power set by user
Transmit Power Transmit power currently in use by the radio.
Transmission Rate	Select a transmission rate from the drop-down menu. This will lock the transmission rate of your wireless connection. It is strongly recommended to useBest (Automatic).
Save Rates used by device to download the data to client.

WMM Settings

Path: Wireless > Advanced > WMM

Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) provides basic Quality of Service (QoS) features to IEEE 802.11 networks. WMM prioritizes traffic according to four Access Categories (AC) - voice, video, best effort, and background.

To configure the radio settings:

1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WMM.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English (GS) Serial: QDBR/4300007 | Printset: 1.188062 NEW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Wireless - Advanced - WMM This page allows you to configure the Wi-Fi Multimedia(WMM) configuration parameters. WMM Settings Wi-Fi Multimedia Configuration Profile Name: default1 Enable WMM: off Default Class Of Service: background IP TOS/DiffServ Mapping Show 10 options [to right disk options] IP DSCP / TOS Class Of Service 0 Default 1 Default 2 Default 3 Default 4 Default 5 Default 6 Default 7 Default 8 Default 9 Default Showing 1 to 10 of 64 entries Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Profile Name Select the profile to associate this configuration to from the drop-down menu.
Enable WMM Toggle to ON to enable WMM.
Default Class of Service	Select an available access category (voice, video, best effort, or background) to assign as “default”.
IP DSCP / TOS	Under Class of Service, select a service and map it to the IP DSCP / TOS value.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

WDS

Path: Wireless > Advanced > WDS

Wireless Distribution System (WDS) is a system enabling the wireless interconnection of access points in a network. This feature is only guaranteed to work between devices of the same type (i.e., using the same chipset/driver).

When you enable WDS, use the same security configuration as the default access point. The WDS links do not have true WPA/WPA2 support, as in there is no WPA key handshake performed. Instead the Session Key to be used with a WDS Peer is computed using a hashing function (similar to the one used for computing a WPA PMK). The inputs to this function are a PSK (configurable by an administrator from the WDS page) and an internal "magic" string (non-configurable).

In effect the WDS links use TKIP/AES encryption, depending on the encryption configured for the default AP. In case the default AP uses mixed encryption (TKIP + AES). The WDS link will use the AES encryption scheme.

Note: For a WDS link to function properly the Radio settings on the WDS peers have to be the same.

To configure the radio settings:

1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WDS.

D-Link United Services Router - DSB 1000M Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (US) Serial: GB281A200007 | Firmware: 2.00001E_ww Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Wireless - Advanced - WDS This page allows you to configure the Wireless Distribution System (WDS) configuration parameters. WDS Settings WDS Enable WDS Encryption WDS Security WDS Authentication WDS Passphrase System MAC Address OK/18/E7/CD/6/9-78 Save Cancel WDS Peer MAC Address List Show 10 wireless [Right click on record to get more options] MAC Address No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New WDS

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
WDS Enable	Toggle to ON to enable WDS and click Save.
WDS Encryption Displays the current wireless encryption used.
WDS Security Displays the current security type.
WDS Authentication Displays the current authentication type.
WDS Passphrase Enter the WDS passphrase (if WEP, WPA, WPA2, or WPA+WPA2 is enabled).
System MAC Address Displays the system MAC address.
Add New WDS	Once you enabled WDS (and clicked Save), click Add New WDS and enter the MAC address of a WDS peer. You can add up to four WDS peers.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

Advanced Settings

Path: Wireless > Advanced > Advanced Settings

You can modify the 802.11 communication parameters in this page. Generally, the default settings are appropriate for most networks.

1. Click Wireless > Advanced > Advanced Settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router, DSM-1000N Logged In as: Abitie (ADMIN) | Language: English (IS) SET: 00314300007 | Framework: 1.10806. VPH Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Wireless - Advanced - Advanced Settings This page is used to specify advanced configuration settings for the radio. Advanced Wireless Settings Beacon Interval 100 [Default: 102, Range: 45 - 1500] MHz/second Data Interval 2 [Default: 2, Range: 1 - 356] RTS Threshold 2346 [Default: 2346, Range: 256 - 2746] Fragmentation Threshold 2346 [Default: 2346, Range: 257 - 2746] Provable Mode Long Protection Mode None Power Save Enable are Save Cancel

D-Link Converted multicast traffic to unicast will lead to performance drop for multicast traffic over the wired LAN. It will also disable the WDS. Are you sure you want to proceed? Cancel OK Power Save Enable Waste is Unicast

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Beacon Interval	Beacons are packets sent by an Access Point to synchronize a wireless network. The default value is 100.
DTIM Interval	(Delivery Traffic Indication Message) 3 is the default setting. A DTIM is a countdown informing clients of the next window for listening to broadcast and multicast messages.
RTS Threshold	This value should remain at its default setting of 2432. If inconsistent data flow is a problem, only a minor modification should be made.
Fragmentation Threshold	The fragmentation threshold, which is specified in bytes, determines whether packets will be fragmented. Packets exceeding the 2346 byte setting will be fragmented before transmission. 2346 is the default setting.
Preamble Mode	Select either Long or Short. The Preamble Type defines the length of the CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) block for communication between the Access Point and roaming wireless adapters. High network traffic areas should use Short preamble type.
Protection Mode	Select either None or CTS-to-Self Protection. Select the CTS-to-Self Protection to enable CTS-to-Self protection mechanism, which is used to minimize collisions among stations in a mixed 802.11b & g environment. The default selection is None.
Power Save Enable	Toggle to ON to enable the Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery (also referred to as WMM Power Save) feature that allows the radio to conserve power.
Milti to Unicast Toggle	to ON to enable IGMP Snooping on Wireless Clients.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

WPS

Path: Wireless > Advanced > WPS

WPS is a simplified method to add supporting wireless clients to the network. WPS is only applicable for APs that employ WPA or WPA2 security. To use WPS, select the eligible VAPs from the drop-down menu of APs that have been configured with this security and enable WPS status for this AP.

The WPS Current Status section outlines the security, authentication, and encryption settings of the selected AP. These are consistent with the AP's profile. There are two setup options:

- Personal Identification Number (PIN): The wireless device that supports WPS may have an alphanumeric PIN, if it does add the PIN in this field. The router will connect within 60 seconds of clicking the "Configure via PIN" button immediately below the PIN field. There is no LED indication that a client has connected.

- Push Button Configuration (PBC): For wireless devices that support PBC, press and hold the WPS button for two seconds, and then press the WPS button (or initiate WPS via GUI) on your wireless client within two minutes. The AP will detect the wireless device and establish a secure link to the client.

To enable and connect clients using WPS:

1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WPS.

2. Select which VAP you want to perform the WPS process from the drop-down menu.

3. Toggle WPS Status to ON and click Save.

D-Link® Unified Services Router: USB 100CN Logged in as: admin (ADMN) | Language: English [US] | Logist Setup: QF2014700007 | Firmware: 2.00E301E_WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Wireless - Advanced - WPS This page allows you to define and modify the Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) configuration parameters. WPS Settings WPS Configuration Select VAP wp1 WPS Status OKP WPS Current Status Security N/A Authentication N/A Encryption N/A WPS Setup Method Session Status N/A Save Cancel

1. Once enabled the following screen will appear.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logmt Serial: 08281AJ000007 | Firmware: 2.00B001E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Wireless Advanced WPS Operation Succeeded This page allows you to define and modify the Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) configuration parameters. WPS Settings WPS Configuration Select VAP ep1 WPS Status be WPS Current Status Security WPA+WPA2 Authentication PSK Encryption TKIP-COMP WPS Setup Method Station PIN Configure Via PIN Configure Via PBC Session Status Enabling WPS.. Save Cancel

1. Under WPS Setup Method, decide to either use PIN or PBC (Push Button).
2. If you want to use PIN method, enter the PIN next to Station PIN and click Configure Via PIN. You will need to enter the PIN on your wireless client and start the WPS process within one minute.
3. If you want to use push button method, click Configure Via PBC. This will initiate the WPS session. You will need to press the WPS button (or initiate through an interface) on your client within one minute.
4. Allow up to two minutes to connect. Check the Session Status to see if it successfully connected.

VPN

A VPN provides a secure communication channel ("tunnel") between two gateway routers or a remote PC client. The following types of tunnels can be created:

• Gateway-to-gateway VPN: To connect two or more routers to secure traffic between remote sites.
• Remote Client (client-to-gateway VPN tunnel): A remote client initiates a VPN tunnel as the IP address of the remote PC client is not known in advance. The gateway in this case acts as a responder.
• Remote client behind a NAT router: The client has a dynamic IP address and is behind a NAT Router. The remote PC client at the NAT router initiates a VPN tunnel as the IP address of the remote NAT router is not known in advance. The gateway WAN port acts as responder.
• PPTP server for LAN / WAN PPTP client connections.
  • L2TP server for LAN / WAN L2TP client connections.

IPSec VPN Policies

Path: VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies

An IPsec policy is between this router and another gateway or this router and an IPsec client on a remote host. The IPsec mode can be either tunnel or transport depending on the network being traversed between the two policy endpoints.

• Transport: This is used for end-to-end communication between this router and the tunnel endpoint, either another IPsec gateway or an IPsec VPN client on a host. Only the data payload is encrypted and the IP header is not modified or encrypted.
• Tunnel: This mode is used for network-to-network IPsec tunnels where this gateway is one endpoint of the tunnel. In this mode the entire IP packet including the header is encrypted and/or authenticated.

When tunnel mode is selected, you can enable NetBIOS and DHCP over IPsec. DHCP over IPsec allows this router to serve IP leases to hosts on the remote LAN. As well in this mode you can define the single IP address, range of IPs, or subnet on both the local and remote private networks that can communicate over the tunnel.

To configure the radio settings:

1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies.

D-Link Unified Servicer Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Serial: QD3B14300087 | Firmware: 1.1R00UE_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN - IPSec VPN - Policies This page shows the list of configured IPSec VPN policies on the router. A user can also add, delete, edit, enable, disable and export IPSec VPN policies from this page. IPSec Policies List Show: 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Status Name Backup Tunnel Type IPSec Mode Local Remote Auth Encr No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Last Add New IPSec Policy Backup Policies List Show 10 entries Status Name Primary Tunnel Type IPSec Mode Local Remote Auth Encr No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Last

1. Click Add new IPSec Policy. Fill out the General section which you will name the VPN, select policy type, define the tunnel type, and define endpoints.

IPSec Policy Configuration General Policy Name Policy Type Auto Policy IP Protocol Version IPv4 IKE Version IKEv1 IPSec Mode Tunnel Mode Select Local Gateway WAN1 Remote Endpoint IP Address IP Address / FQEN Enable Mode Config OFF Enable NotBIOS OFF Enable RollOver OFF Protocol ESP Enable DHCP OFF Local IP Subnet Local Start IP Address Local Subnet Mask Remote IP Subnet Remote Start IP Address Remote Subnet Mask Enable Keepalive OFF

Field Description
Policy Name	Enter a unique name for the VPN Policy. This name is not an identifier for the remote WAN/client.
Policy Type	Select eitherManual or Auto.Manual: All settings (including the keys) for the VPN tunnel are manually input for each end point. No third-party server or organization is involved.Auto: Some parameters for the VPN tunnel are generated automatically. This requires using the IKE (Internet Key Exchange) protocol to perform negotiations between the two VPN Endpoints.
IP Protocol Version	Select eitherIPv4 or IPv6.
IKE Version Select	the version of IKE.
L2TP Mode Select	the L2TP mode.
IPSec Mode	Select eitherTunnel or Transport. IPsec tunnel mode is useful for protecting traffic between different networks, when traffic must pass through an intermediate, untrusted network. Tunnel mode is primarily used for interoperability with gateways, or end-systems that do not support L2TP/IPsec or PPTP connections. Transport mode is the default mode for IPsec, and it is used for end-to-end communications (for example, for communications between a client and a server).
Select Local Gateway	In the event that two WAN ports are configured to connect to your ISP, select the gateway that will be used as the local endpoint for this IPsec tunnel.
Remote Endpoint	Select the type of identifier that you want to provide for the router at the remote endpoint (eitherIP Address or FQDN [Fully Qualified Domain Name])
IP Address/FQDN Enter	the identifier for the router.
Enable Mode Config	Toggle toONto enable. Mode Config is similar to DHCP and is used to assign IP addresses to the remote VPN clients.
Enable NetBIOS	Toggle toONto allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel
Enable RollOver	Toggle toONto enable VPN rollover. You must have the WAN Mode set to Rollover.
Protocol Select a	protocol from the drop-down menu.
Enable DHCP	Toggle toONto allow VPN clients that are connected to your router over IPsec to receive an assigned IP using DHCP.
Local IP/Remote IP	Select the type of identifier that you want to provide for the endpoint:Any: Specifies that the policy is for traffic from the given end point (local or remote). Note that selecting Any for both local and remote end points is not valid.Single: Limits the policy to one host. Enter the IP address of the host that will be part of the VPN.Range: Allows computers within an IP address range to connect to the VPN. Enter the Start IP Address and End IP Address in the provided fields.Subnet: Allows an entire subnet to connect to the VPN. Enter the network address and subnet mask in the provided fields.
Enable Keepalive	Toggle to ON to periodically send ping packets to the host on the peer side of the network to keep the tunnel alive.

1. Once the tunnel type and endpoints of the tunnel are defined you can determine the Phase 1/ Phase 2 negotiation to use for the tunnel. This is covered in the IPsec mode setting, as the policy can be Manual or Auto. For Auto policies, the Internet Key Exchange (IKE) protocol dynamically exchanges keys between two IPsec hosts. The Phase 1 IKE parameters are used to define the tunnel's security association details.

The Phase 2 Auto policy parameters cover the security association lifetime and encryption/authentication details of the phase 2 key negotiation.

The VPN policy is one half of the IKE/VPN policy pair required to establish an Auto IPsec VPN tunnel. The IP addresses of the machine or machines on the two VPN endpoints are configured here, along with the policy parameters required to secure the tunnel.

Phase1(KE SA Parameters) Exchange Mode Main Direction / Type Both Nat Traversal NAT Keep Alive Frequency 20 Second Local Identifier Type Local Wan IP Remote Identifier Type Raniola Wan IP Encryption Algorithm DES OFF IDES OFF AES-128 OFF AES-192 OFF AES-256 OFF BLOWFISH OFF CAST128 OFF Authentication Algorithm MD5 OFF SHA-1 Off SHA2-256 OFF SHA2-384 Off SHA2-512 OFF Authentication Method Pre-Shared Key Length: 0 - 49 Pre-Shared Key Group 2 (1024 bit) SA-Lifetime 28800 (Default: 28800, Range: 300 - 214748(647) Seconds Enable Dead Peer Detection OFF Extended Authentication None Phase2 (Auto Policy Parameters) SA Lifetime 3600 Seconds Encryption Algorithm DES OFF NONE OFF IDES OFF AES-128 OFF AES-192 OFF AES-256 OFF AES-CCM OFF AES-GCM OFF TWOFISH (128) OFF TWOFISH (256) OFF BLOWFISH OFF CAST128 OFF Integrity Algorithm MD5 OFF SHA-1 Off SHA2-224 OFF SHA2-256 OFF SHA2-384 OFF SHA2-512 OFF PFS Key Group OFF

A Manual policy does not use IKE and instead relies on manual keying to exchange authentication parameters between the two IPsec hosts. The incoming and outgoing security parameter index (SPI) values must be mirrored on the remote tunnel endpoint. As well the encryption and integrity algorithms and keys must match on the remote IPsec host exactly in order for the tunnel to establish successfully. Note that using Auto policies with IKE are preferred as in some IPsec implementations the SPI (security parameter index) values require conversion at each endpoint.

DSR routers supports VPN roll-over feature. This means that policies configured on the primary WAN will rollover to the secondary WAN in case of a link failure. This feature can be used only if your WAN is configured in Auto-Rollover mode.

Note: Once you have created an IPSec policy, you may right-click the policy and select Export to save as a file. You can then upload this to another DSR router or keep as a backup. To upload a saved policy, refer to "Easy VPN Setup" on page 107.

Note: When the L2TP over IPSec configuration is saved, tunnel initiation starts automatically provided configuration is correct on both the sides (server and client), and the server is responding.

Tunnel Mode

Path: VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode

When tunnel mode is selected, you can enable NetBIOS and DHCP over IPSec. DHCP over IPSec allows this router to serve IP leases to hosts on the remote LAN. You can also define a single IP address, a range of IPs, or a subnet on both the local and remote private networks that can communicate over the tunnel.

The router allows full tunnel and split tunnel support. Full tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on pre-specified client routes. These client routes give the client access to specific private networks, thereby allowing access control over specific LAN services.

1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QE2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.108005E_WW Wizard System Search_ Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN IPSec VPN Tunnel Mode Tunnel Mode Split DNS Names This page allows you to define the IP address range for clients connecting using Mode Config. Mode Config Tunnel Mode Full Tunnel Split Tunnel Start IP Address 192.168.12.100 End IP Address 192.168.12.254 Primary DNS Secondary DNS Primary WINServer Secondary WINServer Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Tunnel Mode	Select either Full Tunnel or Split Tunnel.
Start/End IP Address Enter the starting and ending IP addresses.
Primary/Secondary DNS	Enter the primary and secondary DNS server addresses.
Primary/Secondary WINS	Enter the primary and secondary WINS server addresses.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Split DNS Names

In a split DNS infrastructure, you create two zones for the same domain, one to be used by the internal network, the other used by the external network. Split DNS directs internal hosts to an internal domain name server for name resolution and external hosts are directed to an external domain name server for name resolution.

To add a DNS name:

1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode > Split DNS Names tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: 012014300007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WW Wizard System Search. Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN IPSec VPN Tunnel Mode Split DNS Names Tunnel Mode Split DNS Names The clients connected to this device use the DNS provided in Dynamic IP Range page to resolve this domain name. This is applicable only in case of split tunnel. Split DNS Names List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Domain Names No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Split DNS Name

1. Click Add New Split DNS name. You can right-click any created entries to edit or delete.

Split DNS Names Configuration Domain Name Save

1. Enter a domain name and click Save.

DHCP Range

This page displays the IP range to be assigned to clients connecting using DHCP over IPsec. By default the range is in 192.168.12.0 subnet.

To configure the DHCP over IPSec DHCP server settings:

1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > DHCP Range.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q83E1A000007 | Firmware: 1.19806E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN > IPSec VPN > DHCP Range This page allows you to define the IP address range for clients connecting using DHCP over IPSec. Note: To support DHCP over IPSec, enable DHCP server on the LAN. DHCP Range Starting IP Address 192.168.12.100 Ending IP Address 192.168.12.254 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Starting IP Address	Enter the starting IP address to issue your clients connecting using DHCP over IPSec.
Ending IP Address Enter the ending IP address.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Certificates

This router uses digital certificates for IPsec VPN authentication. You can obtain a digital certificate from a well-known Certificate Authority (CA) such as VeriSign, or generate and sign your own certificate using functionality available on this gateway.

The router comes with a self-signed certificate, and this can be replaced by one signed by a CA as per your networking requirements. A CA certificate provides strong assurance of the server's identity and is a requirement for most corporate network VPN solutions.

Trusted Certificates

The certificates menu allows you to view a list of certificates (both from a CA and self-signed) currently loaded on the router. The following certificate data is displayed in the list of Trusted (CA) certificates:

CA Identity (Subject Name): The certificate is issued to this person or organization

Issuer Name: This is the CA name that issued this certificate

Expiry Time: The date after which this Trusted certificate becomes invalid

To upload a certificate:

1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificate > Trusted Certificates tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSB-1000N Logged In as: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] Login Serial: GB281A3001007 | Firmware: 1.108005E_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN IPSec VPN Certificates Trusted Certificates Trusted Certificates Active Self Certificates Self Certificate Requests Trusted Certificates or CA certificates are used to verify the validity of certificates signed by them. When a certificate is generated, it is signed by a trusted organization or authority called the Certificate Authority. The table contains the certificates of each CA. When a remote VPN gateway or client presents a digital certificate, the authentication process verifies that the presented certificate is issued by one of the trusted authorities. The Trusted CA certificates are used in this authentication process. Trusted Certificates (CA Certificate) List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] CA Identity (Subject Name) Issuer Name Expiry Date B Time No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Upload New CA Certificate

1. Click the Browse button. Locate your certificate and click Open.
2. Click Upload.

Trusted Certificates (CA Certificate) Configuration Certificate File Browse... No /is selected Uploaded

Active Self Certificates

A self certificate is a certificate issued by a CA identifying your device (or self-signed if you don't want the identity protection of a CA). The Active Self Certificate table lists the self certificates currently loaded on the router. The following information is displayed for each uploaded self certificate:

Name: The name you use to identify this certificate, it is not displayed to IPsec VPN peers.

Subject Name: This is the name that will be displayed as the owner of this certificate. This should be your official registered or company name, as IPsec or SSL VPN peers are shown this field.

Serial Number: The serial number is maintained by the CA and used to identify this signed certificate.

Issuer Name: This is the CA name that issued (signed) this certificate

Expiry Time: The date after which this signed certificate becomes invalid. You should renew the certificate before it expires.

To upload a certificate:

1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificate > Active Self Certificates tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADAM) | Languages: English [US] Logout Serial: GB2B1A308D007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN - IPSec VPN - Certificates - Active Self Certificates Trusted Certificates Active Self Certificates Self Certificate Requests This table lists the certificates issued to you by trusted Certification Authorities (CAc), and available for presentation to remote IKE servers. The remote IKE server validates this router using these certificates. For each certificate, the following data is displayed: Active Self Certificates List Show 10 entries [Right click an record to get more options] Name Subject Name Serial Number Issuer Name Expiry Time No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Preview Next Last Upload New Self Certificate

1. Click the Browse button. Locate your certificate and click Open.

2. Click Upload.

Upload Active Self Certificate Certificate File Browse... No file selected. Upload

Self Certificate Requests

To request a self certificate to be signed by a CA, you can generate a Certificate Signing Request from the router by entering identification parameters and passing it along to the CA for signing. Once signed, the CA's Trusted Certificate and signed certificate from the CA are uploaded to activate the self -certificate validating the identity of this gateway. The self certificate is then used in IPsec and SSL connections with peers to validate the gateway's authenticity.

To generate a certificate signing request:

1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificates > Self Certificate Requests.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Serial: QRBRA3000087 | Firmware: 1.108005E_vry Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance VPN - IPSec VPN - Certificates - Self Certificate Requests Trusted Certificates Active Self Certificates Self Certificate Requests The Self Certificate Requests table displays a list of all the certificate requests made. Self Certificate Requests List Show 10 entries (Right click on record to get more option) Name Status No data available in Table Showing 0 to 0 at 0 entries New Self Certificate

1. Click New Self Certificate.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Generate Self Certificate Request Name Subject Hash Algorithm M05 Signature Key Length 512 Application Type Https IP Address Domain Name Email Address Save

Field Description
Name Enter a name (identifier) for the certificate.
Subject	This field will populate the CN (Common Name) entry of the generated certificate. Subject names are usually defined in the following format: CN=, OU=, O=, L=, ST=, C=. For example: CN=router1, OU=my_company, O=mydept, L=SFO, C=US.
Hash Algorithm	Select the algorithm from the drop-down menu. Select either MD5 or SHA-1.
Signature Key Length	Select the signature key length from the drop-down menu. Select either 512, 1024, or 2048
Application Type	Select the application type from the drop-down menu. Select either HTTPS or IPSec.
IP Address Enter an IP address (optional).
Domain Name Enter a domain name (optional).
Email Address Enter your email address.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Easy VPN Setup

To upload an exported IPSec VPN policy:

1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Easy VPN Setup.
2. Click Browse and navigate to the policy file you want to upload. Select it and click Open.
3. Click Upload.

D-Link Unified Services Router - OSB-100MH Lugged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Serial: OSBRAJ000047 | Fintwares: 2.0000RC_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN - IPSec VPN - Easy VPN Setup This page will guide you through common and easy steps to configure IPSec VPN policies. Easy Setup Site To Site VPN Tunnel Easy Setup Site To Site VPN Tunnel Easy VPN Setup Browse... In no selected... Uploaded

1. Once uploaded, go to VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies and the loaded VPN will be listed. Right-click it to edit or delete.

PPTP VPN Server

Path: VPN > PPTP VPN > Server

A PPTP VPN can be established through this router. Once enabled a PPTP server is available on the router for LAN and WAN PPTP client users to access. Once the PPTP server is enabled, PPTP clients that are within the range of configured IP addresses of allowed clients can reach the router's PPTP server. Once authenticated by the PPTP server (the tunnel endpoint), PPTP clients have access to the network managed by the router.

The range of IP addresses allocated to PPTP clients can coincide with the LAN subnet. As well the PPTP server will default to local PPTP user authentication, but can be configured to employ an external authentication server should one be configured.

To create a PPTP VPN server:

1. Click VPN > PPTP VPN > Server.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSL-1000N Logged in an: admin (ADMM) | Language: English (IP) Logai Serlab: QGENIAE00007 | Firmware: 1 (online, vpi) Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance VPN - PPTP VPN - Server PPTP allows an external user to connect to your router through the internet. This section allows you to enable/disable PPTP server and define a range of IP addresses for clients connecting to your router. The connected clients can function as if they are on your LAN (they can communicate with LAN hosts, access any servers present etc. PPTP Server Server Setup Enable PPTP Server Enable IPv4 PPTP Routing Mode Net Classical Range of IP Addresses (Allocated to PPTP Clients) Starting IP Address Ending IP Address Authentication Database Authentication Local User Database Authentication Supported PAP CHAP MS-CHAP MS-CHAPv2 User Time-out Idle TimeOut 0 [Target 100 - 100] Seconds Netbios Setup Netbios Save Cancel

Field Description
Enable PPTP Server	Select either IPv4 or IPv6.
PPTP Routing Mode	Select either NAT or Classical.
Starting/Ending IP Address Enter the IP address range to assign your PPTP clients.
IPv6 Prefix If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix.
IPv6 Prefix Length If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix length.
Authentication Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.
Authentication Supported	Toggle which type of authentication you want to enable to ON.
Idle TimeOut	Enter the amount of time in seconds that the connection will disconnect when idle.
NetBIOS	Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel.
Save	Click to save your settings.

Client

Path: VPN > PPTP VPN > Client

PPTP VPN Client can be configured on this router. Using this client you can access remote network which is local to PPTP server. Once client is enabled, the user can access Status > Active VPNs page and establish PPTP VPN tunnel clicking Connect.

To configure the router as a PPTP VPN client:

1. Click VPN > PPTP VPN > Client tab.
2. Toggle Client to ON and complete the fields in the table below.

Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN » PPTP VPN » PPTP Client PPTP VPN Client can be configured on this router. Using this client we can access remote network which is local to PPTP server. PPTP Client Client On Server IP 0.0.0.0 Remote Network 0.0.0.0 Remote Netmask 0 [Range: 0 - 32] Username dlink Password **** Mppe Encryption On Idle Timeout 0 [Range: 300 - 1800] Seconds Auto Dial On Time 2 [Range: 2 - 30] Minutes Save Cancel

Field Description
Client Toggle to	ON to enable PPTP client.
Server IP Enter the	IP address of the PPTP server you want to connect to.
Remote Network Enter	the remote network address. This address is local for the PPTP Server.
Remote Netmask Enter	the remote network subnet mask.
Username	Enter your PPTP user name.
Password	Enter your PPTP password.
MPPE Encryption	Toggle to ON to enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE).
Idle Time Out	Enter the amount of time (in seconds) that you will disconnect from the PPTP server when idle.
Auto Dial Toggle to On to enable Auto Dial
Time Reconnect time
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Note: When the PPTP Client configuration is correctly saved and the PPTP server is up, the tunnel initiation starts automatically.

PPTP Active Users List

A list of PPTP connections will be displayed on this page. Right-click the connection to connect and disconnect.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - USR-1000H Logged in ac: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Serial: 08281A800907 | Fndware: 1.10006L.RW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Active PPTP tunnel connections are listed here, so LAN VPN clients are active PPTP users. PPTP Active Users List Show 10 entries [No right click options] User Name | Remote IP | PPTP IP No data available in table Showing 8 to 0 of 0 entries

L2TP VPN Server

Path: VPN > L2TP VPN > Server

A L2TP VPN can be established through this router. Once enabled a L2TP server is available on the router for LAN and WAN L2TP client users to access. Once the L2TP server is enabled, PPTP clients that are within the range of configured IP addresses of allowed clients can reach the router's L2TP server. Once authenticated by the L2TP server (the tunnel endpoint), L2TP clients have access to the network managed by the router.

The range of IP addresses allocated to L2TP clients can coincide with the LAN subnet. As well the L2TP server will default to local L2TP user authentication, but can be configured to employ an external authentication server should one be configured.

To create a L2TP VPN server:

1. Click VPN >L2TP VPN >Server.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

D-Link Unified Services Router - USB 1800N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Setup: 00201A200007 | Firmware: L10006.VW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance VPN - LZTP VPN - Server LZTP allows an external user to connect to your router through the Internet, forming a VPN. This section allows you to enable/disable LZTP server and define a range of IP addresses for clients connecting to your router. The connected clients can function as if they are on your LAN (they can communicate with LAN hosts, access any servers present etc.). LZTP Server Server Setup Enable LZTP Server Enable IPv4 LZTP Routing Mode Nat Classical Range of IP Addresses (Allocated to LZTP Clients) Sterling IP Address Ending IP Address Authentication Database Authentication Local User Database Authentication Supported PAP CHAP MS-CHAP MS-CHAPv2 Secret Key User Time-out Idle TimeOut 0 [Range: 105 - 800] Second Netbias Setup Netbias Save Cancel

Field Description
Enable L2TP Server	Select either IPv4 or IPv6.
L2TP Routing Mode	Select either NAT or Classical.
Starting/Ending IP Address Enter the IP address range to assign your L2TP clients.
IPv6 Prefix If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix.
IPv6 Prefix Length If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix length.
Authentication Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.
Authentication Supported	Toggle which type of authentication you want to enable to ON.
Idle TimeOut	Enter the amount of time in seconds that the connection will disconnect when idle.
NetBIOS	Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel.
Save	Click to save your settings.

Client

L2TP VPN Client can be configured on this router. Using this client we can access remote network which is local to L2TP server. Once client is enabled, the user can access Status > Active VPNs page and establish L2TP VPN tunnel clicking Connect.

To configure the router as a L2TP VPN client:

1. Click VPN > L2TP VPN > Client tab.
2. Toggle Client to ON and complete the fields in the table below.

Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN - L2TP VPN - L2TP Client L2TP VPN Client can be configured on this router. Using this client we can access remote network which is local to L2TP server. L2TP Client Client Server IP 0.0.0.0 Remote Network 0.0.0.0 Remote Netmask 0 [Range: 0 - 32] Username dink Password ***** Reconnect Mode Always On On Demand Enable MPPE Auto Dial Time 3 [Range: 2 - 30] Minutes Save Cancel

Field Description
Client Toggle to ON to enable L2TP client.
Server IP Enter the IP address of the L2TP server you want to connect to.
Remote Network Enter the remote network address. This address is local for the L2TP Server.
Remote Netmask Enter the remote network subnet mask.
Username Enter your L2TP user name.
Password Enter your L2TP password.
Reconnect Mode	Select Always On or On Demand.
MPPE Encryption	Toggle to ON to enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE).
Auto Dial Toggle to On to enable Auto Dial
Time Reconnect time
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Note: When the L2TP Client configuration is correctly saved and the L2TP server is up, the tunnel initiation starts automatically.

L2TP Active Users List

A list of L2TP connections will be displayed on this page. Right-click the connection to connect and disconnect.

D-Link® Unified Services Router: DSR 100PN Logged in at: admin (ADMN) | Language: English [US] Serial: 082B14J000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Active LZTP funnels connections are listed here, as LAN VPN clients are active LZTP users. LZTP Active Users List Show 10 entries [No right click options] User Name Remote IP LZTP IP No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Print | Preview | Next | Last

SSL VPN

Server Policies

SSL VPN Policies can be created on a Global, Group, or User level. User level policies take precedence over Group level policies and Group level policies take precedence over Global policies. These policies can be applied to a specific network resource, IP address, or IP ranges on the LAN, or to different SSL VPN services supported by the router. The List of Available Policies can be filtered based on whether it applies to a user, group, or all users (global).

To add a SSL VPN policy, you must first assign it to a user, group, or make it global (i.e., applicable to all SSL VPN users). If the policy is for a group, the available configured groups are shown in a drop-down menu and one must be selected. Similarly, for a user-defined policy, a SSL VPN user must be chosen from the available list of configured users.

The next step is to define the policy details. The policy name is a unique identifier for this rule. The policy can be assigned to a specific Network Resource (details follow in the subsequent section), IP address, IP network, or all devices on the LAN of the router. Based on the selection of one of these four options, the appropriate configuration fields are required (i.e., choosing the network resources from a list of defined resources, or defining the IP addresses). For applying the policy to addresses the port range/port number can be defined.

The final steps require the policy permission to be set to either permit or deny access to the selected addresses or network resources. As well the policy can be specified for one or all of the supported SSL VPN services (i.e. VPN tunnel).

Once defined, the policy goes into effect immediately. The policy name, SSL service it applies to, destination (network resource or IP addresses), and permission (deny/permit) is outlined in a list of configured policies for the router.

Note: You must enable Remote Management. Refer to "Remote Management" on page 189.

To create a new SSL VPN policy:

1. Make sure you have enabled remote management and have created user(s) and group(s) to assign to this policy.
2. Click VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Server Policy.
3. Click Add New SSL VPN Server Policy.

D-Link Unified Service Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (US) Serial: GB2BIA3000007 | Firmware: 2.00B001E WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Server Policy This SSLVPN Enable feature enables Option users to use SSLVPN functionality. Policies are useful to permit or deny access to specific network resources, IP addresses, or IP networks. They may be defined at the user, group or global level. By Default, a global PERMIT policy (not displayed) was already configured over all addresses and over all services/ports SSL VPN Server Policies List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name Service Destinations Permission Scope No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New SSL VPN Server Policy

4. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

SSL VPN Server Policies Configuration Policy Type Global Group User SSL VPN Policy Apply Policy to Network Resources Policy Name ICAP OFF Port Range / Port Number Defined Resources Permission Peralt Devy Save

Network Resource IP Address

SSL VPN Server Policies Configuration Policy Type Global Group User SSL VPN Policy Apply Policy to IP Address Policy Name IP Address ICMP Port Range / Port Number Begin (Marge: 0 - 65535) End (Marge: 0 - 65535) Service VPN Tunnel Port Forwarding All Permission Permit Deny Save

Field Description
Policy Type	Select Global, Group, or User.
Available Groups/Users	If you selected Group, select a group from the drop-down menu. If you selected User, select a user from the drop-down menu.
Apply Policy To	Select Network Resource, IP Address, IP Network, or All Addresses.
Policy Name Enter a unique name for this policy.
IP Address	If you selected IP Address or IP Network, enter the IP address.
Mask Length	If you selected IP Network, enter the mask length (0-32).
ICMP Toggle to ON to include ICMP traffic.
Begin/End	Enter a port range or leave blank to include all TCP and UDP ports. These fields are not available when selecting Network Resource.
Defined Resources	If you selected Network Resource, select the resource for the Defined Resource drop-down menu. If you have not created a resource, refer to “Resources” on page 118 to create a defined resource.
Service	Select either VPN Tunnel, Port Forwarding, or All. This field is not available when selecting Network Resource.
Permission	Select either Permit or Deny.
Save Click to save your settings.

Portal Layouts

Path: VPN > SSL VPN > Portal Layouts

You may create a custom page for remote VPN users that is viewed during authentication. You may include login instructions, services, and other details. Note that the default portal LAN IP address is https://192.168.10.1/scgi-bin/userPortal/portal. This is the same page that opens when the "User Portal" link is clicked on the SSL VPN menu of the router web UI.

To create a new portal layout:

1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Portal Layouts.

2. Click Add New SSL VPN Portal Layout.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: Q92B1A300C007 | Firmware: 2.00E001E_WV Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | VPN > SSL VPN > Portal Layouts The table lists the SSL portal layouts configured for this device and allows several operations on the portal layouts. The router allows you to create a custom page for remote SSL VPN users that is presented upon authentication. Login instructions, available services, and other usage details that are specific to a domain are useful to present on the authentication portal. Portals are assigned to the user domain. SSL VPN Portal Layouts List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Layout Name Use Count Portal URL SSLVPN 0 https://0.0.0:443/portal/SSLVPN Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries Add New SSL VPN Portal Layout

Note: You may right-click a layout from the list and edit or delete a layout.

1. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save.

SSL VPN Portal Layout Configuration Portal Layout and Theme Name Portal Layout Name Login Profile Name default Portal Site Title Banner Title Banner Message Display Banner Message on Login Page HTTP Meta Tags for Cache Control (Recommended) ActiveX Web Cache Cleaner SSL VPN Portal Authentication Authentication Type Local User Database Group None SSL VPN Portal Pages to Display VPN Tunnel page OFF Port Forwarding OFF Save

Field Description
Portal Layout Name	Enter a name for this portal. This name will be used as part of the path for the SSL portal URL. Only alphanumeric characters are allowed for this field.
Login Profile View Select a	login profile from the drop-down menu.
Portal Site Title	Enter the portal web browser window title that appears when the client accesses this portal. This field is optional.
Banner Title	The banner title that is displayed to SSL VPN clients prior to login. This field is optional.
Banner Message Enter a	message you want to display.
Display Banner Message on Login Page	Toggle to ON to display the banner title and message or OFF to hide the banner title and message.
HTTP Meta Tags for Cache Control	Toggle to ON or OFF. This security feature prevents expired web pages and data from being stored in the client's web browser cache. It is recommended to toggle to ON.
Active X Web Cache Cleaner	Toggle to ON or Off. An ActiveX cache control web cleaner can be pushed from the gateway to the client browser whenever users login to this SSL VPN portal.
Authentication Type Select	the type of authentication from the drop-down menu.
Group Select what group to include from the drop-down menu.
VPN Tunnel Page	Toggle to ON to allow remote users to view this page.
Port Forwarding	Toggle to ON to allow remote users to view this page.
Save Click to save your settings.

Resources

Path: VPN > SSL VPN > Resources

Network resources are services or groups of LAN IP addresses that are used to easily create and configure SSL VPN policies. This shortcut saves time when creating similar policies for multiple remote SSL VPN users.

Adding a Network Resource involves creating a unique name to identify the resource and assigning it to one or all of the supported SSL services. Once this is done, editing one of the created network resources allows you to configure the object type (either IP address or IP range) associated with the service. The Network Address, Mask Length, and Port Range/Port Number can all be defined for this resource as required.

Add New Resource

To add a new resource:

1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Resources.
2. Click Add New Resource.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: 08201A000007 | Firmware: 2.00061E.ww Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | VPN > SSL VPN > Resources Network resources are services or groups of LAN IP addresses that are used to easily create and configure SSL VPN policies. This shortcut saves time when creating similar policies for multiple remote SSL VPN users. Port forwarding allows remote SSL users to access specified network applications or services after they login to the User Portal and launch the Port Forwarding service. Traffic from the remote user to the router is detected and re-routed based on configured port forwarding rules. Port forwarding requires the identification of the TCP application and local server IP address that is being made accessible to remote users. SSL VPN Resources List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name | Service | Type | Resource Object | Port | Mask Lengths No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First | Preview | Next | Last > Add New Resource Port Forwarding List for Configured Applications Show 10 entries Local Server IP Address TCP Port Number No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First | Preview | Next | Last > Add New Rule Port Forwarding List for Configured Host Names Show 10 entries Local Server IP Address Fully Qualified Domain Name No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First | Preview | Next | Last > Add New Rule

1. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save.

SSL VPN Resources Configuration SSL VPN Resources Resource Name Service VPN Tunnel Port Forwarding All Resource Object Configuration ICMP OFF Object Type IP Network Object Address Mask Length [Range: 0 - 32] Port Range / Port Number Begin [Range: 0 - 65535] End [Range: 0 - 65535] Save

Field Description
Resource Name Enter a unique name for this resource.
Service	Select VPN Tunnel, Port Forwarding, or All.
ICMP Toggle to ON to include ICMP traffic.
Object Type	Select Single IP Address or IP Network.
Object Address Enter the IP address.
Mask Length If you selected IP Network, enter the mask length (0-32).
Begin/End Enter a port range for the object.
Save Click to save your settings.

Port Forwarding

Port forwarding allows remote SSL users to access specified network applications or services after they login to the User Portal and launch the Port Forwarding service. Traffic from the remote user to the router is detected and re-routed based on configured port forwarding rules.

Internal host servers or TCP applications must be specified as being made accessible to remote users. Allowing access to a LAN server requires entering the local server IP address and TCP port number of the application to be tunnelled.

To add a port forwarding rule:

1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Resources.

2. Click Add New Rule under either Port Forwarding List for Configured Applications (TCP Port) or under Port Forwarding List for Configured Host Names (FQDN).

3. Enter the IP address of the local server.

4. Next enter either the TCP port number or the domain name (FQDN).

5. Click Save.

Port Forwarding List for Configured Applications Local Server IP Address TCP Port Number Message 0 - 100%

Port Forwarding List for Host Configuration Local Server IP Address Fully Qualified Domain Name Save

Client

Path: VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client

An SSL VPN tunnel client provides a point-to-point connection between the browser-side machine and this router. When a SSL VPN client is launched from the user portal, a "network adapter" with an IP address from the corporate subnet, DNS and WINS settings is automatically created. This allows local applications to access services on the private network without any special network configuration on the remote SSL VPN client machine.

It is important to ensure that the virtual (PPP) interface address of the VPN tunnel client does not conflict with physical devices on the LAN. The IP address range for the SSL VPN virtual network adapter should be either in a different subnet or non-overlapping range as the corporate LAN.

The router allows full tunnel and split tunnel support. Full tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on pre-specified client routes. These client routes give the SSL client access to specific private networks, thereby allowing access control over specific LAN services.

To configure client mode:

1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] ① Logout Serial: CB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 2.00B001E_WVR Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client An SSL VPN tunnel client provides a point-to-point connection between the browser-side machine and this device. When a SSL VPN client is launched from the user portal, a "network adapter" with an IP address, DNS and WINS settings is automatically created, which allows local applications to talk to services on the private network without any special network configuration on the remote SSL VPN client machine. SSL VPN Client Full Tunnel Support DNS Suffix Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Client Address Range Begin 192.168.251.1 Client Address Range End 192.168.251.254 LCP Timeout 60 [Range: 1 - 99999] Seconds Save Cancel

1. Toggle Full Tunnel Support to ON to support full tunnel or OFF to enable split tunnel.
2. Enter a DNS suffix to assign to this client (optional).
3. Enter a primary and secondary DNS server addresses (optional).
4. Enter the range of IP addresses clients will be assigned (DHCP).
5. Next to LCP Timeout, set the value for LCP echo interval (in seconds).
6. Click Save.

Client Routes

Path: VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client

If the SSL VPN client is assigned an IP address in a different subnet than the corporate network, a client route must be added to allow access to the private LAN through the VPN tunnel. As well a static route on the private LAN's firewall (typically this router) is needed to forward private traffic through the VPN Firewall to the remote SSL VPN client.

When split tunnel mode is enabled, the user is required to configure routes for VPN tunnel clients:

• Destination network: The network address of the LAN or the subnet information of the destination network from the VPN tunnel clients' perspective is set here.
• Subnet mask: The subnet information of the destination network is set here.

To configure a client route:

1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Client Routes.
2. Click Add New Client Route.

D-Link Unified Services Router - USB-1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: 00251A3000007 | Firmware: 2.000091E_WW Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | VPN → SSL VPN → Client Routes The Configured Client Routes entries are the routing entries which will be added by the SSL VPN Client such that only traffic to these destination addresses is redirected through the SSL VPN tunnels, and all other traffic is redirected using the hosts (SSL VPN Clients) native network interface. The table shows the destination routes that will be configured on the SSL VPN client. For example if the SSL VPN Client wishes to access the LAN network then in SPLIT Tunnel mode you should add the LAN subnet as the destination subnet on this device. SSL VPN Client Routes List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Destination Network Subnet Mask No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Client Route

1. Enter the destination network and subnet mask.
2. Click Save.

SSL VPN Client Route Configuration Destination Network Subset Mask

Open VPN Settings

VPN > OpenVPN > Settings

OpenVPN allows peers to authenticate each other using certificates, or username/password. When used in a multiclient-server configuration, it allows the server to release an authentication certificate for every client, using signature and Certificate authority. An OpenVPN can be established through this router.

You can select server mode, client mode, or access server client mode. In access server client mode, the user has to download the auto login profile from the OpenVPN Access Server and upload the same to connect.

Server

To configure the router as an OpenVPN Server:

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings.
2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR 200H Logged in at: admin (ADMN) | Language: English (UX) Serial: CBO1800000000 | Firmware: 2.18827.WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance VPN = OpenVPN - OpenVPN Settings OpenVPN configuration page allows the user to configure OpenVPN as a server or client. OpenVPN Settings OpenVPN Mode Server Client Access Server Client VPN Network 128.10.0.0 VPN Network 298.255.0.0 Duplicate CN Port 1194 (Default 1194, Range 1234 - 1235) Tunnel Protocol TCP UDP Encryption Algorithm BF-CBC Hash Algorithm SHA1 Tunnel Type Full Tunnel Split Tunnel Certificates CA Subject Name Server / Client Cart Subject Server / Client Key Dh Key Uploaded Uploaded C-US, ST-CA, L-SanFrancisco, O-Fort C-US, ST-CA, L-SanFrancisco, O-Fort yoc yoc Function, ON-Openpn/na ... Function, ON-server/A/no ... Enable TIs Authentication Key Enable TIs Authentication Key Disabled Block Invalid Client Certificates Black Invalid Client Certificates Disabled User Based Auth Configuration: Enable User Based Auth Save Cancel

Field Description
Mode Select Server.
VPN Network Enter the IP network for the VPN.
VPN Netmask Enter the netmask.
Duplicate CN Toggle On to allow a same certification for multiple clients.
Port Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194.
Tunnel Protocol	Select either TCP or UDP.
Encryption Algorithm Select the encryption algorithm from the drop-down menu.
Hash Algorithm Select the hash algorithm from the drop-down menu.
Tunnel Type	Select either Full Tunnel or Split Tunnel. Full Tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split Tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on pre-specified client routes. If you select Split Tunnel, refer to “Local Networks” on page 127 to create local networks.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Client

To configure the router as an OpenVPN client:

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings.
2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Layout Serial: QF201A3100007 | Firmware: 7.00001E_WV Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance VPN > OpenVPN > Settings Please Enable Required Certificates OpenVPN configuration page allows the user to configure OpenVPN as a server or client. OpenVPN Settings OpenVPN Mode Server Client Access Server Client Server IP Port 1194 [Defaults 1194, Range 1081 - 6055] Tunnel Protocol TCP UDP Encryption Algorithm BF-CBC Hash Algorithm SHA1 Certificates CA Subject Name Server / Client Cert Subject Name Server / Client Key Uploaded Oh Key Uploaded Enable Tis Authentication Key Enable Tis Authentication Key Disabled Save Cancel

Field Description
Mode Select Client.
Server IP Enter the IP address of the OpenVPN server.
Port Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194.
Tunnel Protocol	Select either TCP or UDP.
Encryption Algorithm Select the encryption algorithm from the drop-down menu.
Hash Algorithm Select the hash algorithm from the drop-down menu.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Access Server Client

To configure the router as an OpenVPN access server client:

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings.
2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR: 1000N Logged In as: admin (ADM) | Language: english [US] | Login Serial: GB281A3600007 | Firmware: 7.0000CIT_WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance VPN > OpenVPN > Settings OpenVPN configuration page allows the user to configure OpenVPN as a server or client. OpenVPN Settings OpenVPN Mode Server Client Access Server Client Port 1154 (Default: 1154, Range: HD4 - 69525) Upload Access Server Client Configuration Upload Status No File Browse No Se added Upload Certificates CA Subject Name Server / Client Cert Subject Name Server / Client Key Uploaded Dh Key Uploaded Enable Tis Authentication Key Enable Tis Authentication Key Disabled Save Cancel

Field Description
Mode	Select Access Server Client.
Port Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194.
Upload Status Displays if a configuration file has been uploaded.
File	Click Browse and locate the configuration file. Click Open and then click Upload.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

OmniSSL Server Policy

The router provides OmniSSL feature as an alternate to the SSL VPN connectivity while supporting most of the SSL VPN features. OmniSSL support facilitates the client installation from the device via portal page and is an enhancement to the existing OpenVPN. Additionally, this VPN tool can be used via mobile devices, thereby, eliminating browser and Java dependencies typical to SSL VPN solutions including that offered in the DSR

Path: VPN > Open VPN > OmniSSL Server Policy

OmniSSL Server Policies are useful to permit or deny access to specific IP addresses, or IP networks. They may be defined at the user or global level.

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > OmniSSL Server Policy
2. Click Add New OmniSSL Server Policy. This opens the OmniSSL Server Policy Configuration page.

OmniSSL Server Policies Configuration Policy Type Global User OmniSSL Policy Apply Policy to IP Network Policy Name IP Address Mask Length [Range: 0.12] ICMP Port Range / Port Number Begin [Range: 0.1233] End [Range: 0.1233] Permission Parait Only Save

Field Description

Policy Type	Select this option to add a policy applicable to all the users or particular of the device
Apply Policy To Select accessible IP address or IP network
Policy Name Enter a unique name used to identify the policy.
ICMP Toggle On to support ICMP traffic.
IP Address/Network Configure accessible IP address or IP network
Mask Length Subnet mask for the above IP address.
Begin and End A range of port numbers to apply
Permission Select Permit or Deny for the respective policy.

Local Networks

If you selected Split Tunnel (from OpenVPN Server), you can create a local network by following the steps below:

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Local Networks.
2. Click Add New OpenVPN Local Network.

D-Link Unified Services Router - 018-1000N Logged in sa: admin | ABCIN | Language: English (US) S###: UPOR/ADXXXXOP | Firmware: ZONEEDEL_WIP Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VSN - OpenVPN - Local Networks Please select Split Tunnel and configure this page. This page shows the bit of configured OpenVPN LAN networks. Clients have access to only these local networks. The user can also add, delete and edit networks from this page. OpenVPN Local Networks List Show: 10 seconds [eight click as record to get more options] Local Networks Softnet Mask No data available in table Showing 5 to 6 of 9 samples Add New OpenVPN Local Networks

1. Enter a local IP network.
2. Enter the subnet mask.
3. Click Save.

OpenVPN Local Network Configuration Local Network Subset Mask Save

Remote Networks

To create remote networks:

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Remote Networks.
2. Click Add New OpenVPN Remote Network.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English (US) Logout Serial: GB281A300C007 | Firmware: 2.00B01E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN OpenVPN Remote Networks This page shows the list of remote VPN networks. The user can also add, delete and edit networks from this page. OpenVPN Remote Networks List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Common Name Remote Network Subnet Mask No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add Now OpenVPN Remote Network

1. Enter a name of the remote network.
2. Enter a local IP network.
3. Enter the subnet mask.
4. Click Save.

OpenVPN Remote Network Configuration Common Name Remote Network Subnet Mask Save

Authentication

Server/Client Certificate

VPN > Open VPN > Authentication > Server/Client Certificate

OpenVPN provides authentication using certificates. This page will allow you to upload certificates and keys which are in pem format.

To upload certificates and keys:

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Authentication > Server/Client Certificate.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged in as: admin (ADMAN) | Language: English (US) Serial: QEDT00000001 | Firmware: 3.12_VW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN OpenVPN Authentication Server/Client Certificate Server/Client Certificates TLS Key CRL Certificates Openvpn provides authentication using certificates. This page allows you to upload required certificates and keys which are in pem format. Server/Client Certificate List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name CA Subject Name Server / Client Cert Subject Name Server / Client key Uploaded Dh Key Uploaded default C-TW, ST=Taiwan, L=Taipei, O=D-Link Corporation, OU=Certificate for DSR (Self-Signed), CN=D-Link Corporation CA C-TW, ST=Taiwan, L=Taipei, O=D-Link Corporation, OU=Certificate for DSR (Self-Signed), CN=server yes yes Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries First Previous-May Next Last Add Server/Client Cert

1. Click Add Server/Client Cert.

Server/Client Certificate Configuration Name Trusted Certificate (CA Certificate) Browse No file selected Upload Server/Client Certificate Browse No file selected Upload Options Server/Client Key Browse No file selected Upload Options DH Key Browse No file selected Upload Save

Field Description
Name	Enter the name of the server/client certificate for identification purpose in openvpn Setting page.
Trusted Certificate (CA Certificate)	Browse and upload the pem formatted CA Certificate. Note: Please regenerate client configuration for OmniSSL portal feature.
Server / Client Certificate	Browse and upload the pem formatted Server/Client Certificate.
Server / Client Key Browse and upload the pem formatted Server/Client Key.
DH Key Browse and upload the pem formatted Diffie Hellman Key.
Save Click Save to save your changes.

TLS Key

VPN > Open VPN > Authentication > TLS Key

This page allows user to upload TLS Keys which are in pem format.

To upload certificates and keys:

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Authentication > TLS Key.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-25CN Logged in as: admin ( Adkiah ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: QBDT00000001 | Firmware: 3.12_WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance VPN » OpenVPN » Authentication » TLS Key Server/Client Certificates | TLS Key | CRL Certificates Openvpn provides its authentication using its key. This page allows you to upload required certificates. TLS Key List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options ] Name | TLS Uploaded No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add TLS Key

1. Click Add TLS Key.

TLS Key, Configuration Name TLS Authentication Key Browse... In the selected Save

1. Enter the name of the tls key for identification purpose in OpenVPN Setting page.
2. Browse and upload the pem formatted Tls Authentication key.
3. Click Save to save your settings.

CRL Certificate

VPN > Open VPN > Authentication > CRL Certificate

Openvpn provides CRL authentication using CRL certificate. This page allows you to upload the required certificates.

To upload certificates and keys:

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Authentication > CRL Certificate.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-25ON Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QBDT0000000W | Firmware: 3.12_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN OpenVPN Authentication CRL Certificate Server/Client Certificates TLS Key CRL Certificates Openvpn provides crl authentication using crl certificate. This page allows you to upload required certificates. CRL Certificate List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name CRL Uploaded No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Last Add CRL Certificate

1. Click Add CRL Certificate.

CRL Certificate Configuration Name: CRL Certificate Browse to the selected. SAVE

1. Enter the name of the CRL certificate for identification purpose in OpenVPN Setting page.
2. Browse and upload the pem formatted CRL Certificate to revoke the client certificate.
3. Click Save to save your settings.

OmniSSL Configuration

VPN > Open VPN > OmniSSL Configuration

The OmniSSL Configuration page allows the user to generate client's configuration. OmniSSL is an adaptable feature as it supports and can get installed on various operating systems following their respective procedures.

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > OmniSSL Configuration.
2. Click New Client Configuration. This opens the OmniSSL Client Configuration page. This page allows to generate client configuration.

Note: Please regenerate client configuration when CA certificate is uploaded.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 500AC Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Serial: S34U194619469 | Firmware: 3.118001T_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN > OpenVPN > OmniSSL Configuration OpenVpn provides support to generate client configuration. This page allows to generate client configuration. OmniSSL Configuration List Show 10 entries Name client Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries Select All View Delete New Client Configuration

1. Enter the Client/User name same as configured in OpenVPN Users Configuration page.
2. Upload the CA Key, a pair for CA Cert uploaded in OpenVpn Authentication page.

OmniSSL Client Configuration Client Name: CA Key upload Browse... To be selected. Save

OpenVPN Certificates

VPN > Open VPN > OpenVPN Certificates

This page allows user to generate self signed Server Client OpenVPN certificates.

1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > OmniSSL Certificates.
2. Click Add OpenVPN Certificate.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-500AC Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: 5340194619469 | Firmware: 3.11B001T_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN - OpenVPN - OpenVPN Certificates This page allows user to generate self signed Server Client OpenVPN certificates. OpenVPN Certificates List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options ] Subject Name Server Name Client Name C=TW, ST=Taiwan, L=Talpei, O=D-Link Corporation, OU=Certificate for DSR (Self-Signed), CN=D-Link Corporation CA server client Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries First Previous Next Last Add OpenVPN Certificate

1. This opens the OpenVPN Certificate Configuration page. This page allows to generate self signed Server Client OpenVPN certificate.
2. Fill-in the fields given in the table below.

Field Description
Country Name (C)	This field contains the 2 - character ISO format country code. For example, TW is the valid country code for Taiwan. To locate a specific country code, you may take a look at this page: http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-services/iso3166ma/02iso-3166-code-lists/list-en1.html
State or Province Name (ST)	Enter the State or Province of the Organization.
Locality Name (L) Enter the city in which the organization is located.
Organization Name (O)	The Organization Name (corporation, limited partnership, university, or government agency) must be registered with some authority at the national, state, or city level. Use the legal name under which your organization is registered.
Organizational Unit Name (OU)	The division of your organization handling the certificate to differentiate between divisions within an organization.
Common Name (CN)	The common name is the fully qualified domain name used for DNS lookups of your server (such as www.mydomain.com). Browsers use this information to identify your web site. If you change your hostname, you must request another Digital ID. Client browsers connecting to your host check for a match between your Digital ID's common name and your URL.
Email Name (E) Enter an e-mail address used to contact your organization.
Key Encryption Length	Enter the length of the encryption key used to encrypt the connection.
Valid Through Enter the validity of the certificate in years.
Server Name Enter the name of the server certificate to be used.
Client Name Enter the name of the client certificate to be used.

GRE

VPN > VPN Settings > GRE

GRE tunnels allow for broadcast traffic on the LAN of the router to be passed over the internet and received by remote LAN hosts. This is primarily useful in the D-Link Discovery Protocol (DDP) application where broadcast traffic from one LAN host is to be received by all LAN hosts in the local subnets of the GRE endpoints.

Note the following limits for the number of supported GRE tunnels per product:

• DSR-150/150N: 5
• DSR-250/250N: 10
  • DSR-500/500N/500AC: 15
  • DSR-1000/1000N/1000AC: 20

There are two simple steps involved in establishing a GRE tunnel on the router:

1. Create a GRE tunnel from the GUI
2. Setup a static route for the remote local networks using the GRE tunnel

When creating the GRE tunnel, the IP Address should be a unique address that identifies that GRE tunnel endpoint. It will be referenced in the other router's static route as the Gateway IP address. The Remote End Address in the GRE tunnel configuration page is the WAN IP address of the other endpoint router.

Once the tunnel is established, a static route on the router can be made using the interface set to the configured GRE tunnel name. The destination IP address of the static route is the remote LAN subnet, and the route's gateway IP address will be the GRE tunnel IP of the terminating router (the same router that manages the remote LAN subnet). Once these two steps are completed, all DDP broadcast traffic can flow between remote LAN subnets via the GRE Tunnel.

To create a GRE tunnel:

1. Click VPN > GRE > GRE Tunnels.
2. Click Add New GRE Tunnel.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: 08201A3000057 | Firmware: 2.00B001E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance VPN > GRE > GRE Tunnels This page allows user to add/edit GRE tunnel configuration. GRE Tunnels List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Tunnel Name Interface Remote IP No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add Now GRE Tunnel

3. Complete the fields in the table below and then click Save.

GRE Tunnels Configuration GRE Tunnel Name IP Address Subnet Mask Interface WAN1 Remote End Address Enable DDP Broadcast OFF Static Route Configuration IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Save

Field Description
GRE Tunnel Name Enter a name for the tunnel.
IP Address	Enter the IP address of this endpoint. It will be referenced in the other router's static route as the Gateway IP address.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask.
Interface Select the interface to create this tunnel with from the drop-down menu.
Remote End Address Enter the WAN IP address of the endpoint router.
Enable DDP Broadcast Toggle to ON to enable DDP broadcasting.
IP Address Enter the destination IP address of the static route from the remote LAN subnet.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address Enter the IP address of the termination router.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.

Security Groups

Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups

The group page allows creating, editing, and deleting groups. The groups are associated to set of user types.

To edit/delete an existing group, or add a new group:

1. Click Security > Authentication > User Database > Groups tab.

D-Link Used and Services Router - DUE: 100PM Logged in an: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (US) Serial: 06281C00005P | Windows: 1.8889E.WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security - Authentication - User Database - Groups Get User DB Groups Users This page shows the list of added groups to the router. The user can add, delete and add the groups also. Groups List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Group Name Description ADMIN Admin Group GUST Select Group Showing 1 to 2 of 3 routes Add New Group

1. Right-click a group entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New Group.
2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save.

Group Configuration Group Name: Description: User Type User Type PFTP User LZTP User SSUPN User Capable Portal User Idle Timoset Adels Network Front Desk Guest Default 10, Range 1 - 100 MHz Save

Admin User Type

Group Configuration Group Name: Description: User Type User Type POTP User LOTP User Xanth User SUSPN User Cognitive Portal User Idle Timeout Admn Network Front Disk Guest Default: 10, Ranger 1 - 10% Minim Save

Network User Type

Field Description
Group Name Enter a name for the group.
Description Enter a description for the group.
User Type	Select the user type:Admin - Grants all users in this group super-user privileges. By default, there is one admin user.Network - Grants the next level of privileges.Front Desk - Grants permissions to create temporary users who can Internet/network access (Hotspot).Guest - Guest users will only have read access.Network and Admin users can toggleON PPTP, L2TP, Xauth (Network only), SSLVPN, and Captive Portal.
Idle Timeout	Enter the number of minutes of inactivity that must occur before the users in this user group are logged out of their web management session automatically. Entering an Idle Timeout value of 0 (zero) means never log out.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

Login Policies

Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups

Using the following procedure, you can grant or deny a user group login access to the web management interface.

1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab.

Login Policies Show 10 entries Group Status ADMIN Allow GUEST Deny Showing 1 to 2 of 2 entries First Previous Next Last Add Login Policies

1. Click Add Login Policies.

Login Policies Configuration Group Name: ADMIN Disable Login Deny Login from Option Interface Save

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Group Name Select	the group you want to configure.
Disable Login	Toggle ON to deny login access to the web management interface for all users in this user group. Toggle OFF will allow users to log in.
Deny Login from Option Interface	Toggle ON to deny login access to the web management interface from the WAN2/DMZ Port for all users in this user group. Toggle OFF will allow users.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

Browser Policies

Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups

Use this feature to allow or deny users in a selected group from using a particular web browser to log in to the router's web management interface.

1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab.

Browser Policies Show 10 entries Group Added Client Browsers Status No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Remaining Next Last Add Browser Policies

1. Click Add Browser Policies.

Browser Policies Configuration Group Name ADMIN Add Defined Browser Client Browser Internet Explorer Save

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Group Name Select	the group you want to configure from the drop-down menu.
Client Browser Select	a web browser from the drop-down menu.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

1. Your policy will now be in the browser policies list. By default the status will be set to deny. If you want to set the status to allow, right-click the policy and select Allow.

IP Policies

Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups

Use this feature to allow or deny users in a user group to log in to the router's web management interface from a particular network or IP address.

1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab.

IP Policies Show 10 entries Group Source Address Type Network Address / IP Address Mask Length Status No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Last Add IP Policies

1. Click Add IP Policies.

IP Policies Configuration Group Name: ADDRESS Defined Address Configuration Source Address Type: IP Network Network Address: IP Address Mark Length: 32 (Default): Page 5-10 Browse

IP Policies Configuration Group Name ADMIN Defined Address Configuration Source Address Type IP Address Network Address / IP Address Save

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Group Name Select	the group you want to configure from the drop-down menu.
Source Address Type	Select either Network to specify a IP network or IP Address to specify a specific IP address.
Network Address/IP Address	Enter the network address or IP address.
Mask Length If you	selected Network, enter the mask length.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

Users User Management

Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Users

After you add user groups, you can add users to the user groups. Users can be added individually, or they can be imported from a comma-separated-value (CSV) formatted file. After you add users, you can edit them when changes are required or delete users when you no longer need them.

To edit/delete existing users, or add a new user:

1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Users tab.

D-Link Griested Services Router - 0518-0009 Logged in as: admin [ADAM] | Language: English (R) Serial: CIRB11300007 | Firmware: CIRB244_WW Wizard | System Server Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Security - Authentication - User Database - Users Get User DB Groups Users This page shows a list of available users in the system. A user can add, delete and edit the users also. This page can also be used for setting policies on users. Users LIST Show 15 articles: [Right click an record to get more options] User Name Group Name Login Status admin ADMIN Enabled (LAN) Enabled (OPTION) guest GUEST Disabled (LAN) Disabled (OPTION) Showing 1 to 2 of 2 articles Print or Previse Next Help Add New User

1. Right-click a group entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New User.

User Configuration User Name First Name Last Name Select Group TextGroup1 Password Confirm Password Save

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
User Name Enter the user name for this user. This name is a unique identifier
First Name Enter the user's first name.
Last Name Enter the user's last name.
Select Group Select the group you want to assign this user to from the drop-down menu.
Password	Enter a case-sensitive login password that the user must specify at the login prompt to access the web management interface. For security, each typed password character is masked with a dot (•).
Confirm Password Enter the password to confirm.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.

Import User Database

Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Get User DB

The DSR administrator can add users to the local built-in database directly via an appropriately-formatted comma separated value (CSV) file. The advantage of this feature is to allow for a large number of users to be added to the system with one operation, and the same file can be uploaded to multiple DSR devices as needed. Once uploaded the specific users in the local user database can be modified via the GUI as needed.

To import a user database:

1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Get User DB tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router , DSR-100BN Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Layout Serial: GB281A3609007 | Firmware: 1.10B0KE_VW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security > Authentication > User Database > Get User DB Get User DB Groups Users This page allows user to import a CSV formatted user database to the router. Get User DB Select User DB File Browse No file selected Upload

1. Click Browse and locate the file you want to upload. Select it and click Open.
2. Click Upload.
3. Once completed, go to Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Users and your imported users will be displayed in the Users List.
4. From the list you can right-click the user to edit or delete.

Create a User Database (CSV File)

The following parameters must be used to define the User database CSV file.

1. Create an empty text file with a .csv extension.

2. Each line in the file corresponds to a single user entry. Every line should end with carriage return equivalent of CRLF. Do not add comments or other text in this file.

3. Formatting rules:

a) All the fields must be enclosed within double quotes.
b) Consecutive fields are separated by commas.
c) There should be no leading or trailing spaces in a line.
d) There should be no spaces between fields.

Each line in the CSV user database file should follow the following format:

"UserName","FirstName","LastName","GroupName","Password","MultiLogin"

The above sample has fields that can assume the following values:

• Username (text field): Name of the user and identifier in the DSR's database, and so it must be unique in the local user database.
• FirstName (text field): This is a user detail and need not be unique.
• LastName (text field): This is a user detail and need not be unique.
• GroupName (text field): The group that is associated with this user.
• MultiLogSup (Boolean value): With this enabled ("1"), then multiple users can share a single username and password.
• Password (text field): password to assign for this username
• The Group for a corresponding user ("GroupName" in the CSV) must be created via the GUI in advance of the User Database CSV upload action.
• None of the above fields can be left empty or NULL in the User Database CSV.

External Authentication Servers RADIUS Server

Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > RADIUS Server

A RADIUS server can be configured and accessible by the router to authenticate client connections.

To configure the router to connect to your RADIUS server:

1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > RADIUS Server tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-V00N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (LS) Serial: 0281A300007 | Firmware: 1.1800E_www Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > Radius Server Radius Server PDF3 Server PDF3 Trusted CA LDAP Server AD Server NT Domain This page configures the RADIUS servers to be used for authentication. A RADIUS server maintains a database of user accounts used in larger environments. If a RADIUS server is configured in the LIN, it can be used for authenticating users that want to connect to the wireless network provided by this device. If the first/primary RADIUS server is not accessible at any time, then the device will attempt to contact the secondary RADIUS server for user authentication. Radius Server Configuration Server Check Server Checking Authentication Server IP Address 192.168.1.2 Authentication Port 1812 [Range: 0 - 6550] Secret ********** Timeout 1 [Range: 1 - 999] Seconds Retries 2 [Range: 1 - 9] Seconds Authentication Server IP Address 192.168.1.3 Authentication Port 1812 [Range: 0 - 6550] Secret ********** Timeout 1 [Range: 1 - 999] Retries 2 [Range: 1 - 9] Authentication Server IP Address 192.168.1.4 Authentication Port 1812 [Range: 0 - 6550] Secret ********** Timeout 1 [Range: 1 - 999] Retries 2 [Range: 1 - 9] Save Cancel

1. Complete the RADIUS server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers.

Field Description
Authentication Server IP Address	Enter the IP address of your RADIUS server.
Authentication Port Enter	the RADIUS authentication server port.
Secret	Enter the secret key that allows the device to log into the configured RADIUS server. It must match the secret on RADIUS server.
Timeout	Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the RADIUS server.
Retries	This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the RADIUS server before giving up.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your RADIUS Server(s).

POP3 Server

Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Server

POP3 is an application layer protocol most commonly used for e-mail over a TCP/IP connection. The authentication server can be used with SSL encryption over port 995 to send encrypted traffic to the POP3 server. The POP3 server's certificate is verified by a user-uploaded CA certificate. If SSL encryption is not used, port 110 will be used for the POP3 authentication traffic.

To configure the router to connect to your POP3 server:

1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Server tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (admin) | Language: English [UK] Layout Serial: 08201A300007 | Firmware: 1.19806E.WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security - Authentication - External Auth Server - POP3 Server Backup Server POP3 Server POP3 Trusted CA LDAP Server AD Server NT Domain This page allow user to configure pop3 authentication servers. POP3 Server Configuration Server Check Server Checking Authentication Server1 (Primary) Authentication Port 110 [Default: 110, Range: 1 - 45328] SSL Enable OFF Authentication Server2 (Secondary) Optimal Authentication Port 110 [Default: 110, Range: 1 - 45328] SSL Enable OFF Authentication Server3 Optimal Authentication Port 110 [Default: 110, Range: 1 - 45328] SSL Enable OFF Timeout [Range: 1 - 99] Seconds Retries [Range: 5 - N] Save Cancel

1. Complete the POP3 server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers.

Field Description
Authentication Server IP Address	Enter the IP address of your POP3 server.
Authentication Port Enter	the POP3 authentication server port.
SSL Enable	Toggle to ON to enable SSL support for POP3. If this option is enabled, it is mandatory to select a certificate authority for it.
CA File Certificate	Authority to verify POP3 server's certificate.
Timeout	Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the POP3 server.
Retries	This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the POP3 server before giving up.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your POP3 Server(s).

POP3 Trusted Server

Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Trusted CA

A CA file is used as part of the POP3 negotiation to verify the configured authentication server identity. Each of the three configured servers can have a unique CA used for authentication.

To configure:

1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Trusted CA tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - USB 1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Serial: GB2B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security - Authentication - External Auth Server - POP3 Trusted CA Radius Server - POP3 Server - POP3 Trusted CA - LDAP Server - AD Server - NT Domain This page shows the list of POP3 CA Files. POP3 CA Files List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] CA File No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add CA File

1. Click Add CA File.

CA File Configuration CA File Browse... No file selected Upload

1. Click Browse and select a CA file. Click Open and then click Upload.

LDAP Server

Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > LDAP Server

The LDAP authentication method uses LDAP to exchange authentication credentials between the router and an external server. The LDAP server maintains a large database of users in a directory structure, so users with the same user name but belonging to different groups can be authenticated since the user information is stored in a hierarchical manner. Also of note is that configuring a LDAP server on Windows or Linux servers is considerably less complex than setting up NT Domain or Active Directory servers for user authentication.

The details configured on the controller will be passed for authenticating the router and its hosts. The LDAP attributes, domain name (DN), and in some cases the administrator account & password are key fields in allowing the LDAP server to authenticate the controller.

To configure the router to connect to your LDAP server:

1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > LDAP Server tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSB,1000H Login to an: admin ( Admin ) | Language: English.pvt Serial: 0266x3000007 | Firmware: 1.18806E_cw Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security -> Authentication -> External Auth Server -> LDAP Server Radius Server POP3 Server POP1 Trusted GA LDAP Server AD Server NT Domain This page allows a user to configure authentication servers for LDAP authentication. LDAP Server Configuration Server Check Authentication Server 1 Authentication Server 2 Authentication Server 3 LDAP Attribute 1 LDAP Attribute 2 LDAP Attribute 3 LDAP Attribute 4 LDAP Base ON Second LDAP Base ON Third LDAP Base ON Timeout Retirels First Administrator Account admin Password ***** optional Second Administrator Account optional Password optional Third Administrator Account optional Password optional Save Cancel

1. Complete the LDAP server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers.

Field Description
Authentication Server (1-3)	Enter the IP address of your primary LDAP server.
LDAP Attribute (1-4)	These are attributes related to LDAP users configured in LDAP server. These may include attributes like SAM account name, associated domain name etc. These can be used to distinguish between different users having same user name.
LDAP Base DN Enter	the base domain name.
Timeout	Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the LDAP server.
Retries	This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the LDAP server before giving up.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
Administrator Account	Enter the admin account information that will be used when LDAP authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection.
Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your LDAP Server(s).

AD Server

Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > AD Server

Active Directory authentication is an enhanced version of NT Domain authentication. The Kerberos protocol is leveraged for authentication of users, who are grouped in Organizational Units (OUs). In particular the Active Directory server can support more than a million users given is structure while the NT Domain server is limited to thousands. The configured Authentication Servers and Active Directory domain(s) are used to validate the user with the directory of users on the external Windows based server. This authentication option is common for SSL VPN client users and is also useful for IPsec / PPTP / L2TP client authentication.

To configure the router to connect to your AD server:

1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > AD Server tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] serial: GB201A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10806E Wv Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security Authentication External Auth Server AD Server Radius Server POP1 Server POP1 Trusted CA LDAP Server AD Server NT Domain This page allow to configure Active Directory authentication servers. Active Directory Configuration Server Check Server Checking Authentication Server 1 Authentication Server 2 Authentication Server 3 Active Directory Domain Second Active Directory Domain Third Active Directory Domain Timeout (Range: 1 - 99) Seconds Retries 2 (Range: 1 - 9) First Administrator Account Password First Server Hostname Second Administrator Account Password Second Server Hostname Third Administrator Account Password Third Server Hostname Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options ○ Save Cancel

1. Complete the AD server information from the table on the next page and click Save. You can configure up to three servers.

Field Description
Authentication Server (1-3)	Enter the IP address of your AD server(s).
Active Directory Domain (1-3)	Enter the active directory domain name(s).
Timeout	Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the AD server.
Retries	This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the AD server before giving up.
Administrator Account	Enter the admin account information that will be used when authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your AD Server(s).

NT Domain Server

Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > NT Domain

The NT Domain server allows users and hosts to authenticate themselves via a pre-configured Workgroup field. Typically Windows or Samba servers are used to manage the domain of authentication for the centralized directory of authorized users.

To configure the router to connect to your NT domain server:

1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > NT Domain tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSH-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (US) Serial: QB2BTA3000007 | Firmware: 1.13000E_WV Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security - Authentication - External Auth Server - NT Domain Radius Server POP3 Server POP3 Trusted CA LDAP Server AD Server NT Domain This page allows you to configure NT Domain servers. NT Domain Configuration Server Check Server Checking Authentication Server 1 Authentication Server 2 Authentication Server 3 Workgroup Second Workgroup Third Workgroup Timeout Retries First Administrator Account Password First Server Hostname Second Administrator Account Password Second Server Hostname Third Administrator Account Password Third Server Hostname 2 [Ranges 1 - 99] Seconds Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options Options ○ Save Cancel

1. Complete the NT server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers.

Field Description
Authentication Server (1-3)	Enter the IP address of your NT server(s).
Workgroup (1-3) Enter	the NT workgroup name(s).
Timeout	Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the AD server.
Retries	This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the AD server before giving up.
Administrator Account	Enter the admin account information that will be used when authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
Server Check Click to	test the connection(s) to your AD Server(s).

Radius Accounting Radius Accounting

Path: Security > Authentication > Radius Accounting

The Radius accounting page allows user to enable or disable the Radius Accounting feature and also to configure Accounting Interim Interval (in seconds) at which the device sends the traffic statistics of a session in accounting messages to the configured Radius Server.

To configure the router to connect to your RADIUS server:

1. Click Security > Authentication > Radius Accounting tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-500AC Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: S34U194619469 | Firmware: 3.11B001T_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security Authentication Radius Accounting Radius Accounting Radius Accounting Server This page allows user to enable or disable the Radius Accounting for a feature and also to configure the Accounting Interim Interval in seconds at which the device sends the traffic statistics of a session in accounting messages to the Radius server configured. Radius Accounting Configuration Captive Portal ON Radius Accounting Interim Interval 300 [Range 300 - 3600] Seconds Save Cancel

1. Complete the Radius Accounting information from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Captive Portal	Select the check box to enable the radius accounting for captive portal feature.
Radius Accounting Interim Interval	The interim interval at which Radius Accounting (Interim-Update) packets should be sent by the device. The value should be in the range 300 - 3600. By default, it is 300.
Save	Click Save to save and activate your settings.
Cancel	Click Cancel to revert to the previous settings.

Radius Accounting Server

Path: Security > Authentication > Radius Accounting > Radius Accounting Server

This page allows user to configure the Radius Accounting Server configuration on the router. If the first/primary Radius server is not accessible at any time, the device will attempt to contact the secondary Radius server for sending accounting requests.

To configure the radius accounting server:

1. Click Security > Authentication > Radius Accounting > Radius Accounting Server.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-300AC Logged In as: admin (ADMN) | Language: English [US] Serial: S34U194619469 | Firmware: 3.11B001T_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security > Authentication > Radius Accounting > Radius Accounting Server Radius Accounting Radius Accounting Server This page allows user to configure the Radius Accounting Server configuration on the router. If the first/primary Radius server is not accessible at any time, then the device will attempt to contact the secondary Radius server for sending accounting requests. Radius Accounting Server Configuration Accounting Server (Primary) 192.168.1.2 Accounting Port 1813 [Range: 0 - 65S35] Secret ************ Accounting Server 2 (Secondary) 192.168.1.3 Accounting Port 1813 [Range: 0 - 65S35] Secret ************ Accounting Server 3 (Tertiary) 192.168.1.4 Accounting Port 1813 [Range: 0 - 65S35] Secret ************ Save Cancel

1. Complete the Radius accounting server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers.

Field Description
Authentication Server (Primary)	Enter the IP address of the primary, secondary and tertiary RADIUS server.
Accounting Port	Enter the radius accounting server port for primary, secondary, and tertiary Radius Server.
Secret	Enter the secret key that allows the device to log into the configured RADIUS server. It must match the secret on RADIUS server.
Save	Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
Cancel	Click Cancel to revert to the previous settings.

Login Profiles

Path: Security > Authentication > Login Profiles

When a wireless client connects to the SSIDs or VLANs, the user sees a login page. The Login Profile and SLA page allows you to customize the appearance of that page with specific text and images. The wireless router supports multiple login and SLA pages. Associate login page or SLAs on SSIDs or VLANs separately.

To add, delete, or edit login profiles:

1. Click Security > Authentication > Login Profiles tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router: USB 100BN Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logprt Serial: Q8201A300007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_ww Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security Authentication Login Profiles The table lists all the available Login Profiles in the system. This Login page is used for authentication on Captive Portal enabled interfaces. Login Profiles List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Profile Name Browser Title Status default D-Link Unified Services Router Not In Use default2 D-Link Unified Services Router Not In Use Showing 1 to 2 of 2 entries First Previous Next Last Add New Login Profile

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New Login Profile.

Login Profile Configuration General Details Profile Name Browser Title Background Image Color Page Background Image Default Add Add Add Add Add Minimal Page for Mobile Devices Header Details Background Image Color Header Background Image Default Add Add Add Add Header Caption Caption Font Tabona Font Size Small Font Color Red Login Details Login Section Title Portal Login Welcome Message Please Login! Error Message Invalid UserName/Password Footer Details Change Footer Content Footer Content Footer Font Color White Save

1. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save.

Field Description
General Details
Profile Name	Enter a name for this captive portal profile. The name should allow you to differentiate this captive profile from others you may set up.
Browser Title	Enter the text that will appear in the title of the browser during the captive portal session.
Background	Select whether the login page displayed during the captive portal session will show an image or color.Choices are:Image: Displays an image as the background on the page. Use the Page Background Image field to select a background image.Color: Sets the background color on the page. Select the color from the drop-down menu
Page Background Image	If you setBackgroundtoImage, upload the image file by clickingAdd>Browse. Select an image, clickOpenand then click theUploadbutton. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb.
Page Background Upload	Choose the file you want to upload.
Page Background Color	If you setBackgroundtoColor, select the background color of the page that will appear during the captive portal session from the drop-down menu.
Custom Color If you	choose Custom on Page Background Color, enter the HTML color code.
Minimal Page for Mobile Devices	Toggle toONto allow the web page to be properly viewed from a mobile device.
Header Details
Background	Select whether the login page displayed during the captive portal session will show an image or color.Choices are:Image: Show image on the page. Use the Header Background Color field to select a background color. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb.Color: Show background color on the page. Use the radio buttons to select an image.
Header Background Image	If you setBackgroundtoImage, upload the image file by clickingAdd>Browse. Select an image, clickOpenand then click theUploadbutton. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb.
Header Background Upload	Choose the file you want to upload.
Header Background Color	If you setBackgroundtoColor, select the header color from the drop-down menu.
Custom Color	If you choose Custom on Page Background Color, you can choose particular color by filling in the HTML color code.
Header Caption	Enter the text that appears in the header of the login page during the captive portal session.
Caption Font Select	the font for the header text.
Font Size Select the	font size for the header text.
Font Color Select the	font color for the header text.
Login Details
Login Section Title	Enter the text that appears in the title of the login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session. This field is optional.
Welcome Message	Enter the welcome message that appears when users log in to the captive session successfully. This field is optional.
Error Message	Enter the error message that appears when users fail to log in to the captive session successfully. This field is optional.
Footer Details
Change Footer Content	Enables or disables changes to the footer content on the login page.
Footer Content If Change Footer Content is checked, enter the text that appears in the footer.
Footer Font Color	If Change Footer Content is checked, select the color of the text that appears in the footer.
External Payment Gateway
Enable External Payment Gateway	Enables or disables external payment gateway and online wireless service purchasing from on the login page.
Session Title 1	Enter the text that appears in the title of the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session.
Message	Enter the text appears in the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session.
Session Title 2	Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is complete.
Success Message	Enter the text that appears in the message box while online purchasing is complete.
Session Title 3	Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is fail.
Failure Message Enter	the text that appears in the message box while online purchasing is fail.
Enable Billing Profile	Select the billing profile which will be shown on the login page. The table only listed the billing profiles which are set Unit Price. Enable the billing profile by switch ON on STATUS.
Service Disclaimer Text	Enter the service disclaimer text which is shown before user select and purchase wireless service.
Payment Server Select	the payment received account and its payment agent.

Services Route Management

Path: Security > Authentication > Services Route Management

Service Route Management is a feature that allows the user to configure and interface on which the service traffic can be sent for authentication. The user is also allowed to use the radio server running in the Remote LAN Network of the tunnel for authentication.

To add, delete, or edit login profiles:

1. Click Security > Authentication > Services Route Management.
2. Click Add Service Route to add a new service route.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-SOVAC Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Serial: S340194619469 | Firmware: 3.11B001T.WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security - Authentication - Services Route Management This table lists all the service routes on which we are interested to send the traffic of particular service. Services Route Management List Show: 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options ] Service Service Interface Routing Interface Radius Primary Auth VLAN Showing 1 to 1 of 1 articles First Products Next List Add Service Route

1. This opens Service Route Management Configuration page.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-508AC Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Serial: 5340194619469 | Firmware: 3.11B011.WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security > Authentication > Services Route Management This table lists all the service routes on which we are interested to send the traffic of particular service. Services Route Management List Show 16 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Service Service Interface Routing Interface

1. Complete the Service Route Management details from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Service Name	Enables or disables external payment gateway and online wireless service purchasing from on the login page.
Service Interface	Enter the text that appears in the title of the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session.
Route Interface	Enter the text appears in the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session.
VLAN Name	Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is complete.

Web Content Filtering Static Filtering

Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering

You may block access to certain Internet services.

To block or allow a service:

1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSP:25CN Logged In as: aomw ( 40MN ) | Language: Enginp [Ub] | Logout Serial: QBOT00000001 | Firmware: 1.12_WN Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security ▶ Web Content Filter ▶ Static Filtering Static Filtering Approved URL Blocked URL This content filtering option allows the user to block access to certain Internet sites. Up to 32 key words in the site's name (web site URL) can be specified, which will block access to the site. To setup URLs, go to Approved URLs and Blocked URLs page. Static Filtering Content Filtering Web Proxy Java ActiveX Browser Cookies Save Cancel

1. Toggle Content Filtering to ON.
2. Toggle the service to ON to block. Toggle to OFF to allow.
3. Click Save.

Approved URL

Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URL

The approved URL list is an acceptance list for all URL domain names. Domains added to this list are allowed in any form. For example, if the domain "dlink" is added to this list then all of the following URL's are permitted access from the LAN: www.dlink.com, support.dlink.com, etc.

Importing/exporting from a text or CSV file is also supported.

To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:

1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URL tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR: 250N Logged in as: admin ( ADBM1 ) | Language: English [US] | Layout Serial: CEOT00000001 | Fireware: 3.02_WV Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URL Static Filtering Approved URL Blocked URL This page displays the approved URLs. The list of websites here are always allowed to be accessed, and have higher priority than blocked keywords and lesser priority than any configured firewall rules. Approved URLs List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options.] URL No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries [ First ] [ Previous ] [ Next ] [ Last ] Add New Approved URL Upload URLs list from File Export URLs List to File

1. To import a list from a text/CSV file, click Upload URLs List from File. If you want to export the current list, click Export URLs List to File. To add a new URL, click Add New Approved URL.

Approved URLs Configuration URL HTT Save

1. Enter a URL and click Save.

Blocked URL

Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked URL

Blocking URL allows you to block all website URL's that contains the specified URL. This is lower priority than the Approved URL List; i.e. if a blocked URL is present in a site allowed by a trusted domain in the Approved URL List, then access to that site will be allowed. Import/export from a text or CSV file is also supported.

To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:

1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked URL tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged in an: Active | OK/OK | Language | English [UK] | Logout Send us: ORCT00000001 | Firmware | 3.12_Way Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked Keywords Static Filtering Approved URL Blocked URL This page displays the blocked URLs. The list of websites here are always blocked. Blocked All URL Configuration Black All URL Save Cancel Blocked URL List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] URL Status No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 9 entries Add New URL Upload URLs list from File Export URLs List to File

1. To import a list from a text/CSV file, click Upload URLs List from File. If you want to export the current list, click Export URLs List to File. To add a new URL, click Add New URL.

Blocked URLs Configuration URL Save

1. Enter a keyword and click Save.

Dynamic Filtering

Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic Filtering

Dynamic Filtering will allow you to filter content from a list of categories. The router must be upgraded with the WCF license and then the Content Filtering option, which allows the user to filter out internet sites, needs to be enabled. When enabled, access to a website belonging to one of these configured categories will be blocked with an error page.

Note: Dynamic WCF license is not available in some regions, please contact D-Link worldwide office for product information.

To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:

1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic Filtering.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-250N Logged In as: admin / ADMIN | Language: English (US) | Login Serial: 080700000001 | Firmware: 3.02.WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic Filtering This page displays the list of categories to be blocked. Dynamic Filtering Non-Managed Action Allow Override Override Timeout 100 [Range 60 - 300] Seconds Update on Access Adult Gambling Entertainment Game Sites Crime Terrorism Sports Malicious Clubs and Societies Government Blocking List Drugs / Alcohol Remote Control / Desktop OFF Now: Travel / Tourism Chat Rooms / IMs Investment Sites Personal Beliefs/Cults www-E-Mail Sites Search Sites Music / Video Educational Computing / IT Job Search Shopping Dating Sites E-Banking Politics Violence / Undesirable Health Sites Business Oriented Advertising Surinsett / Lingaria / Models Save Cancel

1. Toggle Global Filtering to ON to enable dynamic filtering.
2. Toggle any of the listed categories to ON to block. Toggle to OFF to allow.
3. All the fields present on this page are given in the table below.
4. Click Save.

Field Description
Non-Managed Action	This is an action to be taken for the Non Managed Site. You may Allow or Block. By default, it is Allow.
Allow Override It allows the sites categorized under Blocked categories.
Override Timeout	Enter the time (in seconds) for which all the disallowed categories will be allowed.
Update on Access	Enable the button to restart the override timer on each new access to disallowed categories.
Adult Sites that host explicit sex content, nudity and sites that use profanity
News	Sites that offer news and information on current events, including newspapers, broadcasters and other publishers
Job Search	Sites that offer job listings, interview coaching and other employment-related services
Gambling Sites that offer online gambling or information about gambling
Travel/Tourism	Sites with travel and tourism information like city maps and services including planning trips, reservations for bus/train/airlines, hotel booking etc.
Shopping Online shops, catalogs, auction sites and classified ads etc.
Entertainment	Websites for TV, movies, entertainment news etc., and sites hosting video content of movies, TV streaming etc.
Chat rooms/IMs Social network working sites, chatrooms and instant messaging sites
Dating Sites	Online dating, match-making, relationship advice, personal ads and web pages related to marriage
Game Sites	Sites that offer online games, MORPG and information about computer games, cheat codes etc.
Investment Sites	Sites for brokerages, trusts, insurance and other investments related organizations.
E-banking Sites providing online banking services offered by financial institutions
Crime/Terrorism	Sites providing information on anti-social activities like murder, sabotage, bombing etc.
Personal Beliefs/Cults	Sites about religion, places of worship, religious groups, and occultism
Politics	Sites about politics, elections and legislation and sites that promote a politician or political party
Sports Sites about sports teams, fan clubs, and generally about all kinds of sports.
www-E-mail Sites	Websites that allow users to send and/or receive email through a web accessible email account.
Violence/Undesirable	Sites that promote violence, militancy, hatred, racism or contain gory information.
Malicious	Sites that are infected and sites that are used as a channel to distribute malwares.
Search Sites	Search engine websites supporting searching of the web and other online content.
Health Sites	Sites related to personal health and medical services with information on finding doctors, recovery,etc.
Clubs and Societies	Sites dedicated to communities, bulletin boards and clubs.
Music/Video	Sites for internet radio, streaming media, musicians, bands, and MP3 download sites.
Business Oriented	Sites for large corporations, enterprises, small and medium business firms.
Government Blocking List	Australian Broadcasting Authorities'(ABA) block list
Educational	Websites of educational institutions and sites containing educational materials, reference materials including dictionaries, and encyclopedias etc.
Advertising	Sites that serve advertisements. This category is meant for identifying and blocking ad servers and not as an ad filter.
Drugs/Alcohol	Sites that promote or sell alcoholic beverages and sites that give directions on how to make cocktail recipes etc.
Computing/IT	Sites about computing, software, hardware and technology and websites of companies providing these technology products.
Swimsuit/Lingerie/Models	Sites displaying or selling lingerie/bikini, etc. could be considered as not relevant for younger age-groups.
Remote Control/Desktop	Remote Control/Desktop sites.

URL Filtering ACL

Path: Security > Web Content Filter > URL Filtering ACL

Access Control Lists (ACLs) ensure that only authorized users have access to specific resources while blocking off any unwarranted attempts to reach network resources. ACLs are used to provide traffic flow control, restrict contents of routing updates, decide which types of traffic are forwarded or blocked, and above all, provide security for the network.

This page allows the user to enable or disable the URL Filtering Access Control feature and to configure the profiles for black-listing or white-listing the LAN clients or users from the configured static or dynamic filtering rules.

To add URLs to the URL Filtering Access Control list:

1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > URL Filtering ACL.

D-Link Unified Services Router - USB/SOBAC Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [0] Serial: 55601948300 | Firmware: 3.48001T.WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security > Web Content Filter > URL Filtering ACL This page allows the user to enable or disable the URL Filtering AccessControl feature and to configure the profiles for blacklisting or whitelisting the LLM clients or users from the configured static or dynamic filtering rules. URL Filtering Access Control Enable URL Filtering ACL Action white list Save Cancel URL Filtering Access Control List Show 20 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Profile Name Type Network and Range 192.168.10.16 - 192.168.10.200 Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries Add New Profile

1. Toggle Enable URL Filtering ACL to ON to enable URL filtering ACL.
2. Select an action. Choose either Black List or White List option to take action on the configured profile's user base or network. The clients under Black List are controlled by static or dynamic filtering rules, while rest clients are not. The clients under White List are not controlled by static or dynamic filtering rules, while rest clients are
3. Click Save.
4. To add a new profile, click Add New Profile.

URL Filtering ACL Configuration Profile Name Type Start Address End Address Ampa Single IP Ampa Interface Save

1. The URL Filtering Configuration page consists of the following fields.

Field Description
Profile Name Shows	the name of the profile configured for a particular network.
Type Shows the	network type selected for configuring a profile.
IP Address	Configure the IP Address of the client to be controlled in the ACL profile.
Start Address	Configure the Start IP Address of the clients to be controlled in the ACL profile when the selected profile type is Range.
End Address	Configure the End IP Address of the clients to be controlled in the ACL profile when the selected profile type is Range.
Interface	Select the Interface from the drop down list to select the complete network to be controlled in the ACL profile when the selected profile type is Interface.

Firewall Firewall Rules

Path: Security > Firewall > Firewall Rules > IPv4 Firewall Rules or IPv6 Firewall Rules

Inbound (WAN to LAN/DMZ) rules restrict access to traffic entering your network, selectively allowing only specific outside users to access specific local resources. By default all access from the insecure WAN side are blocked from accessing the secure LAN, except in response to requests from the LAN or DMZ. To allow outside devices to access services on the secure LAN, you must create an inbound firewall rule for each service.

If you want to allow incoming traffic, you must make the router's WAN port IP address known to the public. This is called "exposing your host." How you make your address known depends on how the WAN ports are configured; for this router you may use the IP address if a static address is assigned to the WAN port, or if your WAN address is dynamic a DDNS (Dynamic DNS) name can be used.

Outbound (LAN/DMZ to WAN) rules restrict access to traffic leaving your network, selectively allowing only specific local users to access specific outside resources. The default outbound rule is to allow access from the secure zone (LAN) to either the public DMZ or insecure WAN. On other hand the default outbound rule is to deny access from DMZ to insecure WAN. You can change this default behavior in the Firewall Settings > Default Outbound Policy page. When the default outbound policy is allow always, you can to block hosts on the LAN from accessing internet services by creating an outbound firewall rule for each service.

To create a new firewall rule:

1. Click Security > Firewall > IPv4 Firewall Rules tab or IPv6 Firewall Rules tab.

D-Link United Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: 02201A300007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WW Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security > Firewall > Firewall Rules IPv4 Firewall Rules | IPv6 Firewall Rules A firewall is a security mechanism to selectively block or allow certain types of traffic in accordance with rules specified by network administrators. You can use this page to manage the firewall rules that control traffic to and from your network. The List of Available Firewall Rules table includes all firewall rules for this device and allows several operations on the firewall rules. Firewall Rules Default Outbound Policy for IPv4 Always Allow Block Save Cancel IPv4 Firewall Rules List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Status From Zone To Zone Service Block / Allow Source Hosts Destination Hosts Local Server Internet Destination Log Rule Priority No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New IPv4 Firewall Rule

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New IPv4/IPv6 Firewall Rule.

IPv4 Firewall Rules Configuration From Zone SECURE (LAN) To Zone INSECURE (Certified WAN) Service ANY Action Always Block Source Hosts Any Single Address Address Range Destination Hosts Any Single Address Address Range Log Never Always QoS Priority Normal Service Save

IPv6 Firewall Rules Configuration From Zone: SECURE (LAN) To Zone: INSECURE (Dedicated WAN) Service: ANT Action: Block Always Source Hosts Any Single Address Address Range Destination Hosts Any Single Address Address Range Log Never Always Save

3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
From Zone	Select the source of originating traffic: either secure LAN, public DMZ, or insecure WAN. For an inbound rule WAN should be selected.
To Zone	Select the destination of traffic covered by this rule. If the From Zone is the WAN, the To Zone can be the public DMZ or secure LAN. Similarly if the From Zone is the LAN, then the To Zone can be the public DMZ or insecure WAN.
Service	Select a service from the drop-down menu. ANY means all traffic is affected by this rule.
Action Select an action from the drop-down menu.
Source Hosts	Select a source host. If you select Single Address or Address Range, you will need to enter the IP address or IP range.
Destination Hosts	Select a Destination host. If you select Single Address or Address Range, you will need to enter the IP address or IP range.
Log Select whether to log firewall traffic or not.
QoS Priority (IPv4 only)	Outbound rules (where To Zone = insecure WAN only) can have the traffic marked with a QoS priority tag. Select a priority level:Normal-Service: ToS=0 (lowest QoS)Minimize-Cost: ToS=1Maximize-Reliability: ToS=2Maximize-Throughput: ToS=4Minimize-Delay: ToS=16

Schedules

Path: Security > Firewall > Schedules

Firewall rules can be enabled or disabled automatically if they are associated with a configured schedule. The schedule configuration page allows you to define days of the week and the time of day for a new schedule, and then this schedule can be selected in the firewall rule configuration page.

Note: All schedules will follow the time in the router's configured time zone. Refer to the section on choosing your Time Zone and configuring NTP servers for more information.

To add, delete, or edit a schedule:

1. Click Security > Firewall > Schedules.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Lognot Serial: 08281AJ300007 | Firmware: 1.108006E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security - Firewall - Schedules When you create a firewall rule, you can specify a schedule when the rule applies. The table lists all the Available Schedules for this device and allows several operations on the Schedules. Schedules List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name Day(s) Start Time End Time No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Preview Next Last Add New Schedule

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Schedule.

Schedules-Configuration Name: Scheduled Days Do you want this schedule to be active on all days or specific days! Monday Wednesday Friday Sunday Scheduled Time of Day Do you want this schedule to be active all day or at specific times All Days Specific Days Monday Tuesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday All Day Specific Times Days

Specific Days enabled Specific Times enabled

Schedules Configuration to be active all day or at specific Dates during the Day? Start Time Start Time End Time End Time Start Time Start Time End Time Start Time End Time

Field Description
Name Enter a name for your schedule.
Scheduled Days	Select All Days or Specific Days.
Monday - Sunday	If you selected Specific Days, toggle each day you want to ON.
Scheduled Time of Day	Select All Day or Specific Times.
Start Time/End Time	If you selected Specific Times, use the mouse on the blue boxes representing the hour, minutes, and am/pm to select the start time and end time. Click, hold, and move up to decrease the value or move down to increase the value.
Save Click to save your settings.

Custom Services

Path: Security > Firewall > Custom Services

Custom services can be defined to add to the list of services available during firewall rule configuration. While common services have known TCP/UDP/ICMP ports for traffic, many custom or uncommon applications exist in the LAN or WAN. In the custom service configuration menu you can define a range of ports and identify the traffic type (TCP/UDP/ICMP) for this service. Once defined, the new service will appear in the services list of the firewall rules configuration menu.

To add, delete, or edit a custom service:

1. Click Security > Firewall > Custom Services.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSB/1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMN) | Language: English [US] Serial: QB281A300007 | Firmware: 1.10606E_NW Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security - Firewall - Custom Services When you create a firewall rule, you can specify a service that is controlled by the rule.. Common types of services are available for selection, and you can create your own custom services. This page allows creation of custom services against which firewall rules can be defined. Once defined, the new service will appear in the List of Available Custom Services table. Custom Services List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Name Type ICMP Type / Port Range No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Custom Service

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Custom Service.

Custom Services Configuration Name servic_ename Type TCP Port Type Port Range Multiple Ports Source Start Port 5555 [Range: 1 - 65535] Source Finish Port 6666 [Range: 1 - 65535] Destination Start Port 7777 [Range: 1 - 65535] Destination Finish Port 8888 [Range: 1 - 65535]

Field Description
Name Enter a name for your custom service.
Type Enter the layer 3 protocol that the service uses (TCP, UDP, BOTH, or ICMP).
Port Type	Select Port Range or Multiple Ports.
Source Start Port	If you selected Port Range, enter the first source(TCP, UDP or BOTH) port of a range that the service uses.
Source Finish Port	If you selected Port Range, enter the last source port of a range that the service uses.
Destination Start Port	If you selected Port Range, enter the first destination port of a range that the service uses.
Destination Start Port	If you selected Port Range, enter the last destination port of a range that the service uses.
Ports If you selected	Multiple Ports, enter the port or ports separated by a comma.
ICMP Type The ICMP type is a numeric value that can range between 0 and 40.
Save	Click to save your settings.

ALGs

Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs

Application Level Gateways (ALGs) are security components that enhance the firewall and NAT support of this router to seamlessly support application layer protocols. In some cases enabling the ALG will allow the firewall to use dynamic ephemeral TCP/ UDP ports to communicate with the known ports a particular client application (such as H.323 or RTSP) requires, without which the admin would have to open large number of ports to accomplish the same support. Because the ALG understands the protocol used by the specific application that it supports, it is a very secure and efficient way of introducing support for client applications through the router's firewall.

1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSP/1000N Logged In as: admin (ADM) | Language English (US) Serial: 02011300007 | Firmware: 1.00001E_nw Wizard System Search Security → Firewall → ALGs ALGs SMTP ALGs Approved Mail IDs Blocked Mail IDs Mail Filtering Application Level Gateway allows customized NAT traversal filters to be plugged into the gateway to support address and port translation for certain application layer "control/date" protocols such as TFTP, SIP, RTSP etc. Each ALG provides special handling for a specific protocol or application. A number of ALGs for common applications are enabled by default. ALGs RTSP OFF SIP OFF H.123 OFF TFTP OFF Save Cancel

1. Toggle the protocol(s) to ON that you want to allow through the router.

SMTP ALGs

Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGs

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is a text based protocol used for transferring email between mail servers over the Internet. Typically the local SMTP server will be located on a DMZ so that mail sent by remote SMTP servers will traverse the router to reach the local server. Local users will then use email client software to retrieve their email from the local SMTP server. SMTP is also used when clients are sending email and SMTP ALG can be used to monitor SMTP traffic originating from both clients and servers.

1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGs tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000H Logged In as: Admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [VCS] | Layout Serial: QR08/A2010007 | Firmware: 1.188006E_www Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGs ALGs SMTP ALGs Approved Mail IDs Blocked Mail IDs Mail Filtering This page allows a user to add a trusted URL. SMTP ALG Status Part [Range: 1 -65%] Save Cancel

1. Toggle Status to ON.
2. Enter the port at which the SMTP packets are inspected.
3. Click Save.

Approved Mail IDs

Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Approved Mail IDs

1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Approved Mail IDs tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADAW) | Language: English (US) Layout Serial: QB281A300007 | Firmware: 1.08006E_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security - Firewall - ALGs - Approved Mail IDs ALGS SMTP ALGS Approved Mail IDs blocked Mail IDs Mail Filtering This table lists all the available Mail IDs that are supposed to be allowed in the system. Approved Mail IDs List Show: 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Mail ID No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Approved Mail ID

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Approved Mail ID.

Approved Mail IDS-Configuration Mail @ Save

1. Enter a mail ID and click Save.

Blocked Mail IDs

Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Blocked Mail IDs

1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Blocked Mail IDs tab.

D-Link Unified Servicers Router - OSP 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [VS] Serial: QGENI2000EP | Firmware: LUBRONE N.W Wizard Systems Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security → Firewall → ALGs → Blocked Mail IDs ALGs SMTP ALGs Approved Mail IDs Blocked Mail IDs Multi Filtering This table lists all the available Mail ids that are supposed to be blocked in the system. Blocked Mail IDs List Show 10 enables [Right click on record to get more options] Mail ID No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add New Blocked Mail ID

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Blocked Mail ID.

Blocked Mail IDs Configuration Mail ID Save

1. Enter a mail ID and click Save.

Mail Filtering

Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering

1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering tab.

D-Link® Unified Servicers Router - DSR 1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [DS] Logset Serial: GB281A300007 | Firmware: 1.10806E.WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security = Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering ALGs SMTP ALGs Approved Mail IDs Blocked Mail IDs Mail Filtering The table lists all the Subjects and Mail ids which are to allowed/blocked. Mail Filtering List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] Subject Mail ID Action No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Last Add Now Mail Filter

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Mail Filter.

Mail Filtering Configuration Subject Mail ID Action Allow Block Save

1. Enter a subject and a mail ID.
2. Select to allow or block.
3. Click Save.

VPN Passthrough

Path: Security > Firewall > VPN Passthrough

This router's firewall settings can be configured to allow encrypted VPN traffic for IPsec, PPTP, and L2TP VPN tunnel connections between the LAN and internet. A specific firewall rule or service is not appropriate to introduce this passthrough support; instead the options in the VPN Passthrough page must be toggled to ON.

1. Click Security > Firewall > VPN Passthrough.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] Logpur Serial: QD1BTAJ300007 | Firmware: 1.199006E.WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security Firewall VPN Passthrough This page allows user to configure VPN (IPsec, PPTP and L2TP) passthrough on the router. Enabled passthrough checkboxes have higher priority than firewall rules based on the same service. VPN Passthrough IPSec PPTP L2TP Save Cancel

1. Toggle the VPN protocol you want to allow to ON and click Save.

Dynamic Port Forwarding Application Rules

Path: Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding > Application Rules

Application rules are also referred to as port triggering. This feature allows devices on the LAN or DMZ to request one or more ports to be forwarded to them. Port triggering waits for an outbound request from the LAN/DMZ on one of the defined outgoing ports, and then opens an incoming port for that specified type of traffic. This can be thought of as a form of dynamic port forwarding while an application is transmitting data over the opened outgoing or incoming port(s).

Port triggering application rules are more flexible than static port forwarding that is an available option when configuring firewall rules. This is because a port triggering rule does not have to reference a specific LAN IP or IP range. As well ports are not left open when not in use, thereby providing a level of security that port forwarding does not offer.

Note: Port triggering is not appropriate for servers on the LAN, since there is a dependency on the LAN device making an outgoing connection before incoming ports are opened.

Some applications require that when external devices connect to them, they receive data on a specific port or range of ports in order to function properly. The router must send all incoming data for that application only on the required port or range of ports. The router has a list of common applications and games with corresponding outbound and inbound ports to open. You can also specify a port triggering rule by defining the type of traffic (TCP or UDP) and the range of incoming and outgoing ports to open when enabled.

1. Click Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding > Application Rules tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSE 100MN Logged in ac: admin (40MH) | Language: English [DS] | Loginet Setup: QR3513000067 | Firmware: :18806F_WV Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding Application Rules Application Rules States The table lists all the available port triggering rules and allows several operations on the rules. Application Rules List Show 10 options [Right click on record to get more options] Name Status Protocol Interface Outgoing Start Port Outgoing End Port Incoming Start Port Incoming End Port No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 6 entries Add New Application Rule

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Application Rule.

3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Application Rules Configuration Application Rules Name Enable OFF Protocol TCP UDP Interface LAN DMZ Outgoing (Trigger) Port Range Start Port [Range: 0 - 65535] To [Range: 0 - 65535] Incoming (Response) Port Range Start Port [Range: 0 - 65535] To [Range: 0 - 65535] Savo

Field Description
Name Enter a name for your rule.
Enable Toggle to ON to activate the rule.
Protocol	Select TCP or UDP.
Interface	Select either LAN or DMZ.
Outgoing (Trigger) Port Range	Enter the start and end trigger port range.
Incoming Port Range Enter the port range to open.
Save Click to save your settings.

4. Click on the Application Rules Status tab to see a list of rules and their status.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSB 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADM) | Languages: English (LX) Serial: QF20LA300607 | Firmware: LTBBBAS_WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Security - Firewall - Dynamic Port Forwarding - Application Rules Status Application Rules | Application Rules Status This page lists the application rules containing status, open ports and expiry time for a particular rule. Application Rules Status List Show 10 entries [No right click options] LAN / DMZ IP Address Open Ports Time Remaining (Sec.) No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Preview Next Last

Attack Checks

Path: Security > Firewall > Attack Checks

Attacks can be malicious security breaches or unintentional network issues that render the router unusable Attack checks allow you to manage WAN security threats such as continual ping requests and discovery via ARP scans. TCP and UDP flood attack checks can be enabled to manage extreme usage of WAN resources.

Additionally certain Denial-of-Service (DoS) attacks can be blocked. These attacks, if uninhibited, can use up processing power and bandwidth and prevent regular network services from running normally. ICMP packet flooding, SYN traffic flooding, and Echo storm thresholds can be configured to temporarily suspect traffic from the offending source.

1. Click Security > Firewall > Attack Checks.

D-Link Unified Services Router... DSR: 1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [UK] Serial: QRBHA3000027 | Firmware: L10009E_WW Wizard | System Search | Security > Firewall > Attack Checks This page allows you to specify whether or net to protect against common attacks from the LAN and WAN networks. Attack Checks WAN Security Checks Stealth Mode Block TCP Flood LAN Security Checks Block UDP Flood Allow Ping from LAN ICSA Settings Block ICMP Notification Block Fragmented Packets Block Multicast Packets Block Spooted IP Packets DoS Attacks SYN Flood Detect Rate Echo Storm ICMP Flood 120 15 100 [Range: 1 - 1000] max/sec [Range: 1 - 1000] Ping pkts/sec [Range: 1 - 1000] ICMP pkts/sec Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Stealth Mode	If this option is toggled to ON, the router will not respond to port scans from the WAN. This makes it less susceptible to discovery and attacks.
Block TCP Flood	If this option is toggled to ON, the router will drop all invalid TCP packets and be protected from a SYN flood attack.
Block UDP Flood	If this option is toggled to ON, the router will not accept more than 20 simultaneous, active UDP connections from a single computer on the LAN. You can set the number of simultaneous active UDP connections to be accepted from a single computer on the LAN; the default is 25.
Allow Ping from LAN Toggle to ON to allow local computers to ping.
Block ICMP Notification	Toggle to ON to prevent ICMP packets from being identified as such. ICMP packets, if identified, can be captured and used in a Ping (ICMP) flood DoS attack.
Block Fragmented Packets	Toggle to ON to drop any fragmented packets through or to the gateway
Block Multicast Packets	Toggle to ON to drop multicast packets, which could indicate a spoof attack, through or to the router.
Block Spoofed IP Packets	Toggle to ON to block any spoofed IP packets.
SYN Flood Detect Rate The rate at which the SYN Flood can be detected.
Echo Storm	The number of ping packets per second at which the router detects an Echo storm attack from the WAN and prevents further ping traffic from that external address.
ICMP Flood	The number of ICMP packets per second at which the router detects an ICMP flood attack from the WAN and prevents further ICMP traffic from that external address.

Intel® AMT

Path: Security > Firewall > Intel ^® AMT

Intel® Active Management Technology (AMT) allows you to remotely access and manage every networked device, even those that lack a working operating system or hard drive, or are turned off as long as the computer is connected to line power and to the network. Intel AMT uses a separate management processor that runs independently on the client machine and can be reached through the wired or wireless network.

1. Click Security > Firewall > Intel AMT.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English (US) | Logout Serial: GB281A3000007 | Firmware: 1.19806E_WW Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Security > Firewall > Intel® AMT The table lists all the available IntelAmt in the system. Intel® AMT Intel® AMT Setup Ports WAN Host Any Specify WAN IPs Internal IP Address Intel® AMT Reflector Reflector Redirect to Port 16992 Redirect to Port 16993 Redirect to Port 16994 Redirect to Port 16995 Redirect to Port 9971 On Listen on Port 16992 [Range : 1 - 65535] On Listen on Port 16993 [Range : 1 - 65535] On Listen on Port 16994 [Range : 1 - 65535] On Listen on Port 16995 [Range : 1 - 65535] On Listen on Port 9971 [Range : 1 - 65535] Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Ports	When enabled, inbound/outbound firewall rules are added for certain ports to enable Intel AMT service.
WAN Host	Select ANY to allow all hosts access or select Specify WAN IPs and enter IP addresses of hosts (separate with a comma) you want to grant access to. Do not use spaces.
Internal IP Address Enter	the LAN IP address.
Reflector	Toggle to ON to enable Reflector. This will send data back to the client on selected ports.
Redirect to Port 16992-16995	Toggle to ON to use the selected port. Enter the listening port on which the server will listen for incoming connections.
Redirect to Port 9971	Toggle to ON to use the selected port. Enter the listening port on which the server will listen for incoming connections.

IPS

Path: Security > Firewall > IPS

The router's Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) prevents malicious attacks from the internet from accessing the private network. Static attack signatures loaded to the router allow common attacks to be detected and prevented. The checks can be enabled between the WAN and DMZ or LAN, and a running counter will allow the administrator to see how many malicious intrusion attempts from the WAN have been detected and prevented.

Note: The DSR-150/150N routers do not support Intrusion Prevention System.

1. Click Security > Firewall > IPS.

D-Link® Inflated Services Router - BSR 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Serial: CBZBIA300007 | Firmware: 1.18BC6E.WVW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Security > Firewall > IPS IPS Intrusion Detection/Prevention Enable Enable Intrusion Detection Enable Intrusion Prevention IPS Checks Active Between LAN and WAN DMZ and WAN IPS Status Number of Signatures Loaded Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Enable Intrusion Detection	Toggle to ON to enable intrusion detection.
Enable Intrusion Prevention	Toggle to ON to enable intrusion prevention.
LAN and WAN	Toggle to ON to detect intrusions between the LAN and WAN interfaces.
DMZ and WAN	Toggle to ON to detect intrusions between the DMZ and WAN interfaces.
Number of Signatures Loaded	Displays the number of signatures loaded.

Maintenance System Settings

Path: Maintenance > Administration > System Setting

You may change the name of the router here.

1. Click Maintenance > Administration > System Setting.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Administration > System Setting This page allows user to set the router identification name. System Setting Current System Name DSR-1000N New Name for System DSR-1000N Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Current System Name Displays the current name for the router.
New Name for System Enter a new name for the router.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Date and Time

Path: Maintenance > Administration > Date and Time

You can configure your time zone, whether or not to adjust for Daylight Savings Time, and with which Network Time Protocol (NTP) server to synchronize the date and time. You can choose to set Date and Time manually, which will store the information on the router's real time clock (RTC). If the router has access to the internet, the most accurate mechanism to set the router time is to enable NTP server communication.

1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Date and Time.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In As: Admin ( Admin ) | Language: English [US] | Logout Send: QR261A3800007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WV Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Maintenance - Administration - Date and Time This page allows us to set the date, time and NTP servers. Network Time Protocol (NTP) is a protocol that is used to synchronize computer clock time in a network of computers. Accurate time across a network is important for many reasons. Date and Time Current Device Time Wed Jan 05 04:55:54 GMT 2000 Time Zone (GMT) Greenwich Mean Time Daylight Saving OFF NTP Servers NTP Server Type Default Custom Primary NTP Server 0.us.pool.ntp.org Secondary NTP Server 1.us.pool.ntp.org Time to re-synchronize 120 [Default: 120, Range: 5 - 1440] Minutes Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Current Device Time Displays the current date and time on the router.
Time Zone Select your time zone from the drop-down menu.
Daylight Saving Toggle to ON to enable daylight saving time.
NTP Servers Toggle to ON to use NTP servers on the Internet.
NTP Server Type	Select either Default or Custom to enter specific NTP Server addresses.
Primary NTP Server	If you selected Custom, enter the primary NTP server address.
Secondary NTP Server	If you selected Custom, enter the secondary NTP server address.
Time to re-synchronize	Enter the time in minutes for the router to re-synch with the NTP server(s).
Save	Click to save and activate your settings.

Session Settings

Path: Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings

Here you can set the timeout value for admin and guest logins.

1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - USB-1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (US) Serial: CB2B1A390007 | Firmware: 1.30806E_ww Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings This page allows the user to set session timeout value for administrator and guest users. Session Settings Administrator 10 [Default: 16, Ranger 0 - PPP] Minutes Guest 10 [Default: 16, Ranger 0 - PPP] Minutes Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Administrator Enter the timeout value in minutes for the Administrator account.
Guest Enter the timeout value in minutes for the Guest account.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

License Updates

Path: Maintenance > Administration > License Update

Certain features can be added to the router by purchasing a license key. An activation code is provided based on the router's MAC Address, so it will be unique to that particular device.

Each license has the following three parameters:

Field Description
Model The license	model as it relates to the feature being added.
Activation Code The activation code corresponding to this license.
Expiration	Licenses can either have a fixed duration, or are perpetual for the life of this router.

D-Link United Services Router - DSH.250N Licensed in As: Genome [User] | Language: http://www.dml.com/ Serial: 0807120416/78 | Firmware: 2.0064HC_nw Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Administration > License Update This page shows the list of activated licenses and also can be used for activating new WCF licenses. License Update Licensee List Show 10 entries (No right click options) License A Model Activation Code Expires No data available in table Showing 0 to 8 of 6 entries Activations Setup License Activation Code: Activels

USB Share Ports

Path: Maintenance > Administration > USB Share Ports

This page allows configure the SharePoint feature available on this router.

1. Click Maintenance > Administration > USB Share Ports.

D-Link® Unified Service Router - USB 1900N Logged in as: admin | Agent | Languages | English (UK) Serial: GB31A2800007 | Firmware: Zimbleer_ww Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance → Administration → USB Share Ports This page allows the user to configure the SharePort feature available in the device. USB Share Ports USBIT Share Port Setup Enable USB Printer Enable sharing USBO Share Port Setup Enable USB Printer Enable sharing Printer Enabled Interfaces List Interface Name Enable Printer Enable Storage default Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
USB Port 1 Printer	Toggle to ON to enable USB port 1. Once enabled you will need to enter your printer information.
USB Port 2 Printer	Toggle to ON to enable USB port 2. Once enabled you will need to enter your printer information.
Interface Name Displays the name of the printer interface.
Enable Printer	Displays if the printer is enabled or not. Toggle to ON to enable.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

SMS Service Inbox

Path: Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Inbox

The D-Link Services Router has a USB interface to connect 3G modem support to send and receive Short Messaging Service (SMS). The received messages can be seen in the Inbox and allows the user to create a new SMS. If WAN3 is used in dedicated WAN mode, load balancing mode, or if the 3G USB device is not connected to router then the controls on this page will not be available.

To view any incoming messages:

1. Click Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Inbox tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Serial: QD201A3000097 | Firmware: 1.10006F_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance Administration SMS Service Inbox 3G is not available Inbox Create SMS Inbox Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] S.No Sender Time Stamp Text No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Preview Next Last

1. The following details are displayed.

Field Description
S. No Displays the serial number of the message.
Sender Displays the sender of the message.
Time Stamp Displays the time when the message was sent.
Text Displays the content of the message.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

1. Right-click the entry to delete, refresh, reply, or forward the message.

Create SMS

Path: Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Create SMS

This page allows you to send a message using the SMS service.

1. Click Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Create SMS tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - OSB-1008N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Serial: Q52014300097 | Firmware: 1.10866E_WV Wizard System Search Maintenance - Administration - SMS Service - Create SMS 3G is not available Inbox Create SMS Compose Message Receiver Text Message Send Message Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Send Message.

Field Description
Receiver Enter the phone number of the intended receiver.
Text Message Enter the message you want to send.
Send Message Click to send your message.
Cancel Click to reset the fields.

Package Manager

Path: Maintenance > Administration > Package Manager

A package is a set of files which are installed by the router from D-Link's repositories. This feature allows users to download new drivers for supported USB devices and language packs to enable multi-lingual support for the router's management interface. Multi-lingual support via the package manager allows the user to choose a language of choice so that the entire textual content in the router's user interface is presented in the selected language.

This feature supports a single driver and single language pack to be stored in the router (i.e. these files are available for use after device reboot). There are 2 types of installations supported by this feature:

1. Manual Installation: Upon selecting manual installation, the user has to download the package which will then display the available languages that the router GUI now supports.

Note: Only drivers provided by D-Link can be used for manual installation. A validation process will be performed during installation.

1. Auto Installation: By selecting the link "click here" the auto-installation of the package is exercised. A page showing the list of available drivers / language packs is displayed from which the user can select and install one of the options. For this type of installation the router must be able to access the internet, as this will allow the user to download the package from a repository server which consists of all the available languages.

2. Click Maintenance > Administration > Package Manager.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSB 1000N Logged in as: admin (ADM24) | Language: English [US] Serial: GB281A300007 | Firmware: 1.108006L_WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance Administration Package Manager Device Drivers List of Default Drivers Show 10 entries Drive Description Installe cdt-ocm D-Link (DWM-156 A5, DWM-156 A6, DWM-157 A1) 0.9 option D-Link (DWM-152 A1, DWM-152 A2, DWM-152 A3, DWM-156 A1, DWM-156 A2, DWM-156 A3, DWM-156 A7, DWM-157 B1, DWM-158 D1), Huawei (E-1550, E-173, E-156, E-303, EC-306), ZTE (MF-710) 0.9 Showing 1 to 2 of 2 entries First Print 1 Next List Driver for your device not listed? click here to see if updates or new drivers are available. Manual Install Select Driver Browse... No file selected. Install Install History Install History

1. Complete the fields from the table below.

Field Description
List of Default Drivers Displays the default drivers that are installed.
Click Here	Click to display a list of available packages for download. You must be connected to the Internet. Here you can select the driver to update or install.
Manual Install	If you have downloaded a packed, clickBrowseand select the package. ClickOpenand then click Install.
Install History Displays a list of package installations.

Set Language

Path: Maintenance > Administration > Set Language

You can download language packs (refer to "Package Manager" on page 185) and install them on the router. Once you have downloaded a pack, follow the steps below to install:

1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Set Language.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in ac: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Input serial: http://admin/200007 | Firmware: 1.38406_WR Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Please install drivers for languages in packagemanager Language Settings Set Language English Save Cancel

1. Select a loaded language pack from the drop-down menu and click Save.

Web GUI Management

Path: Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management

The Web GUI Management page will allow you to specify by IP address or VLAN what users can configure the router using the web GUI.

1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management.
2. Toggle Enable to ON and click Save.

D-Link Unified Services Provider - DUB 1000N Logged to us: admin ( dUBM ) | Language: English (US) Serial: qdb@comps2 | Firmware: 2.38888_ww Wizard Green Search Status Wireless Network TPM Security Maintenance Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management Web GUI Management Enable Save Cancel List of Allowed IP Address / Vian Network Show 15 Service [Right click on record to get more options] Name Access Type IP Address / Vian Network Default VLAN Network LAN Showing 1 to 1 of 100% Add New Configuration

1. Click Add New Configuration.

Web GUI Management Configuration Name Access Type Single IP Address Single IP Address Save

1. Enter a name for this configuration.
2. Select either Single IP Address and enter the IP address of the computer/device or VLAN Network and enter the VLAN ID that you want to allow access to the web GUI.
3. Click Save.

Remote Management

Path: Maintenance > Management > Remote Management

Enable this feature to be able to manage the router from a remote location, using HTTPS or Telnet. Both HTTPS and Telnet access can be restricted to a subset of IP addresses. The router administrator can define a known PC, single IP address or range of IP addresses that are allowed to access the GUI with HTTPS. The opened port for SSL traffic can be changed from the default of 443 at the same time as defining the allowed remote management IP address range.

1. Click Maintenance > Management > Remote Management.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Management > Remote Management From this page a user can configure the remote management feature. This feature can be used to manage the box remotely from WAN side. Remote Management Remote Management Setup Enable Remote Management HTTPS Port No 443 [Range: 1 - 65535] SSH OFF SNMP OFF Access Control Setup Access Type All IP Addresses IP Address Range Only Selected PC WAN Ping Respond to Ping OFF Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
Enable Remote Management	Toggle to ON to enable remote management.
HTTPS Port No. Enter the	the port for HTTPS access. The default port is 443.
SSH	Toggle ON to enable SSH (Secure Shell) protocol which can be used to access the CLI over the network from a remote host.
SNMP Toggle to ON	to enable SNMP for remote management.
Access Type	Select either All IP Addresses, IP Address Range (enter an IP range), or Only Selected PC (enter an IP address).
Respond to Ping	Toggle to ON to allow the router to respond to ping requests from the WAN.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

SNMP

Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP

SNMP is an additional management tool that is useful when multiple routers in a network are being managed by a central Master system. When an external SNMP manager is provided with this router's Management Information Base (MIB) file, the manager can update the router's hierarchical variables to view or update configuration parameters. The router as a managed device has an SNMP agent that allows the MIB configuration variables to be accessed by the Master (the SNMP manager). The Access Control List on the router identifies managers in the network that have read-only or read-write SNMP credentials. The Traps List outlines the port over which notifications from this router are provided to the SNMP community (managers) and also the SNMP version (v1, v2c, v3) for the trap.

SNMP User List

1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Serial: GB2B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10800E_VW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Management > SNMP SNMP SNMP Trap List Access Control List SNMP System Info Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) lets you monitor and manage your router from an SNMP manager. SNMP provides a remote means to monitor and control network devices, and to manage configurations, statistics collection, performance, and security. SNMP v3 User List Name Privilege Security Level admin RWUSER No Auth No Priv guest ROUSER No Auth No Priv

1. Right-click a user and select Edit if you want to change the security level.

2. Select the security level from the drop-down list. Select one of the following:

3. No-Auth No-Priv: Only requires a user name match for authentication.

4. Auth No-Priv: Provides authentication based on the MD5 or SHA algorithms.

5. Auth Priv: Provides authentication based on the MD5 or SHA algorithms as well as encryption privacy with the DES 256-bit standard.

6. Click Save.

SNMP Trap List

Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP Trap List

To create a new SNMP trap:

1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP Trap List tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSB-1000N Logged in us: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Login serial: QR287A3000067 | Firmware: 1.H0800E_WV Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SHMP Trap List SNMP | SNMP Trap List | Access Control List | SNMP System info The table lists all IP addresses of SNMP agents to which the router will send trap messages. SNMP Traps List Show 10 entries [Right click on record to get more options] IP Address Port Community SNMP Version No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Add SNMP Trap

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new trap, click Add SNMP Trap.

SNMP Trap Configuration IP Address Port Community Authentication Type v1 v2c v3 Save

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
IP Address The IP Address of the SNMP trap agent.
Port The SNMP trap port to which the trap messages will be sent.
Community	The community string to which the agent belongs. Most agents are configured to listen for traps in the Public community.
Authentication Type	The SNMP version used by the trap agent. The choices are v1, v2c, or v3.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Access Control

Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List

To edit, delete, or create a new access control entry:

1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List tab.

D-Link® Standard Services Manager - SNMP >SNMP Logist in an album (Open) | Language | English (Info) Serial: 10000000000 | Phone: [phone] | Web System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List SNMP SNMP Trap List Access Control List SNMP System Info The table lists all IP addresses of SNMP agents to which the router will allow several operations on the SNMP agents. Access Control List Share 10 options Right click us round to get more options Name Subtest March Cachmunity Access Type No data available in table Showing it to 5 of 4 categories Add Access Control

1. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new trap, click Add Access Control.

Access Control List IP Address Subnet Mask Community Access Type ● recommunity ○ recommunity Save

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
IP Address The IP Address of the SNMP agent.
Subnet Mask The network mask used to determine the list of allowed SNMP managers.
Community	The community string to which the agent belongs. Most agents are configured to listen for traps in the Public community.
Access Type Access w	ll be either read only (ROcommunity) or read-write (RWcommunity).
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

SNMP System Info

Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info

To create a new SNMP trap:

1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logbit serib: DB2814.100007 | Firmware: 1.10006E.WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info SNMP SNMP Trap List Access Control List SNMP System Info This page displays the current SNMP configuration of the router. The following MIB (Management Information Base) fields are displayed and can be modified here. SNMP System Info SysContact SysLocation SysName DSR-1000N Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
SysContact The name of the contact person for this router. Examples: admin, John Doe.
SysLocation The physical location of the router: Example: Rack #2, 4th Floor.
SysName A name given for easy identification of the router.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Diagnostics Ping an IP Address/Domain Name

Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools

As part of the diagnostics functions on the router, you can ping an IP address or domain name. You can use this function to test connectivity between the router and another device on the network or the Internet.

1. Click Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab.

D-Link Unified Survivors Router - OSR 1000N Logged In as: admin | ADMI | Language: English [NT] Serial: QDRA1A00007 | Firmware: 1.108062.WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools Network Tools Capture Packets System Check This page can be used for diagnostics purpose. This page provides user with some diagnostic tools like ping, dns lookup and traceroute. Network Tools Command Output for Ping and Traceroute IP Address / Domain Name www.dlnx.com Ping Traceroute Command Output DNS Lookup Domain Name Lookup Command Output

1. Under Command Output for Ping and Traceroute, in the IP Address/Domain Name field, enter an IP address or domain name.

2. Click Ping. The results will appear in the Command Output display below.

Using Traceroute

Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools

The router provides a Traceroute function that lets you map the network path to a public host. Up to 30 "hops" between this router and the destination will be displayed.

1. Click Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR7000W Logged In as: admin | Altam | Language: English [MS] Serial: 0885A00007 | Firmware: 1.180063_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools Network Tools Capture Packets System Clock This page can be used for diagnostics purpose. This page provides user with some diagnostic tools like ping, dm lookup and traceroute. Network Tools Command Output for Ping and Traceroute IP Address / Domain Name www.dlink.com Ping Traceroute Command Output DNS Lookup Domain Name Lookup Command Output

1. Under Command Output for Ping and Traceroute, in the IP Address/Domain Name field, enter an IP address or domain name.
2. Click Traceroute. The results will appear in the Command Output display below.

Performing DNS Lookups

Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools

The router provides a DNS lookup function that lets you retrieve the IP address of a Web, FTP, Mail, or any other server on the Internet.

1. Click Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR7000W Logged In as: admin | Altam | Language: English [MS] Serial: 0885A00007 | Firmware: 1.180063_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools Network Tools Capture Packets System Clock This page can be used for diagnostics purpose. This page provides user with some diagnostic tools like ping, dm lookup and traceroute. Network Tools Command Output for Ping and Traceroute IP Address / Domain Name www.dlink.com Ping Traceroute Command Output DNS Lookup Domain Name Lookup Command Output

1. Under DNS Lookup, in the Domain Name field, enter an Internet name.
2. Click Lookup. The results will appear in the Command Output display. If the host or domain entry exists, a response will appear with the IP address. If the message Host Unknown appears, the Internet name does not exist.

Capture Packets

Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Capture Packets

The router lets you capture all packets that pass through the LAN and WAN interfaces. The packet trace is limited to 1MB of data per capture session. If the capture file size exceeds 1MB, it is deleted automatically and a new capture file is created.

1. Click Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Capture Packets tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000607 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Capture Packets Network Tools Capture Packets System Check This page provides user packet sniffer as a diagnostic tool. Capture Packets Interface LAN Start Trace Stop Trace Download

1. Select an interface from the drop-down menu.
2. Click Start Trace. The trace can be downloaded by clicking the Download button, which will immediately begin the download to the browser's default download location. To stop the trace click Stop Trace.

System Check

Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > System Check

As part of the diagnostics functions on the router, you can view the static and dynamic routes for both IPv4 and IPv6.

1. Click Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > System Check tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( AOMIN ) | Language: english [US] Logout Serial: 082B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance Management Diagnostics System Check Network Tools Capture Packets System Check This page displays the router's static and dynamic routes. System Check Command Output Display IPv4 Table Display IPv8 Table

1. Click Display IPv4 Table or Display IPv6 Table. The result will appear in the Command Output display. If the route is set as private on the Static Route Configuration page (Network > Routing > Static Route), the Display IPv4 Table indicates "Private routes table," as shown below.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-S00AC Logged in as: admin (ACMN) | Language: English (US) Serial: 534U394618460 | Firmware: 3.11B00ST WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > System Check Operation Succeeded Network Tools Capture Packets System Check This page displays the router's static and dynamic routes. System Check Command Output Display IPv4 Table Destination Gateway Kernel IP routing table Hof Use Iface Genmask Flags Metric 2.0.0.0 192.168.18.1 255.0.0.0 UG 2 0 0 bdg1 192.168.18.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.0 U 0 0 0 bdg1 Private routes table via dev metric © 2017-12-2017, www.dsr.com.cn

Power Saving

Path: Maintenance > Management > Power Saving

The router allows you to adjust the power consumption of the hardware based on your actual usage. The two "green" options available for your LAN switch are Power Saving by Link Status and Length Detection State.

1. Click Maintenance > Management > Power Saving.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: 082B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10B06E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance Management Power Saving This page allows user to enable/disable power saving in the router. Power Saving By Link Status By Cable Length Detection Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
By Link Status	With “Power Saving by Link Status” option toggled to ON, the total power consumption by the LAN switch is dependent function of on the number of connected ports. The overall current draw when a single port is connected is less than when all the ports are connected.
By Cable Length Detection	With “Length Detection State” option toggled to ON, the overall current supplied to a LAN port is reduced when a smaller cable length is connected on a LAN port.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Firmware Upgrade

You can upgrade to a newer firmware version from the Administration web page. In the Firmware Upgrade section, to upgrade your firmware, click Browse, locate and select the firmware image on your host, and click Upgrade. After the new firmware image is validated, the new image is written to flash and the router will automatically reboot with the new firmware.

Universal Firmware (FW) Naming Convention: The new firmware naming convention is DSR__x_FW_. For all the same hardware (A, B, C, etc.), there will be only one Firmware file which is to be used with all the versions (1, 2, 3, etc.) of the respective hardware. For example, the new FW file name is DSR_250_Ax_FW3.12_WW. This FW file can be used for FW upgrade of the following hardware versions: A2, A3, A4, and so on.

Warning: During the firmware upgrade, do NOT try to go online, turn off the DSR, shut down your PC, or interrupt the process in anyway until the operation is complete. This should take only a minute or so including the reboot process. Interrupting the upgrade process at specific points when the flash is being written to may corrupt the flash memory and render the router unusable without a low-level process of restoring the flash firmware (not through the web GUI).

Check Update

Path: Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade

This router supports an automated notification to determine if a newer firmware version is available for this router. By clicking the Check Now button in the notification section, the router will check a D-Link server to see if a newer firmware version for this router is available for download.

To see if a new version is available:

1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Check Update tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Login Serial: QB2B1A2000007 | Firmware: 1.108006E.WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Maintenance • Firmware • Firmware Upgrade • Check Update Using System (PC) Using USB Check Update Check Update Check Now Check Now Status

1. Click Check Now. If new firmware is available or if you have the most current version a message will appear under Status.

Using PC

To upgrade the firmware from a PC:

1. Download the latest firmware version from the D-Link support website.
2. Once downloaded, log in to the router and click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Using System (PC) tab.

D-Link® Unified Services Routes - DSR-1006# Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (US) Serial: 08381A3000097 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance - Firmware - Firmware Upgrade - Using System (PC) Using System (PC) Using USB Check update This page allows user to upgrade/downgrade the router firmware. This page also shows the information regarding firmware version and build time. Using System (PC) Current Firmware Information Firmware Version 1.108306E_WW Firmware Date Fri Apr 18 20:42:29 2014 Firmware Upgrade Browse Firmware Browse No Is selected Upgrade

1. Click Browse and locate the firmware file you downloaded. Select it and click Open.
2. Click Upgrade.

Note: The upgrade process takes a few minutes. Do not interrupt the upgrade or turn off the router; otherwise you can damage the firmware. Wait for the upgrade to complete before browsing any sites from your browser.

Using USB

To upgrade the firmware using a USB thumb drive:

1. Download the latest firmware version from the D-Link support website and copy the file to a USB thumb drive.
2. Plug the USB thumb drive into a USB port on the router.
3. Log in to the router and click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Using USB tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - OSR 100MHz Logged in an: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Export Serial: Q828143000007 | Firmware: 110806E_WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance - Firmware - Firmware Upgrade - Using USB Using System (PC) Using Use check Update This page allows user to upgrade/downgrade the router firmware via USB Device. Using USB USB Port 1 USB Device Status connected Select Firmware 600L_wizard_02.sc 600L_wizard_07_complete kit 850L_style.org DXR-312L Setup Wizard DWG-2000 DWG-2000_A1_manual_GRAFT_031214.pdf DWG-6000AF_FIRMWARE_4.1.9.11.TAR FSCapture_5.3 recon - Copy.exe FSCapture_3.3 recon.exe Upgrade USB Port 2 USB Device Status disconnected Select Firmware Upgrade

1. Select the firmware file from the list and click Upgrade.

Note: The upgrade process takes a few minutes. Do not interrupt the upgrade or turn off the router; otherwise you can damage the firmware. Wait for the upgrade to complete before browsing any sites from your browser.

Configuration Files Backup

Path: Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore

After you configure the router, you can back up the configuration settings. When you back up the settings, they are saved as a file. You can then use the file to restore the settings on the same router if something goes wrong or on a different router (must be the same model) that will replace the existing router.

To backup your configuration files:

1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore tab.

D-Link Unified Service Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] Sorlab: GB081A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B06E_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance - Firmware - Backup / Restore Backup / Restore Configuration Settings This page allows user to do configuration related operations which includes backup and restore. Backup / Restore Backup Save to System (PC) Save to USB Port 1 Save to USB Port 2 Restore from System (PC) Browse Saved Configurations Browse... No file selected Restore Restore from USB Port 1 USB Device Status connected Select File 600L_wizard_02.tif 600L_wizard_07_complete.tif 850L_sylog.png ONR-312L Setup Wizard DWC-2000 DWC-2000_A1_manual_DRAFT_031214.pdf DWL-660GAP_FIRMWARE_4.1.8.11.TAR FSCapture_8.3_eco - Copy.exe FSCapture_8.3_eco.exe Restore Restore from USB Port 2 USB Device Status disconnected Select File Restore

1. To save the file to your computer, click Save to System (PC). If you have a USB thumb drive connected to the router, you can click Save to USB Port 1 (or Port 2).

Restore

To restore your settings from a saved backup file:

1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QOR1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance - Firmware - Backup / Restore Backup / Restore Configuration Settings This page allows user to do configuration related operations which includes backup and restore. Backup / Restore Backup Save to System (PC) Save to USB Port 1 Save to USB Port 2 Restore from System (PC) Browse Saved Configurations Browse... No file selected Restore Restore from USB Port 1 USB Device Status connected Select File GOOL_wizard_02.tif GOOL_wizard_07_complete.tif 880L_gylog ang DNR-312L Setup Wizard DWC-2000 DWC-2000_A1_manual_DRAFT_031214.pdf DWL-6600AP_FIRMWARE_4.1.0.11.TAR FSCapture_5.3_ezo - Copy.exe FSCapture_5.3_ezo.exe Restore Restore from USB Port 2 USB Device Status disconnected Select File Restore

1. To restore the file from your computer, click Browse and select the file. Click Open and then click Restore.

To restore the file from a USB thumb drive, select the file in the list under the corresponding USB port and click Restore.

Configuration Settings

If there is a USB storage device currently plugged in to the router, you can enable auto-backup. The snapshot of current configuration settings will be updated on the USB storage device and overwrite any files with the same filename (i.e., if there was an earlier configuration backup done to this location).

1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore > Configuration Settings tab.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] | Layout Serial: Q8281A300007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WV Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Maintenance - Firmware - Backup / Restore - Configuration Settings Backup / Restore - Configuration Settings This page allows user to do configuration related operations which includes backup configuration. Backup / Restore Configuration Settings Backup Configuration to USB Automatically Encrypt Configuration File OFF OFF Save Cancel

1. Toggle Backup Configuration to USB Automatically to ON to automatically save your configuration settings to a file on your USB storage device.
2. Toggle Encrypt Configuration File to ON to encrypt the configuration file. This will ensure confidential information like system username/passwords are not available for view by unauthorized sources. Enabling this option will apply to configuration files backed up on the host as well as a USB drive.

Soft Reboot

Performing a soft reboot simply performs a power cycle.

1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot.

D-Link® Unified Services Router | DSR 1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Legend Serial: QB281A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10006E_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot This page allows user to Reboot and Reboot with Factory Default the router. Soft Reboot Soft Reboot Reboot with Factory Default Default

1. Click Soft Reboot. The router will power cycle.

Reset to Factory Default Settings

If you reset the router to its factory default settings, it returns to the state when it was new — all changes you made to the default configuration are lost. Examples of settings that get restored include critical things you need to get online, such as login password, SSID, IP addresses, and wireless security keys.

1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] | Logoul Serial: 08201A3000007 | Firmware: 1.1080GE_WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot This page allows user to Reboot and Reboot with Factory Default the router. Soft Reboot Soft Reboot Reboot with Factory Default Default

2. Click Default. The router will power cycle and reset all settings to the default values.

Note: After restoring to the factory default settings, the router's default LAN IP address is 192.168.10.1, the default login user name is 'admin', and the default login password is 'admin'.

Log Settings

The router allows you capture log messages. You can monitor the type of traffic that goes through the router and be notified of potential attacks or errors when they are detected by the controller. The following sections describe the log configuration settings and the ways you can access these logs.

Defining What to Log

Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Facility Logs

The Facility Logs page lets you determine the granularity of logs to receive from the wireless controller. Select one of the following facilities:

• Kernel: The Linux kernel. Log messages that correspond to this facility would correspond to traffic through the firewall or network stack.
• System: Application and management-level features available on this router for managing the unit.
• Local1-UTM: This facility corresponds to IPS (Intrusion Prevention System) which helps in detecting malicious intrusion attempts from the WAN.

• Local0-Wireless: This facility corresponds to the 802.11 driver used for providing AP functionality to your network.

• Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Facility Logs.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: 0GBM1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.108006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance → Logs Settings → Facility Logs This page allows user to configure logging severity levels for different logging facilities. Facility Logs Facility Select Facility Kernel System Local1-UTM Local0-Wireless For Event Log Event Log Syslog Emergency OFF OFF Alert OFF OFF Critical OFF OFF Error OFF OFF Warning OFF OFF Notification OFF OFF Information OFF OFF Debugging OFF OFF Save Cancel

1. Select the facility and then toggle ON which events you want to log and click Save.

For each facility, the following events (in order of severity) can be logged:

• Emergency: system is unusable
- Alert: action must be taken immediately
• Critical: critical conditions
- Error: error conditions
• Warning: warning conditions
- Notification: normal but significant condition
• Information: informational
- Debugging: debug-level messages

When a particular severity level is selected, all events with severity equal to and greater than the chosen severity are captured. For example if you have configured CRITICAL level logging for the Wireless facility, then 802.11 logs with severities CRITICAL, ALERT, and EMERGENCY are logged.

The display for logging can be customized based on whether the logs are sent to the Event Log viewer in the web management interface (the Event Log viewer is in the Status > System Information > All Logs > Current Logs) or a remote Syslog server for later review. E-mail logs, discussed in a subsequent section, follow the same configuration as logs configured for a Syslog server.

Routing Logs

Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Routing Logs

Traffic can be tracked based on whether the packet was accepted or dropped by the firewall. Denial of service attacks, general attack information, login attempts, dropped packets, and similar events can be captured for review.

Note: Enabling logging options may generate a significant volume of log messages and is recommended for debugging purposes only.

Traffic through each network segment (LAN, WAN, DMZ) can be tracked based on whether the packet was accepted or dropped by the firewall.

Accepted Packets are those that were successfully transferred through the corresponding network segment (i.e., LAN to WAN). This option is particularly useful when the Default Outbound Policy is "Block Always" so you can monitor traffic that is passed through the firewall.

Dropped Packets are packets that were intentionally blocked from being transferred through the corresponding network segment. This option is useful when the Default Outbound Policy is "Allow Always".

1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Routing Logs.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSB-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Serial: QB2B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10B06E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Logs Settings > Routing Logs The table lists all the available routing Logs in the system. Routing Logs Routing Log Accepted Packets Dropped Packets LAN to WAN OFF OFF WAN to LAN OFF OFF WAN to DMZ OFF OFF DMZ to WAN OFF OFF LAN to DMZ OFF OFF DMZ to LAN OFF OFF VLAN to VLAN OFF OFF Save Cancel

1. Toggle which events you want to log to ON and click Save.

System Logs

Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > System Logs

In addition to network segment logging, unicast and multicast traffic can be logged. Unicast packets have a single destination on the network, whereas broadcast (or multicast) packets are sent to all possible destinations simultaneously. One other useful log control is to log packets that are dropped due to configured bandwidth profiles over a particular interface. This data will indicate to the admin whether the bandwidth profile has to be modified to account for the desired internet traffic of LAN users.

1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > System Logs.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10806E_WW Wizard System Search: Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Logs Settings > System Logs This page allows user to configure system wide log settings. System Logs All Unicast Traffic OFF All Broadcast / Multicast Traffic OFF FTP Log OFF Redirected ICMP Packets OFF Invalid Packets OFF Save Cancel

1. Toggle which events you want to log to ON and click Save.

Remote Logs

Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Remote Logs

Once you have configured the type of logs that you want the router to collect, they can be sent to either a Syslog server or an E-Mail address. For remote logging a key configuration field is the Remote Log Identifier. Every logged message will contain the configured prefix of the Remote Log Identifier, so that syslog servers or email addresses that receive logs from more than one router can sort for the relevant device's logs.

Once you enable the option to e-mail logs, enter the e-mail server's address (IP address or FQDN) of the SMTP server. The router will connect to this server when sending e-mails out to the configured addresses. The SMTP port and return e-mail addresses are required fields to allow the router to package the logs and send a valid e-mail that is accepted by one of the configured "send-to" addresses. Up to three e-mail addresses can be configured as log recipients.

In order to establish a connection with the configured SMTP port and server, define the server's authentication requirements. The router supports Login Plain (no encryption) or CRAM-MD5 (encrypted) for the username and password data to be sent to the SMTP server. Authentication can be disabled if the server does not have this requirement. In some cases the SMTP server may send out IDENT requests, and this router can have this response option enabled as needed.

Once the e-mail server and recipient details are defined you can determine when the router should send out logs. E-mail logs can be sent out based on a defined schedule by first choosing the unit (i.e., the frequency) of sending logs: Hourly, Daily, or Weekly. Selecting Never will disable log e-mails but will preserve the e-mail server settings.

1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Remote Logs.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged In As: admin | Admin | Language: Origin [US] Serial: US201A3W0507 | Firmware: L100R6L.SW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance - Log Settings - Remote Logs This page allows user to configure the remote logging options for the router. Remote Logging Remote Log Identifier DSR-1000n E-Mail Log on E-Mail Server Address SMTP Port [Range 1 - 68.00] Return E-Mail Address Send to E-Mail Address (1) Send to E-Mail Address (2) Send to E-Mail Address (3) Options Options Authentication with SMTP None Plain Login CRAM-MDS Respond to Ident from SMTP Get E-Mail log by schedule Unit Never Hourly Daily Weekly Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save.

Field Description
Remote Log Identifier	Enter a prefix used to identify the source of the message. This identifier is prefixed to both e-mail and Syslog messages.
E-Mail Log Toggle to	ON to enable E-Mail logs.
E-Mail Server Address	Enter the IP address or network address of the SMTP server. The router will connect to this server to send e-mail logs when required. The SMTP server must be operational for e-mail notifications to be received.
SMTP Port Enter the	SMTP port of the e-mail server.
Return E-Mail Address	Enter the e-mail address where replies from the SMTP server are to be sent (required for failure messages).
Send to E-Mail Address (1-3)	Enter up to three e-mail addresses where logs and alerts are to be sent.
Authentication with SMTP	Select an authentication if the SMTP server requires authentication before accepting connections.Choices are:None: No authentication is used. The User Name and Password fields are not available.Login Plain: Authentication used to log in using Base64-encoded passwords over non-encrypted communication session. Base64-encoded passwords offer no cryptographic protection, making them vulnerable.CRAM-MD5: A challenge-response authentication mechanism defined in RFC 2195 based on the HMAC-MD5 MAC algorithm. CRAM-MD5 offers a higher level of authentication than Login Plain.
User Name	If Authentication with SMTP is set to Login Plain or CRAM-MD5, enter the user name to be used for authentication.
Password	If Authentication with SMTP is set to Login Plain or CRAM-MD5, enter the case-sensitive password to be used for authentication.
Respond to identd from SMTP	Toggle to ON to have the router respond to IDENT requests from the SMTP server.
Unit	Select the period of time that you need to send the log. This option is useful when you do not want to receive logs by e-mail, but want to keep e-mail options configured, so you can use the Send Log function Event Log viewer pages. Choices are:Never: Disable sending of logs.Hourly: Send logs every hour.Daily: Send logs every day at the Time specified.Weekly: Send logs weekly, at the Day and Time specified.
Day If Unit is set to	Weekly, select the day of the week when logs will be sent.
Time If Unit is set to	Daily or Weekly, select the time when logs will be sent.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Syslog Server

Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Syslog Server

An external Syslog server is often used to collect and store logs from the router. This remote device typically has less memory constraints than the local Event Viewer on the router. Therefore, a number of logs can be collected over a sustained period. This is useful for debugging network issues or to monitor router traffic over a long duration.

The router supports eight concurrent Syslog servers. Each server can be configured to receive different log facility messages of varying severity using the Remote Logs page. This page also lets you send configuration logs to three email recipients.

1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Syslog Server.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3C00007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance > Logs Settings > Syslog Server This page allows user to configure the syslog server logging options for the router. Syslog Server Configuration SysLog Server 1 ON FQDN / IP Address Facility All Severity All SysLog Server 2 OFF SysLog Server 3 OFF SysLog Server 4 OFF SysLog Server 5 OFF SysLog Server 6 OFF SysLog Server 7 OFF SysLog Server 8 OFF Save Cancel

2. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save.

Field Description
Syslog Server 1 Toggle to ON to setup a Syslog server.
FQDN / IP Address Enter the IP address or Internet Name of the Syslog server.
Facility	Select which facility you want to log. Refer to “Defining What to Log” on page 208 for definitions.
Severity	Select the severity level you want to log. Refer to “Defining What to Log” on page 208 for definitions.
Syslog Server 2-8	Toggle to ON to setup another Syslog server. Repeat the fields above for each server you want to setup.
Save Click to save and activate your settings.

Event Logs

Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Event Logs

The router's web management interface displays configured log messages from the Status menu. When traffic through or to the router matches settings in the Facility Logs page or Routing Logs page, the corresponding log message will appear in this window with a timestamp.

1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Event Logs.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged In as: Admin (ADMRT) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2BIA3000007 | Firmware: 1.10805E.WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Maintenance Logs Settings Event Logs This page allows user to configure the available event Logs in the system. Event Logs Bandwidth Limit OFF Save Cancel

1. Toggle to ON and click Save.

IPv6 Logs

Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > IPv6 Logs

This page allows you to configure what IPv6 events you want to log.

1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > IPv6 Logs.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR 1000N Logged In as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] | Logset Serial: Q02B1A3000087 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance > Logs Settings > IPv6 Logs This page allows user to configure log settings for IPv6 network. IPv6 Logs LAN to WAN Accepted Packets Dropped Packets WAN Please configure at least one Accepted Packets Dropped Packets Save Cancel

1. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save.

Field Description
LAN to WAN
Accepted Packets Toggle	to ON to log accepted packets.
Dropped Packets Toggle	to ON to log dropped packets.
WAN
Accepted Packets Toggle	to ON to log accepted packets.
Dropped Packets Toggle	to ON to log dropped packets.
Save Click to save	and activate your settings.

SMS Logging

Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > SMS logging

This page allows the user to get events based SMS on configured mobile number.

1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > SMS logging
2. Enter the phone number and toggle On for events from the table below
3. Click Save

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English (US) Serial: 0846225456789 | Firmware: 2.03002E_WW Wizard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Maintenance > Logs Settings > SMS Logging This page allows user to get event based SMS on configured mobile number. SMS Logging Configuration Receiver Mobile Number Events WAN UP/Down OFF VPN Connect/Disconnect OFF CPU/Memory usage reaches 80% OFF Save Cancel

Field Description
Mobile Number Enter a	valid mobile number to receive SMS message
WAN Up/Down Toggle	to On to receive SMS based on WAN UP/Down event.
VPN Connect/Disconnect	Toggle to On to receive SMS whenever VPN tunnel connects or disconnects.
CPU/Memory usage reaches 80%	Toggle to On to receive SMS whenever CPU/Memory utilization reaches to 80%.

Status and Statistics

Dashboard

Path: Status > Dashboard

The router provides a dashboard that displays about the resources the system is using. The dashboard page is organized into the following sections:

D-Link Unified Services Router - OSR-1000N Logged in as: admin [ADMIN] | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: DB2B1A380007 | Firmware: 1.1080GE.WV Wizard | System Search | Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance | Status > Dashboard The Traffic Overview, WAN Ports, Bandwidth Usage, VPNs and packet traffic through the router is displayed for each Interface. Dashboard Manage Dashboard Traffic Overview ALL HTTP 0.45% HTTPS 99.57% Small 0% IPSec 0% WAN Ports 10 8 6 4 2 0 M0 23/46 Option1 0.00 MB/s Option2 0.00 MB/s Bandwidth Usage ALL 1000 750 500 250 (In KB) HTTP HTTPS DNS SNMP OTHER Total Bandwidth Usage: 230 Details VPNs 10 8 6 4 2 0 IPSec Gateway 0/0 Tunnels Connected IPSec Client 0/0 Tunnels Connected SSL VPN 0/0 Tunnels Connected Details Traffic Information Traffic LAN WAN1 WAN2 Incoming 1923 641 0 Outgoing 2005 170 0 Dropped Incoming 0 0 0 Dropped Outgoing 0 0 0

Field Description
Traffic Overview Displays a chart of traffic overview by service for each interface.
WAN Ports	Displays a chart of traffic overview by bandwidth and packet information for WAN traffic.
Bandwidth Usage	Displays bandwidth usage by network segment such as WAN or LAN. The data is broken into by applications service such as HTTP, HTTPS, DNS, SNMP, and others.
VPNs Displays a chart of VPN traffic by bandwidth and number of tunnels.
Traffic Information Displays a grid of traffic statistics for each interface.

Manage Dashboard

To manage the dashboard:

1. Click on the Manage Dashboard button.

Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B005E_WW Wizard System Search... VPN Security Maintenance c through the router is displayed for each interface. Manage Dashboard

1. The following window will pop out and allow you to enable or disable the overview panels shown on the dashboard. Toggle the panel to ON or OFF and click Save.

Manage Dashboard Traffic Overview WAN Ports VPNs ON ON ON Bandwidth Usage ON ON Save

System

Path: Status > System Information > Device > System

The System Info page displays the current system name, firmware version, hardware version, and serial number.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: english [US] Layout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 7.00B001E_WW Wizard | System Search Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Status - System Information - Device - System System LAN WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 Wireless All of your Internet and network connection details are displayed on the Device Status page. The firmware version and hardware serial number is also displayed here. System Information General System Name DSR-1000N Firmware Version 2.00B001E_WW Hardware Version A1 Serial Number QB2B1A3000007

LAN Info

Path: Status > System Information > Device > LAN

The LAN Information page summarizes the LAN settings including MAC address, IP address, and link state.

D-Link® Unified Services Router DSR:1000N Logged in as: admin (ADM) | Language: English [US] Layout Serial: 00281A3000007 | Firmware: 2.00001E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status > System Information > Device > LAN System LAN WAN WAN WAN3 Wireless LAN Information Description LAN Info MAC Address 00:18:E7:CDx6h75 IPv4 Address 192.168.10.1 / 255.255.255.0 IPv6 Address foc@s1 / 64 Status UP IPv6 Connection Type N/A IPv6 Connection State N/A Prefix Obtained N/A NAT (IPv4 Only) N/A IPv4 Connection Type N/A IPv4 Connection State N/A Link State N/A WAN Mode N/A Gateway N/A Primary DNS N/A Secondary DNS N/A DHCP Server Enabled DHCP Relay Disabled

WAN1

Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN1

The WAN1 Information page summarizes the WAN1 port settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English (US) Login Serial: Q82R14300007 | Firmware: 2.00801E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status System Information Device WANT System LAN WANT WAN2 WAN3 WAN5 WAN1 Information Description WANT Info MAC Address 00:18:E7/CD69:75 IPv4 Address 0.0.0.0 / 255.255.255.0 IPv6 Address fe80b218a7ffifecdi6976 / 64 Status DOWN IPv6 Connection Type Dynamic IP (DHCPv6) IPv6 Connection State Connected Prefix Obtained 64 NAT (IPv4 Only) Enabled IPv4 Connection Type Dynamic IP (DHCP) IPv4 Connection State Nut Yet Connected Link State LINK DOWN WAN Mode Use only single port: WANT1 Gateway 0.0.0.0 Primary DNS 0.0.0.0, Secondary DNS 0.0.0.0, DHCP Server N/A DHCP Relay N/A

WAN2

Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN2

The WAN2 Information page summarizes the WAN2 port settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 2.008001E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status System Information Device WAN2 System LAN WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 Wireless VAN2 Information Description WAN2 Info MAC Address 00:18:E7:CD:69:77 IPv4 Address 172,17,100,254 / 255,255,755.0 IPv6 Address Status UP IPv6 Connection Type N/A IPv6 Connection State N/A Prefix Obtained N/A NAT (IPv4 Only) N/A IPv4 Connection Type N/A IPv4 Connection State N/A Link State N/A WAN Mode N/A Gateway N/A Primary DNS N/A Secondary DNS N/A DHCP Server Disabled DHCP Relay Disabled

WAN3

Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN3

The WAN3 Information page summarizes the WAN3 settings.

D-Link Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: GB2R1A380007 | Firmware: 2.00R001E_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status System Information Device WAN3 System LAN WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 Wireless WAN3 Information Description WAN3 Info MAC Address N/A IPv4 Address 0.0.0.0 / 255.255.255.0 IPv6 Address N/A Status DOWN IPv6 Connection Type N/A IPv6 Connection State N/A Prefix Obtained N/A NAT (IPv4 Only) Enabled IPv4 Connection Type 3G Internet IPv6 Connection State Not Yet Connected Link State LINK DOWN WAN Mode Use only single port: WANT Gateway 0.0.0.0 Primary DNS 0.0.0.0 Secondary DNS 0.0.0.0 DHCP Server N/A DHCP Relay N/A

Wireless

Path: Status > System Information > Device > Wireless

The Wireless Information page displays traffic statistics for each enabled access point. This page will give a snapshot of how much traffic is being transmitted over each wireless link.

D-Link® Unified Services Router DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADM) | Language: English (LP) Serial: 12851A300007 | Finnwarc: 2.00001E_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status System Information Device Wireless System LAN WAK1 WAR2 WAR3 Wireless Wireless Lan Information Description Wireless LAN Operating Frequency 2.4GHz Mode N/G-Mixed Channel 2467 Available Access Points SSID Security Encryption Authentication DDR1000H_tech_writers WPA-WPA2 TXIP-COMP PSK Test01 WPA TXIP-COMP RADIUS

All Logs Current Logs

Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > Current Logs

The Current Logs window displays configured log messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. If remote logging such as a Syslog server or e-mail logging is configured, the same logs are sent to the remote interface while being displayed here.

Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to pre-configured e-mail recipients.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.108006F_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status > System Information > All Logs > Current Logs Current Logs Firewall Logs IPsec VPN Logs SSL VPN Logs This page displays the captured log messages of the router activities. Current Logs Show 10 entries [No right click options] Logs No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Last Clear All Sond Logs

Firewall Logs

Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > Firewall Logs

The Firewall Logs window displays configured firewall event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time.

Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - USB-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.100006_WV Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status - System Information - All Logs - Firewall Logs Current Logs Firewall Logs IPSec VPN Logs SSL VPN Logs This page displays the captured log messages of the router activities for Firewall events. Current Firewall Logs Show 10 entries [No right disk options] Logs No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Clear All Send Logs

IPSec VPN Logs

Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > IPSec VPN Logs

The IPSec VPN Logs window displays IPSec VPN event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time.

Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q82B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B06E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status System Information All Logs IPSec VPN Logs Current Logs Firewall Logs IPSec VPN Logs SSL VPN Logs This page displays the captured log messages specifically for IPSec events. Current IPSec VPN Logs Show 10 entries [No right click options] Logs No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Lost Clear All Send Logs

SSL VPN Logs

Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > SSL VPN Logs

The SSL VPN Logs window displays SSL VPN event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time.

Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q82B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WV Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status - System Information - All Logs - SSL VPN Logs Current Logs Firewall Logs IPSoc VPN Logs SSL VPN Logs This page displays the captured log messages specifically for SSLVPN events. Current SSL VPN Logs Show 10 entries [No right click options] Logs No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries Clear All Send Logs

USB Status

Path: Status > System Information > USB Status

The USB Status page summarizes the USB devices connected to the router. You may connect USB printer and USB storage device directly to the router.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2B1A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_NW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status > System Information > USB Status This page displays information about the USB devices connected to the USB port(s).this page will update dynamically to show the status of the USB devices connected to the router. USB(s) Status Description USB Port 1 USB Port 2 Status connected disconnected Yendor Kingston NA Model DataTraveler_2.0 NA Type storage NA Mount Status 1 NA

Network Information DHCP Leased Clients

Path: Status > Network Information > DHCP Clients

Three separated tabs display a list of clients whom get IP leased from the router: LAN leased clients, IPv6 leased clients, and DMZ leased clients.

D-Link Unified Service Provider - DSR 390AC Login site: www.acid.com Language: English Send: 12341462001 / Fax: [phone] Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status Network Information DHCP Leased Clients LAN Leased Clients LAN Leased Clients iPad Leased Clients DMZ Leased Clients This table displays the list of DHCP clients connected to the LAN DHCP Server and to whom DHCP Server has given leases if the LAN is serving DHCP addresses. This table will show the list of DHCP clients for the router's LAN DHCP server. LAN Leased Clients List Show 10 entries (Brought click buttons) Host Name IP Address MAC Address InTOS-OptPlex-745 150.168.10.100 00e0.4c04165.SI Sharing 1 to 1 of 2 entries

LAN Leased Clients

D-Link DARIDI ServiceR Server - DIA 10000 Logged In an admin (ADMIN) | Languages: English (US) Serial: http://a2123.com? | Firmware: http://www.123.com/ Wizard | SystemService Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Status | Network Information | DHCP Clients | IPv6 Leased Clients LAM Leased Clients | IPv6 Leased Clients | DHCP Leased Clients This table displays the list of DHCP clients connected to the LAN DHCP server and to whom DHCP server has given leases. If the LAN is serving DHCP addresses, this table will show the list of DHCP clients for the router's LAN DHCP server. IPv6 Leased Clients List Show 10 options [No right click option] Host Name IP Address MAC Address No data available in table Showing 0 to 6 of 9 entries

IPv6 Leased Clients

D-Link Unified Services Router - DLR 10008 Logged to us: admin (admin) | Language: English [LPG] | Lograr Serial: 02/02/12/20/2007 | Filmpages: http://www.wk/ Virtboard | System Search... Status | Wireless | Network | VPN | Security | Maintenance Status > Network Information > DHCP Clients > DWZ Leased Clients LAN Leased Clients > Net Leased Clients > DWZ Leased Clients This table displays the list of DHCP clients connected to the DWZ DHCP Server and to whom DHCP Server has given leases. If the LAN is sending DHCP addresses, this table will show the list of DHCP clients for the router's DWZ DHCP server. DWZ Leased Clients List Show < > entries [No right click options] Host Name IP Address MAC Address My data available in table Showing it to be a proxy

DMZ Leased Clients

Active Sessions

Path: Status > Network Information > Active Sessions

This table lists the active internet sessions through the router's firewall. The session's protocol, state, local, and remote IP addresses are shown.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q82B1A300007 | Firmware: 1.10B06E_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status > Network Information > Active Sessions Use this page to monitor the sessions that are active on your router. Active Sessions List Show 10 entries [No right click options] Source Destination Protocol State 192.168.0.100:14145 192.168.0.1:53 udp none 192.168.0.100:21298 192.168.0.1:53 udp none 192.168.0.100:26024 192.168.0.1:53 udp none 192.168.0.100:2904 192.168.0.1:53 udp none 192.168.0.100:30591 192.168.0.1:53 udp none 192.168.10.1:67 192.168.10.100:68 udp none Showing 1 to 6 of 6 entries First Previous Next List

Active VPNs

Path: Status > Network Information > Active VPNs

You can view and change the status (connect or drop) of the router's VPN associations/connections. Here, the active VPN associations/connections are listed along with the traffic details and tunnel state. The traffic is a cumulative measure of transmitted/received packets since the tunnel was established.

D-Link Active WiFi Search - Google 1998 Status Windows Networks GPS Security Maintenance Home > Network Information > Active WiFi > Base Site Host Site: 125, WiFi Connection: 100% WiFi Connection/Host: Open WiFi Connection: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/ Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/Host: 125% WiFi Connection/ This page is to present established West Security Accessories. Active WiFi Site List Share 10 Service Weight class as required to get more settings Registry Board Extraction No. (No)... No. (Extraction) Share Share List or Share Share List or Share

IPSec SAs

D-Link DHL Link Services - https://2014-1000/ Login in our online http://Language:engk.com/ Mail: http://www.1000.com/ Copyright: 1000 Status: Network Information: Active VPS: SSL VPN Connections. Port: SSL: SSL VPN Connections: MPTB VPN Connections: Active VPS Connections: CUSTB VPN Connections This page links current established SSL VPN connections. Active SSL VPN Connections Store: Name: Right click all keys to get more options. User信箱: My Address: Customer WiFi Interface: Your WiFi service: Contact Status: No data available in local.

SSL VPN Connections

D-Link Status: Windows Network: VPN Security: Normal Value: - Internet Information - Active VPN - FTP VPN Connections Private URL: USB VPN Connections: FTP VPN Connections: Applicative Connections: USB VPN Connections This page also current established FTP VPN services. Active FTP VPN Connections Name: 1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 Transaction Status: Recommended: Drawing 1 to 3 Options

PPTP VPN Connections

D-Link® Active Connection Options - 2008-11/09 Logist to: www.dlink.com Language: http://www.dlink.com Search: http://www.dlink.com Status: Status: https://www.dlink.com Security: Security: 100% Status: Network Information: Active IFRs - OpenFTP Connection Print Size: 15x, 16% Connection: NETI IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: NETI IFR Connection The value data is all available Active Current IFR Connection to the system. Active OpenFTP Connection Starts Share: Share Number [No right site available] Customer Name: Client ID: https://www.dlink.com No Any available it available Show In (S) or Email: Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Next > Second Status: Network Information: Active IFRs - OpenFTP Connection Print Size: 15x, 16% Connection: NETI IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: NETI IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: NETI IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: Current IFR Connection: No Any available it available

OpenVPN Connections

D-Link® Active Connection: SPN Status Network Information Active SPN L2TP SPN Connections Open TCP L2TP SPN Connections L2TP SPN Connections Active L2TP SPN Connections Open TCP Spasets 80% Open TCP to ensure a purchase option Conversion Services Discounted Develop in the Options

L2TP VPN Connections

Interface Statistics

Path: Status > Network Information > Interfaces Statistics

This page displays packet information on the LAN, VLAN, and WLAN interfaces.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin | ADMIN | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: 08289 A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status Network Information Interfaces Statistics The profiled and packet traffic through the router is displayed for each interface.. Interfaces Statistics LAN Description LAN WAN1 WAN2 / DMZ WAN3 Incoming Packets 6643 3053 0 0 Outgoing Packets 6508 1050 0 0 Dropped In Packets 0 0 0 0 Dropped Out Packets 0 0 0 0 VLAN Show 10 entries [No right disk options] Port Incoming Packets Outgoing Packets Dropped In Packets Dropped Out Packets No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Last WLAN Data Information Packets Bytes Transmitted 0 0 Received 0 0 Transmit Dropped 540 540 Receive Dropped 0 0 Active Info Description Count IOMP Received 5 Active VPN Tunnels 0 Available VLANs 1 Active Interfaces 8

View Wireless Clients

Path: Status > Network Information > Wireless Clients

The clients connected to a particular AP can be viewed on this page. Connected clients are sorted by the MAC address and indicate the security parameters used by the wireless link, as well as the time connected to the corresponding AP. The statistics table has auto-refresh control which allows display of the most current port level data at each page refresh. The default auto-refresh for this page is 10 seconds.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1090N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q@2B1AJ3000067 | Firmware: 1.10800SE_WW Wizard System Search Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status » Network Information » Wireless Clients Wireless Clients Show 10 entries [No right click options] AP Name MAC Address Radio Security Encryption Authentication Time Connected No data available in table Showing 0 to 0 of 0 entries First Previous Next Last

Device Stats

Path: Status > Network Information > Device Stats

Detailed transmit and receive statistics for each physical port are presented here. Each interface (WAN1, WAN2/DMZ, LAN, and VLANs) have port specific packet level information provided for review. Transmitted/received packets, port collisions, and the cumulating bytes/sec for transmit/receive directions are provided for each interface along with the port up time. If you suspect issues with any of the wired ports, this table will help diagnose uptime or transmit level issues with the port.

The statistics table has auto-refresh control which allows display of the most current port level data at each page refresh. The default auto-refresh for this page is 10 seconds.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: Q8251A3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Device Statistics Show 10 entries [No right click options] Port Tx Pkts Rx Pkts Collisions Tx B/s Rx B/s Up time Configurable Port (WAN) 0 0 0 0 0 Not Yet Available Dedicated WAN 1215 3510 0 72 539 0 Days 00:23:50 LAN 6844 7014 0 1336 534 0 Days 00:31:07 Showing 1 to 3 of 3 entries First Previous Next List

Wireless Statistics

Path: Status > Network Information > Wireless Statistics

The Wireless Statistics page displays the incrementing traffic statistics for each enabled access point. This page will give a snapshot of how much traffic is being transmitted over each wireless link. If you suspect that a radio or VAP may be down, the details on this page would confirm if traffic is being sent and received through the VAP.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged in as: admin (ADMIN) | Language: English [US] Logout Serial: QB2BTA3000007 | Firmware: 1.10B006E_WW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance This page is used to specify advanced configuration settings for the radio. Wireless Statistics Show 10 entries [No right click options] AP Name Radio Packets rx Packets tx Bytes rx Bytes tx Errors rx Errors tx Dropped rx Dropped tx ap1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 567 Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries First Previous Next Last

View LAN Clients

Path: Status > Network Information > LAN Clients

The LAN clients to the router are identified by an ARP scan through the LAN switch. The NetBIOS name (if available), IP address, and MAC address of discovered LAN hosts are displayed.

D-Link® Unified Services Router - DSR-1000N Logged In as: admin ( ADMIN ) | Language: English [US] Serial: Q8281A3000007 | Firmware: 1.108006F_NW Wizard System Search... Status Wireless Network VPN Security Maintenance Status Network Information LAN Clients This page displays a list of LAN clients connected to the router. LAN Clients List Show 10 entries [No right click options] Name IP Address MAC Address unknown 192.168.10.100 a4:1f:72:5f:f9:fc Showing 1 to 1 of 1 entries First Previous Next Last

Troubleshooting

Internet Connection

Symptom: You cannot access the router's web-configuration interface from a PC on your LAN.

Recommended action:

1. Check the Ethernet connection between the PC and the router.
2. Ensure that your PC's IP address is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your PC's address should be in the range 192.168.10.2 to 192.168.10.254.
3. Check your PC's IP address. If the PC cannot reach a DHCP server, some versions of Windows and Mac OS generate and assign an IP address. These auto-generated addresses are in the range 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the PC to the firewall and reboot your PC.
4. If your router's IP address has changed and you don't know what it is, reset the router configuration to factory defaults (this sets the firewall's IP address to 192.168.10.1).
5. If you do not want to reset to factory default settings and lose your configuration, reboot the router and use a packet sniffer (such as Ethereal™) to capture packets sent during the reboot. Look at the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packets to locate the router's LAN interface address.
6. Launch your browser and ensure that Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX is enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to ensure that the Java applet is loaded. Close the browser and launch it again.
7. Ensure that you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin and the password is password. Ensure that CAPS LOCK is off when entering this information.

Symptom: Router does not save configuration changes.

Recommended action:

1. When entering configuration settings, click Apply before moving to another menu or tab; otherwise your changes are lost.

2. Click Refresh or Reload in the browser. Your changes may have been made, but the browser may be caching the old configuration.

Symptom: Router cannot access the Internet.

Possible cause: If you use dynamic IP addresses, your router may not have requested an IP address from the ISP.

Recommended action:

1. Launch your browser and go to an external site such as www.google.com.
2. Access the firewall's configuration main menu at http://192.168.10.1.
3. Select Monitoring > Router Status.
4. Ensure that an IP address is shown for the WAN port. If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your firewall has not obtained an IP address from your ISP. See the next symptom.

Symptom: Router cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP.

Recommended action:

1. Turn off power to the cable or DSL modem.
2. Turn off the router.
3. Wait five minutes, and then reapply power to the cable or DSL modem.
4. When the modem LEDs indicate that it has resynchronized with the ISP, reapply power to the router. If the router still cannot obtain an ISP address, see the next symptom.

Symptom: Router still cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP.

Recommended action:

1. Ask your ISP if it requires a login program — PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login.
2. If yes, verify that your configured login name and password are correct.
3. Ask your ISP if it checks for your PC's hostname.
4. If yes, select Network Configuration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and set the account name to the PC hostname of your ISP account.
5. Ask your ISP if it allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to the Internet, and therefore checks for your PC's MAC address.
6. If yes, inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the firewall's MAC address.
7. Alternatively, select Network Configuration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and configure your router to spoof your PC's MAC address.

Symptom: Router can obtain an IP address, but PC is unable to load Internet pages.

Recommended action:

1. Ask your ISP for the addresses of its designated Domain Name System (DNS) servers. Configure your PC to recognize those addresses. For details, see your operating system documentation.
2. On your PC, configure the router to be its TCP/IP gateway.

Date and time

Symptom: Date shown is January 1, 1970.

Possible cause: The router has not yet successfully reached a network time server (NTS).

Recommended action:

1. If you have just configured the router, wait at least five minutes, select Administration > Time Zone, and recheck the date and time.
2. Verify your Internet access settings.

Symptom: Time is off by one hour.

Possible cause: The router does not automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time.

Recommended action:

1. Select Administration > Time Zone and view the current date and time settings.
2. Click to check or uncheck "Automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time", then click Apply.

Pinging to Test LAN Connectivity

Most TCP/IP terminal devices and firewalls contain a ping utility that sends an ICMP echo-request packet to the designated device. The DSR responds with an echo reply. Troubleshooting a TCP/IP network is made very easy by using the ping utility in your PC or workstation.

Testing the LAN path from your PC to your router

1. From the PC's Windows toolbar, Click Start and in the search box at the bottom, type cmd and press Enter.
2. At the prompt, type ping where is the router's IP address. Example: ping 192.168.10.1.
3. Press Enter.
4. Observe the display:

- If the path is working, you will see this message sequence:

Pinging with 32 bytes of data

Reply from : bytes=32 time=NN ms TTL=xxx

- If the path is not working, you will see this message sequence:

Pinging with 32 bytes of data

Request timed out

1. If the path is not working, Test the physical connections between PC and router:

2. If the LAN port LED is off, go to the "LED displays" section on your Install Guide and follow instructions for "LAN or Internet port LEDs are not lit."

3. Verify that the corresponding link LEDs are lit for your network interface card and for any hub ports that are connected to your workstation and firewall.

4. If the path is still not up, test the network configuration:

5. Verify that the Ethernet card driver software and TCP/IP software are installed and configured on the PC.

6. Verify that the IP address for the router and PC are correct and on the same subnet.

Testing the LAN path from your PC to a remote device

1. From the PC's Windows toolbar, Click Start and in the search box at the bottom, type cmd and press Enter.
2. Type ping -n 10 where -n 10 specifies a maximum of 10 tries and is the IP address of a remote device such as your ISP's DNS server. Example: ping -n 10 10.1.1.1.
3. Press Enter and then observe the display (see the previous procedure).

4. If the path is not working, do the following:

5. Check that the PC has the IP address of your firewall listed as the default gateway. (If the IP configuration of your PC is assigned by DHCP, this information is not visible in your PC's Network Control Panel.)

6. Verify that the network (subnet) address of your PC is different from the network address of the remote device.
7. Verify that the cable or DSL modem is connected and functioning.
8. Ask your ISP if it assigned a hostname to your PC. If yes, select Network Configuration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and enter that hostname as the ISP account name.
9. Ask your ISP if it rejects the Ethernet MAC addresses of all but one of your PCs.

Many broadband ISPs restrict access by allowing traffic from the MAC address of only your broadband modem; but some ISPs additionally restrict access to the MAC address of just a single PC connected to that modem. If this is the case, configure your firewall to clone or spoof the MAC address from the authorized PC.

Restoring factory-default configuration settings

To restore factory-default configuration settings, do either of the following:

1. Do you know the account password and IP address?

2. If yes, select Maintenance > Firmware & Config > Soft Reboot and click Default.
   • If no, do the following:

On the rear panel of the router, press and hold the Reset button about 10 seconds, until the test LED lights and then blinks. Release the button and wait for the router to reboot.

1. If the router does not restart automatically; manually restart it to make the default settings effective.
2. After a restore to factory defaults —whether initiated from the configuration interface or the Reset button — the following settings apply:

• LAN IP address: 192.168.10.1
- Username: admin
- Password: admin
• DHCP server on LAN: enabled
- WAN port configuration: Get configuration via DHCP

Appendix A - Glossary

ARP Address Resolution	ution Protocol. Broadcast protocol for mapping IP addresses to MAC addresses.
CHAP Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol. Protocol for authenticating users to an ISP.
DDNS	Dynamic DNS. System for updating domain names in real time. Allows a domain name to be assigned to a device with a dynamic IP address.
DHCP	Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. Protocol for allocating IP addresses dynamically so that addresses can be reused when hosts no longer need them.
DNS	Domain Name System. Mechanism for translating H.323 IDs, URLs, or e-mail IDs into IP addresses. Also used to assist in locating remote gatekeepers and to map IP addresses to hostnames of administrative domains.
FQDN	Fully qualified domain name. Complete domain name, including the host portion. Example: serverA.companyA.com.
FTP File Transfer Protocol. Protocol for transferring files between network nodes.
HTTP	Hypertext Transfer Protocol. Protocol used by web browsers and web servers to transfer files.
IKE	Internet Key Exchange. Mode for securely exchanging encryption keys in ISAKMP as part of building a VPN tunnel.
IPsec	IP security. Suite of protocols for securing VPN tunnels by authenticating or encrypting IP packets in a data stream. IPsec operates in either transport mode (encrypts payload but not packet headers) or tunnel mode (encrypts both payload and packet headers).
ISAKMP	Internet Key Exchange Security Protocol. Protocol for establishing security associations and cryptographic keys on the Internet.
ISP Internet service provider.
MAC Address	Media-access-control address. Unique physical-address identifier attached to a network adapter.
MTU	Maximum transmission unit. Size, in bytes, of the largest packet that can be passed on. The MTU for Ethernet is a 1500-byte packet.
NAT	Network Address Translation. Process of rewriting IP addresses as a packet passes through a router or firewall. NAT enables multiple hosts on a LAN to access the Internet using the single public IP address of the LAN's gateway router.
NetBIOS	Microsoft Windows protocol for file sharing, printer sharing, messaging, authentication, and name resolution.
NTP	Network Time Protocol. Protocol for synchronizing a router to a single clock on the network, known as the clock master.
PAP	Password Authentication Protocol. Protocol for authenticating users to a remote access server or ISP.
PPPoE	Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet. Protocol for connecting a network of hosts to an ISP without the ISP having to manage the allocation of IP addresses.
PPTP	Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol. Protocol for creation of VPNs for the secure transfer of data from remote clients to private servers over the Internet.
RADIUS	Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service. Protocol for remote user authentication and accounting. Provides centralized management of usernames and passwords.
RSA Rivest-Shamir	Adleman. Public key encryption algorithm.
TCP	Transmission Control Protocol. Protocol for transmitting data over the Internet with guaranteed reliability and in-order delivery.
UDP	User Data Protocol. Protocol for transmitting data over the Internet quickly but with no guarantee of reliability or in-order delivery.
VPN	Virtual private network. Network that enables IP traffic to travel securely over a public TCP/IP network by encrypting all traffic from one network to another. Uses tunneling to encrypt all information at the IP level.
WINS	Windows Internet Name Service. Service for name resolution. Allows clients on different IP subnets to dynamically resolve addresses, register themselves, and browse the network without sending broadcasts.
XAUTH	IKE Extended Authentication. Method, based on the IKE protocol, for authenticating not just devices (which IKE authenticates) but also users. User authentication is performed after device authentication and before IPsec negotiation.

Appendix B - Factory Default Settings

Feature Description Default Settings
Device Login	User Login URL http://192.168.10.1
	User Name admin
	Password admin
Internet Connection	WAN MAC Address Use default address
	WAN MTU size 1500
	Port Speed Autosense
Local Area Network (LAN)	IP Address 192.168.10.1
	IPv4 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0
	RIP Direction	None
	RIP Version	Disabled
	RIP Authentication	Disabled
	DHCP Server	Enabled
	DHCP Starting IP Address	192.168.10.2
	DHCP Ending IP Address	192.168.10.100
	Time Zone	GMT
	Daylight Saving Time	Disabled
	SNMP	Disabled
	Remote Management	Disabled
Firewall	Inbound Communication from Internet	Disabled (except Port 80 HTTP)
	Outbound Communication to Internet	Enabled (all)
	Source MAC Filtering Disabled
	Stealth Mode Enabled

Appendix C - Standard Services for Port Forwarding & Firewall Configuration

• ANY

• AIM

• BGP

- BOOTP_CLIENT

- BOOTP SERVER

• CU-SEEME:UDP

• CU-SEEME:TCP

- DNS:UDP

- DNS:TCP

• FINGER

- FTP

- HTTP

- HTTPS

- ICMP-TYPE-3

- ICMP-TYPE-4

- ICMP-TYPE-5

- ICMP-TYPE-6

- ICMP-TYPE-7

- ICMP-TYPE-8

- ICMP-TYPE-9

- ICMP-TYPE-10

- ICMP-TYPE-11

- ICMP-TYPE-13

• ICQ

- IMAP2

- IMAP3

- IRC

- NEWS

• NFS

• NNTP

• PING

- POP3

• PPTP

- RCMD

• REAL-AUDIO

- REXEC

- RLOGIN

- RTELNET

- RTSP:TCP

- RTSP:UDP

• SFTP

- SMTP

- SNMP:TCP

- SNMP:UDP

• SNMP-TRAPS:TCP

• SNMP-TRAPS:UDP

- SQL-NET

- SSH:TCP

- SSH:UDP

• STRMWORKS

• TACACS

• TELNET

• TFTP

- VDOLIVE

Appendix D - Log Output Reference

Facility: System (Networking)

Log Message Severity Log Message Severity
DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG	BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s	ERROR
networkIntable.txt not found DEBUG		BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
Interface is already deleted in bridge DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
removing %s from bridge %s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
adding %s to bridge %s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
stopping bridge... DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
stopping bridge... DEBUG failed to call ddns enable ERROR
stopping bridge... DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
Wan is not up	DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
doDNS:failed	DEBUG Illegal invocation of ddnsView (%s) ERROR
doDNS:failed	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
doDNS:Result = FAILED	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
doDNS:Result SUCCESS	DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
Write Old Entry: %s %s %s: to %s	DEBUG	Illegal operation interface got deleted	ERROR
Write New Entry: %s %s #%s : to %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
Write Old Entry: %s %s %s: to %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
Write New Entry: %s %s #%s : to %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
ifStaticMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with"	DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
nimfLinkStatusGet: buffer: \	DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
nimfLinkStatusGetErr: returning with status: %d	DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Mac Option: %d	DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Port Speed Option: %d	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Mtu Option: %d	DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: looks like we are reconnecting."	DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: Mtu Size: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: NIMF table is %s DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: WAN_MODE TRIGGER	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MTU: %d DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MacAddress: %s DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Mtu Flag: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed MTU option	DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MTU: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old MTU size: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Port Speed Option: %d	DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Mac Address Option: %d	DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MacAddress: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
Setting LED [%d]:[%d] For %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
l2tpEnable: command string: %s	DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: handling reboot scenario	DEBUG failed to call ddns enable ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: INDICATOR = %d DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: UpdateFlag: %d	DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR
nimfAdvOptSetWrap: returning with status: %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
nimfGetUpdateMacFlag: MacTable Flag is: %d	DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
nimfMacGet: Mac Option changed	DEBUG		Failed to open the resolv.conf file. Exiting./nERROR
nimfMacGet: Update Flag: %d	DEBUG		Could not write to the resolv.conf file. Exiting.ERROR
nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s	DEBUG		Error opening the lanUptime FileERROR
nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s	DEBUG		Error Opening the lanUptime File.ERROR
nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s	DEBUG failed to open %s ERROR
nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s	DEBUG failed to open %s ERROR
nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s	DEBUG		failed to query networkInterface tableERROR
nimfMacGet:Mac option Not changed \	DEBUG		failed to query networkInterface tableERROR
nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to enable IPv6 forwarding ERROR
nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the "ERROR
nimfMacGet: returning with status: %s DEBUG failed to enable IPv6 forwarding ERROR
Now in enabling LanBridge function DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the "ERROR
successfully executed the command %s DEBUG failed to disable IPv6 forwarding ERROR
Now in disabling LanBridge function DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the "ERROR
successfully executed the command %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERROR
configPortTblHandler:Now we are in Sqlite Update"	DEBUG Could not create ISATAP Tunnel ERROR
The Old Configuration of ConfiPort was:%s	DEBUG Could not destroy ISATAP Tunnel ERROR
The New Configuration of ConfiPort was:%s	DEBUG Could not configure ISATAP Tunnel ERROR
The user has deselected the configurable port	DEBUG Could not de-configure ISATAP Tunnel ERROR
failed query %s	DEBUG		nimfStatusUpdate: updating NimfStatus failed
failed query %s	DEBUG		nimfStatusUpdate: updating NimfStatus failed
failed query %s	DEBUG		nimfLinkStatusGet: determining link's status failed
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG		nimfLinkStatusGet: opening status file failed
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG Failed to commit ERROR
%s:%d SIP ENABLE: %s	DEBUG		ifStatusDBUpdate: Failed to begin "
sipTblHandler:failed to update ifStatic	DEBUG		%s: SQL error: %s
sipTblHandler:failed to update Configport	DEBUG		%s: Failed to commit "
%s:%d SIP DISABLE: %s	DEBUG		nimfNetlfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId
%s:%d SIP SET CONF: %s	DEBUG		nimfNetlfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId
Failed to open %s: %s	DEBUG		nimfNetlfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId
Failed to start sipalg	DEBUG %s: unable to kill dhclient ERROR
Failed to stop sipalg	DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current Mac Option

Failed to get config info DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current Port"	ERROR
Network Mask: 0x%x DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current MTU Option	ERROR
RTP DSCP Value: 0x%x DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting Mac Address from "	ERROR
Need more arguments DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get the MTU	ERROR
Invalid Ianaddr DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error setting interface advanced"	ERROR
Invalid Ianmask DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting MTU size	ERROR
Invalid option DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get Mac Address	ERROR
Failed to set config info DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error setting interface advanced"	ERROR
Unknown option DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old connectiontype	ERROR
sshdTblHandler DEBUG		nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old connection type is: %s	ERROR
pPort: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old MTU Option	ERROR
pProtocol: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting MTU size	ERROR
pListerAddr: %s	DEBUG	nimfOldFieldValueGet: failed to get old"	ERROR
pKeyBits: %s	DEBUG	nimfOldFieldValueGet: user has changed MTU size	ERROR
pRootEnable: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old Port Speed"	ERROR
pRsaEnable: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed Port Speed	ERROR
pDsaEnable: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old Mac Address"	ERROR
pPassEnable: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed Mac Address"	ERROR
pEmptyPassEnable: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get Mac Address	ERROR
pSftpEnable: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap:Failed to RESET the flag	ERROR
pScpEnable: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: setting advanced options failed	ERROR
pSshdEnable: %s	DEBUG	nimfAdvOptSetWrap: interface advanced options applied	ERROR
pPrivSep: %s	DEBUG	nimfGetUpdateMacFlag: unable to get Flag from MacTable	ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG	nimfMacGet: Updating MAC address failed	ERROR
Re-Starting sshd daemon....	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
sshd re-started successfully.	DEBUG	error executing the command %s	ERROR
sshd stopped .	DEBUG	error executing the command %s	ERROR
failed query %s	DEBUG	error executing the command %s	ERROR
vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration..	DEBUG	disableLan function is failed to disable ConfigPort"	ERROR
failed query %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet	failed.Query: %s ERROR
failed query %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet	failed.Query: %s ERROR
no ports present in this vlanId %d DEBUG		Unable to Disable configurable port from	ERROR
failed query %s DEBUG configPortTblHandler	has failed	ERROR
vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration..	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
disabling vlan DEBUG Error in executing DB	update handler ERROR
enabling vlan DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration..	DEBUG	Failed to execute switchConfig for port\	ERROR
no ports present in this vlanId %d DEBUG		Failed to execute switchConfig for port enable	ERROR
failed query %s DEBUG		Failed to execute ifconfig for port enable	ERROR
vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration..	DEBUG Failed to execute ethtool for\ ERROR
removing %s from bridge%s... %s DEBUG		Failed to execute switchConfig for port disable	ERROR
adding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG		Failed to execute ifconfig for port disable	ERROR
restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
[switchConfig] Ignoring event on port number %d	DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed	ERROR
restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
executing %s ... %s	DEBUG	Failed to execute switchConfig for port mirroring	ERROR
removing %s from bridge%s... %s DEBUG		Usage:%s $$	ERROR
adding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
[switchConfig] Ignoring event on %s	DEBUG	Could not get all the required variables to email the Logs.	ERROR
restarting bridge... DEBUG runSmtpClient failed		ERROR
[switchConfig] Ignoring event on port number %d	DEBUG getaddrinfo returned %s	ERROR
[switchConfig] executing %s ... %s	DEBUG file not found	ERROR
restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
UserName: %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
Password: %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
lspName: %s	DEBUG No memory to allocate ERROR
DialNumber: %s DEBUG Failed to Open SSHD Configuration File ERROR
Apn: %s DEBUG		Ipaddress should be provided with accessoption 1	ERROR
GetDnsFromlsp: %s DEBUG		Subnetaddress should be provided with accessoption 2	ERROR
IdleTimeOutFlag: %s DEBUG Failed to restart sshd ERROR
IdleTimeOutValue: %d DEBUG unable to open the "ERROR
AuthMetho: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query: %s ERROR
executing %s ... %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
removing %s from bridge%d... %s	DEBUG	Error in executing DB update handler	ERROR
adding %s to bridge%d... %s	DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR
stopping bridge...	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d	ERROR
restarting bridge...	DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR
Could not configure 6to4 Tunnel Interface	DEBUG	Access port can be present only in single vlan	ERROR
Could not de-configure 6to4 Tunnel Interface	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d	ERROR
failed to restart 6to4 tunnel interfaces	DEBUG	unknown vlan state	ERROR
BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d	ERROR
BridgeConfig: unsupported command %d	DEBUG	Failed to clear vlan for oldPVID %d	ERROR
BridgeConfig returned error=%d	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed	DEBUG	Failed to clear vlan for %d	ERROR
Error in executing DB update handler	DEBUG	Failed to set vlan entry for vlan %d	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed	DEBUG	Failed to set vlan entries, while enabling \	ERROR
Failed to remove vlan Interface for vlanId \	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d	ERROR
Invalid oidp passed	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d	ERROR
Invalid oidp passed DEBUG Failed to enable	vlan ERROR
Failed to get oid from the tree DEBUG Failed	to disable vlan ERROR
threegEnable: Input to wrapper %s DEBUG		Failed to set vlanPort table entries, while \	ERROR
threegEnable: spawning command %s DEBUG	Failed to enable vlan ERROR
threegMgmtHandler: query string: %s DEBUG	unknown vlan state ERROR
threegMgmtHandler: returning with status: %s	DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
adding to dhcprealy ifgroup failed DEBUG	unknown vlan state ERROR
adding to ipset fwDhcpRelay failed DEBUG		Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d	ERROR
Disabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol	DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR
Enabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol	DEBUG	Access port can be present only in single vlan	ERROR
prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d	ERROR
prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed	DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR
%s: SQL get query: %s	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d	ERROR
%s: sqlite3QueryResGet failed	DEBUG	Failed to clear vlan for oldPVID %d	ERROR
%s: no result found	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d	ERROR
%s: buffer overflow	DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for %d ERROR
%s: value of %s in %s table is: %s	DEBUG	Failed to set vlan entry for vlan %d	ERROR
%s: returning with status: %s	DEBUG	Failed to set vlan entries, while enabling \	ERROR
dnsResolverConfigure: addressFamily: %d	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d	ERROR
dnsResolverConfigure: LogicalName: %s	DEBUG	Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d	ERROR
chap-secrets File found	DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERROR
PID File for xl2tpd found DEBUG Failed to disable vlan ERROR
pid: %d	DEBUG	Failed to set vlanPort table entries, while \	ERROR
options.xl2tpd file found DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERROR
options.xl2tpd file not found	DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR
Conf File for xl2tpd found	DEBUG	threegMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s	ERROR
xl2tpd.conf not found	DEBUG	threegConnEnable: failed to get the WanMode	ERROR
Chap Secrets file found	DEBUG threegEnable:spawning failed ERROR
Chap Secrets file not found	DEBUG	threegDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon	ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG threegMgmtHandler: Query: %s ERROR
chap-secrets File found	DEBUG	threegMgmtHandler: error in executing database update	ERROR
PID File for pptpd found DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
pid: %d DEBUG are we getting invoked twice ?? ERROR
PID File for pptpd interface found DEBUG could not open %s to append ERROR
pid: %d DEBUG could not write nameserver %s to %s ERROR
options.pptpd file found DEBUG could not write nameserver %s to %s ERROR
options.pptpd file not found DEBUG could not open %s to truncate ERROR
Conf File for pptpd found DEBUG		dnsResolverConfigMgmtInit: unable to open the"	ERROR
pptpd.conf not found	DEBUG	resolverConfigDBUpateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet"	ERROR
Chap Secrets file found	DEBUG could not configure DNS resolver ERROR
Chap Secrets file not found	DEBUG	dnsResolverConfigure: could not write nameserver:%s,"	ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the" ERROR
chap-secrets File found	DEBUG	ioctl call Failed-could not update active user Details	ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d	DEBUG	Can't kill xl2tpd	ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutFlag: %d	DEBUG xl2tpd restart failed ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutValue: %d	DEBUG failed to get field value ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s	DEBUG	failed to get field value	ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: DNS specified: %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Service: %s	DEBUG	unboundMgmt: unable to open the"	ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s	DEBUG	writing options.xl2tpd failed	ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s	DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: AuthOpt: %d	DEBUG	writing xl2tpd.conf failed	ERROR
pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Satus: %d	DEBUG	writing options.xl2tpd failed	ERROR
pppoeEnable: ppp dial string: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERROR
pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s	DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d	DEBUG	writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed	ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutFlag: %d	DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutValue: %d	DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: GetDnsFromlsp: %d	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG		writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed	ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG	xl2tpdStop	failed ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: dynamic Mylp configured	DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: Mylp: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryRes	Get failed.Query:%s ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: ServerIp: %s DEBUG		writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed	ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG	unboundMgmt: unable to open the "ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: MppeEncryptSupport: %s	DEBUG Can't kill pptpd ERROR
pptpMgmtTblHandler: SplitTunnel: %s	DEBUG	pptpd restart failed	ERROR
pptpEnable: ppp dial string: %s	DEBUG Can't kill pptpd ERROR
pptpEnable: spawning command %s	DEBUG	failed to get field value	ERROR
PID File for dhcpc found	DEBUG failed to get field value		ERROR
pid: %d	DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the "ERROR
pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: query string: %s	DEBUG writing options.pptpd failed		ERROR
pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s	DEBUG pptpdStop failed		ERROR
dhcpcReleaseLease: dhcpc release command: %s	DEBUG writing pptpd.conf failed		ERROR
dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d	DEBUG	writing options.pptpd failed	ERROR
dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d	DEBUG pptpdStop failed		ERROR
DHCPv6 Server started successfully.	DEBUG pptpdStart failed		ERROR
DHCPv6 Server stopped successfully	DEBUG	writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed	ERROR
DHCPv6 Client started successfully.	DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
DHCPv6 Client stopped successfully.	DEBUG	pppStatsUpdate: unable to get default MTU	ERROR
DHCPv6 Client Restart successful	DEBUG	pppoeMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d	DEBUG	pppoeDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG		pppoeMultipleEnableDisable: pppoe enable failed	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: lspName: %s DEBUG		pppoeMultipleEnableDisable: pppoe disable failed	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG		pppoeMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current Mtu Option	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG		pppoeMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: AccountName: %s DEBUG		pppoeMgmtTblHandler: pppoe enable failed	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: DomainName: %s DEBUG		pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: failed query: %s	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Secret: not specified DEBUG		pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing "	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Secret: %s DEBUG		pptpMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: dynamic Mylp configured	DEBUG	pptpEnable: error executing command: %s	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Mylp: %s DEBUG		pptpEnable: unable to resolve address: %s	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: ServerIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: inet_aton failed ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s	DEBUG pptpEnable: inet_aton failed ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s	DEBUG	pptpEnable: spawning failed	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: SplitTunnel: %s	DEBUG	pptpDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon	ERROR
needToStartHealthMonitor: returning with status: %s	DEBUG	pptpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current MTU Option	ERROR
l2tpEnable: command string: %s	DEBUG	pptpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu	ERROR
l2tpEnable: command: %s	DEBUG	pptpMgmtTblHandler: dbRecordValueGet failed for %s "	ERROR
l2tpEnable: command string: %s	DEBUG	pptpMgmtTblHandler: pptp enable failed	ERROR
PID File for dhcpc found	DEBUG	pptpMgmtTblHandler: pptp disable failed	ERROR
pid: %d	DEBUG	pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet "	ERROR
l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: query string: %s	DEBUG	pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing "	ERROR
l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s	DEBUG illegal invocation of dhcpConfig (%s) ERROR
RADVD started successfully	DEBUG	dhcpLibInit: unable to open the database file %s	ERROR
RADVD stopped successfully	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d	WARN	dhcpcMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s	ERROR
Wan is not up or in load balancing mode WARN		dhcpcReleaseLease: unable to release lease	ERROR
threegMgmtHandler: no row found. nRows = %d nCols = %d	WARN dhcpcEnable: unable to kill dhclient ERROR
pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: empty update.	WARN	dhcpcEnable: enabling dhcpc failed on: %s	ERROR
dhcpcEnable: dhclient already running on: %s	WARN dhcpcDisable: unable to kill dhclient ERROR
dhcpcDisable: deleted dhclient.leases WARN		dhcpcDisable: delete failed for dhclient.leases	ERROR
l2tpMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s	ERROR dhcpcDisable: failed to reset the ip ERROR
l2tpEnable: unable to resolve address: %s ERROR		dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current Mtu Option	ERROR
l2tpEnable: inet_aton failed ERROR		dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu	ERROR
The Enable Command is %s ERROR		dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhclient enable failed	ERROR
l2tpEnable:Executing the Command failed ERROR		dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhcpc release failed	ERROR
l2tpDisable: command string: %s ERROR		dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhcpc disable failed	ERROR
l2tpDisable: unable to stop l2tp session ERROR		dhcpcMgmtDBUpdateHandler: failed query: %s	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current MTU option	ERROR	dhcpcMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing "	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu	ERROR DHCPv6 Client start failed. ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: dbRecordValueGet failed for %s "	ERROR DHCPv6 Client stop failed. ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: l2tpEnable failed	ERROR	failed to create/open DHCPv6 client "	ERROR
l2tpMgmtTblHandler: disabling l2tp failed	ERROR	failed to write DHCPv6 client configuration file	ERROR
l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet "	ERROR failed to restart DHCPv6 Client ERROR
l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing	ERROR failed to create/open DHCPv6 Server " ERROR
Illegal invocation of tcpdumpConfig (%s)	ERROR	Restoring old configuration..	ERROR
Failed to start tcpdump	ERROR	DHCPv6 Server configuration update failed	ERROR
Failed to stop tcpdump	ERROR DHCPv6 Server Restart failed ERROR
Invalid tcpdumpEnable value	ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR

Facility: System (VPN)

Log Message Severity Log Message Severity
%d command not supported by eapAuth DEBUG PEAP key derive: ERROR ERROR
pCtx NULL. DEBUG PEAP context is NULL: ERROR ERROR
Current cert subject name= %s DEBUG Constructing P2 response: ERROR ERROR
X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data failed. DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR ERROR
Cannot get cipher, no session est.	DEBUG	Decrypting TLS data: ERROR	ERROR
%s: SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP	DEBUG	Wrong identity size: ERROR	ERROR
err code = (%d) in %s	DEBUG	Wrong size for extensions packet: ERROR	ERROR
BIO_write: Error	DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR. ERROR
Decrypting: BIO reset failed	DEBUG	Inner EAP processing: ERROR	ERROR
Encrypting BIO reset: ERROR	DEBUG TLS handshake: ERROR. ERROR
BIO_read: Error	DEBUG Sending P1 response: ERROR ERROR
EAP state machine changed from %s to %s.	DEBUG	Unexpected tlsGlueContinue return value.	ERROR
EAP state machine changed from %s to %s.	DEBUG No more fragments in message. ERROR ERROR
Received EAP Packet with code %d	DEBUG	No phase 2 data or phase 2 data buffer NULL: ERROR	ERROR
Response ID %d	DEBUG	Allocating memory for PEAP Phase 2 payload: ERROR	ERROR
Response Method %d	DEBUG TLS encrypting response: ERROR ERROR
Created EAP/PEAP context: OK	DEBUG	Setting message in fragment buffer: ERROR	ERROR
Deleted EAP/PEAP context: OK	DEBUG	Allocating TLS read buffer is NULL: ERROR	ERROR
Upper EAP sent us: decision = %d method state = %d	DEBUG Setting last fragment: ERROR ERROR
P2 decision=(%d); methodState=(%d)	DEBUG	Getting message: ERROR	ERROR
Writing message to BIO: ERROR. DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR ERROR
Encrypted (%d) bytes for P2	DEBUG Setting fragment: ERROR ERROR
P2: sending fragment.	DEBUG Creating receive buffer: ERROR ERROR
P2: message size = %d	DEBUG Setting first fragment: ERROR ERROR
P2: sending unfragmented message.	DEBUG	Sending P1 response: ERROR	ERROR
P1: Sending fragment.	DEBUG	NULL request (or response) PDU or NULL context: ERROR	ERROR
P1: Total TLS message size = (%d)	DEBUG	Expecting start packet, got something else: ERROR	ERROR
P1: sending unfragmented message.	DEBUG	Protocol version mismatch: ERROR	ERROR
peapFragFirstProcess: TLS record size to receive = (%d)	DEBUG	Processing PEAP message (from frag): ERROR	ERROR

Setting version %d DEBUG Processing PEAP	message: ERROR ERROR
PEAP pkt rcvd: data len=(%d) flags=(%d)version=(%d)	DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR ERROR
Got PEAP/Start packet. DEBUG Indicated length not valid: ERROR ERROR
Got first fragment DEBUG		Did not get Acknowledged result:ERROR
Got fragment (n) DEBUG Cannot understand AVP value: ERROR ERROR
Got last fragment DEBUG eapExtResp is NULL: ERROR ERROR
Got unfragmented message DEBUG		eapWscCtxCreate: EAPAUTH_MALLOCfailed.
Got frag ack. DEBUG		eapWscProcess: umiloctl req to WSCfailed, status = %d
Ext AVP parsed: flags=(0x%x)	DEBUG	eapWscCheck: Invalid frame
Mandatory bit not set: WARNING	DEBUG	eapWscBuildReq: Invalid state %d
Ext AVP parsed: type=(%d) DEBUG		eapWscProcessWscResp: Invalid data recd pData = %p, dataLen"
Ext AVP parsed: value=(%d)	DEBUG	Data received for invalid context,dropping it
Got PEAPv0 success!	DEBUG	eapWscProcessWscResp: Build Requestfailed
Got PEAPv0 failure!	DEBUG	eapWscProcessWscResp: Invalid state %d
pCtx NULL.	DEBUG	eapWscProcessWscResp: Message processing failed 0x%X
Authenticator response check: Error	DEBUG	eapWscProcessWscData: Invalid notification recd %d
Authenticator response check: Failed	DEBUG	unable to initialize MD5
MS-CHAP2 Response AVP size = %u	DEBUG	MDString: adpDigestInit for md5 failed
Created EAP/MS-CHAP2 context: OK.	DEBUG	EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed.
pCtx NULL.	DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed.	ERROR
Deleted EAP/MS-CHAPv2 context: OK	DEBUG	NULL context created: Error
Not authenticated yet.	DEBUG NULL context received: Error	ERROR
Authenticator response invalid	DEBUG Authenticator ident invalid. ERROR
EAP-MS-CHAPv2 password changed.	DEBUG	Success request message invalid: Error
rcvd. opCode %d. DEBUG Plugin context is NULL		ERROR
pCtx NULL.	DEBUG Deriving implicit challenge: Error	ERROR
TLS message len changed in the fragment,ignoring.	DEBUG Generating NT response: Error	ERROR
no data to send while fragment ackreceived.	DEBUG NULL in/out buffer: Error	ERROR
TLS handshake successful.	DEBUG Incorrect vendor id.	ERROR
Created EAP/TTLS context: OK	DEBUG	Allocating memory for outBuff: ERROR

Deleted EAP/TTLS context: OK DEBUG AVP code not recognized ERROR
No more fragments in message. ERROR DEBUG EAPAUTH _MALLOC failed. ERROR
Upper EAP sent us: method state = %d;decision = %d	DEBUG Converting password to unicode: Error ERROR
P2: sending fragment. DEBUG Generating password hash: Error. ERROR
P2 send unfragmented message. DEBUG Generating password hash: Error. ERROR
P1: sending fragment. DEBUG Generating master key: Error. ERROR
P1: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG		Generating first 16 bytes of session key:Error.n	ERROR
\tTLSMsgLen = 0x%x	DEBUG	Generating second 16 bytes of sessionkey: Error.n	ERROR
Send req ptr = 0x%x; Send resp ptr = 0x%x	DEBUG Converting password to unicode: Error ERROR
P2 decision=(%d); methodState=(%d)	DEBUG	Constructing failure response: ERROR	ERROR
Default EAP: method state = %d; decision= %d	DEBUG Error checking authenticator response. ERROR
TTLS pkt: data len=(%d) flags=(0x%x)	DEBUG	Error generating NT response.	ERROR
Got start	DEBUG	Username string more than 256 ASCIIcharacters: ERROR	ERROR
Got first fragment (n).	DEBUG	Invalid Value-Size.	ERROR
Got fragment (n).	DEBUG	Invalid MS-Length. Got (%d), expected(%d)	ERROR
Got last fragment	DEBUG Error constructing response. ERROR
Got unfragmented message. DEBUG Got type (%d), expecting (%d) ERROR
Got frag ack.	DEBUG Cannot handle message; opCode = %d ERROR
Rcvd. AVP Code-%u: flags-0x%x: len-%u:vendorld-%u:"	DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR
MOD EAP: method state from upper = %d;decision = %d	DEBUG tlsGlueCtxCreate failed. ERROR
Got AVP len = %ul. Should be less than16777215	DEBUG	client certificate must be set in theprofile.	ERROR
AVP length extract: Error	DEBUG	received TLS message length too big.	ERROR
pFB is NULL	DEBUG total frags len > initial total TLS length. ERROR
Requesting message before assemblycomplete	DEBUG total frags len > initial total TLS length. ERROR
pFB is NULL	DEBUG	total data rcvd(%d) doesnt match theinitial"	ERROR
pFB is NULL	DEBUG couldnt write %d data to TLS buffer. ERROR
Buffer cannot hold message: ERROR	DEBUG	invalid flags %s passed toeapTlsBuildResp.	ERROR
pFB is NULL: Error	DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR
pFB is NULL	DEBUG tlsGlueCtxCreate failed. ERROR
TLS_FB* is NULL.	DEBUG Context NULL: ERROR	ERROR
pFB->msgBuff is NULL.	DEBUG	Setting profile to glue layer: ERROR.	ERROR
Error calculating binary.	DEBUG _eapCtxCreate failed. ERROR
Error calculating binary. DEBUG		%d authentication not enabled in the system.	ERROR
adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG		Initializing inner non-EAP auth plugin: ERROR	ERROR
adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG TTLS key derive: ERROR ERROR
E = %d DEBUG		TTLS context from EAP plugin is NULL: ERROR	ERROR
R = %d DEBUG		Allocating memory for TTLS Phase 2 payload: ERROR	ERROR
Could not initialize des-ecb DEBUG TLS Encrypting response: ERROR ERROR
adpDigestInit for MD4 failed. DEBUG		Allocating TLS read buffer is NULL: ERROR	ERROR
adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG		Inner authentication (id: %d) unhandled	ERROR
adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR. ERROR
Error converting received auth reponse to bin.	DEBUG Decrypting TLS data: ERROR ERROR
Gnerating challenge hash: Error DEBUG Processing Phase 2 method: Error ERROR
Generating password hash: Error	DEBUG	Writing message to BIO: ERROR.	ERROR
Generating challenge response: Error	DEBUG TLS handshake: ERROR. ERROR
Conn cipher name=%s ver=%s: %s	DEBUG	Unexpected tlsGlueContinue return value.	ERROR
Send req ptr = 0x%x; Send resp ptr = 0x%x	DEBUG	NULL request (or response) PDU or NULL context	ERROR
Request ptr = 0x%x;	DEBUG Protocol version mismatch: ERROR ERROR
Response ptr = 0x%x	DEBUG Creating receive buffer: ERROR ERROR
Rcvd. AVP Code - %ul	DEBUG Setting first fragment: ERROR ERROR
Rcvd. AVP flags - 0x%02x	DEBUG Setting fragment: ERROR ERROR
Rcvd. AVP len - %ul	DEBUG Setting last fragment: ERROR ERROR
Rcvd. AVP vendor id - %ul	DEBUG Getting message: ERROR ERROR
\tCode = %d	DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR
\tldent = %d	DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR
\tLen = %d	DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR
\tType = %d	DEBUG Decapsulating AVP: ERROR ERROR
\tOpCode = %d	DEBUG Processing EAP receive: Error ERROR
\tMSID = %d	DEBUG	AVP code not EAP: Error	ERROR
\tmsLen = %d	DEBUG	Encapsulating AVP: ERROR	ERROR
\tvalSize = %d	DEBUG profile %s doesnt exist. ERROR
Frag Buffer bytes left = (%d)	DEBUG profile %s is in use. ERROR
Stripped username=(%s) DEBUG profile %s already exists. ERROR
digestLen = %d. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed ERROR
ClearText = DEBUG User not found. ERROR
CipherText = DEBUG		EAP-MD5 not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
digestLen = %d. DEBUG		EAP-MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
digestLen1 = %d. DEBUG		EAP-TLS not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
digestLen2 = %d. DEBUG		EAP-TTLS not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
password change is not allowed for this user	DEBUG	EAP-PEAP not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
completed writing the policy DEBUG		EAP-WSC not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
completed writing the SA DEBUG		PAP not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
completed writing the proposal block DEBUG		CHAP not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
cmdBuf: %s DEBUG		MSCHAP not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
X509_DEBUG : Invalid Certificate for the generated"	DEBUG	MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
X590_ERROR : Failed to create File '%s'	DEBUG	PAP/Token not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
x509TblHandler	DEBUG	EAP-MD5 not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
pCertType: %s	DEBUG	EAP-MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system config.	ERROR
pRowQueryStr: %s	DEBUG	EAP-TLS not enabled in system configuration.	ERROR
x509SelfCertTblHandler	DEBUG	EAP-TTLS and EAP-PEAP are not valid as inner"	ERROR
pRowQueryStr: %s	DEBUG invalid innerAuth %d. ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowld:%d	DEBUG profile %s doesnt exist. ERROR
umiRegister failed	ERROR	Re-assembling fragments incorrect size	ERROR
eapAuthHandler: Invalid data received	ERROR	Error creating cipher context.	ERROR
EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed.	ERROR	Error initializing cipher context.	ERROR
malloc failed. ERROR Error creating digest context.		ERROR
BIO_new_mem_buf failed. ERROR Error initializing digest context. ERROR
malloc failed. ERROR Error initializing DES in Klite ERROR
BIO_new_mem_buf failed. ERROR Error initializing MD4 in Klite ERROR
SSL_CTX_new (TLSv1_client_method) failed.		ERROR Error initializing RC4 in Klite ERROR
unable to set user configured CIPHER list %s		ERROR Error initializing SHA in Klite ERROR
Certificate verification failed. ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERROR
Server name match failed. Got (%s) expected"		ERROR Error destroying cipher context. ERROR
SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file (cert, PEM) failed.		ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR
SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file failed. ERROR		Error destroying digest context. ERROR
private key does not match public key		ERROR Error stripping domain name. ERROR
SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations failed		ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR
SSL_new failed.		ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR
Both SSL_VERIFY_PEER and SSL_VERIFY_NONE set: Error		ERROR Challenge not present in failure packet. ERROR
EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed.		ERROR	Wrong challenge length. ERROR
EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed.		ERROR	Incorrect password change version value. ERROR
eapTimerCreate failed.		ERROR Error generating password hash. ERROR
eapCtxDelete:pCtx == NULL		ERROR	Error generating password hash. ERROR
eapRole != EAP_ROLE_PEER or EAP_ROLE_AUTHENTICATOR		ERROR	Error encrypting password hash with block ERROR
pEapCtx == NULL or pPDU == NULL.		ERROR	Could not initialize des-ecb ERROR
received EAP pdu bigger than EAP_MTU_SIZE.		ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERROR
received EAP pdu bigger than EAP_MTU_SIZE.		ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERROR
state machine is in invalid state.		ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR
unable to create method context.		ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR
method ctxCreate failed.		ERROR adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. ERROR
method profile set failed.		ERROR X509_ERROR : .Query:%s ERROR
state machine is in invalid state.		ERROR	X509_ERROR : Invalid Certificate for the" ERROR
Only StandAlone authenticator supported currently.		ERROR invalid x509 certificate ERROR
state machine is in invalid state.		ERROR Couldn't get the x509 cert hash ERROR
BuildReq operation failed		ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR
No method ops defined for current method		ERROR FileName too lengthy ERROR

Process operation failed ERROR Couldn't execute command and ERROR
state machine is in invalid state. ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR
Packet length mismatch %d, %d ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR
eapAuthTypeToType: Invalid eapAuthType %d	ERROR invalid certificate data ERROR
eapTypeToAuthType: Invalid eapType %d ERROR .Query:%s ERROR
unable to create method context. ERROR .Query:%s ERROR
method ctxCreate failed. ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR
Invalid condition, methodState = %d, respMethod = %d	ERROR	X509_ERROR : Failed to validate the certificate"	ERROR
A EAP Ctx map already exists ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR
eapTimerCreate: Currently unsupported for Peer role	ERROR .Query:%s ERROR
eapTimerStart: Currently unsupported for Peer role	ERROR Invalid Sign Key Length : %d ERROR
eapTimerDestroy: Currently unsupported for Peer role	ERROR Invalid Hash Alg : %d ERROR
eapTimerCancel: Currently unsupported for Peer role	ERROR Invalid Sign Alg : %d ERROR
eapTimerHandler: Currently unsupported for Peer role	ERROR No Memory Available ERROR
pCtx is NULL: ERROR	ERROR Certificate Request Failed ERROR
tlsGlueCtxCreate failed	ERROR File Open Failed ERROR
eapVars is NULL	ERROR File is Empty ERROR
Context NULL: ERROR	ERROR Memory Allocation Failed ERROR
Initializing inner EAP auth: ERROR ERROR File Open Failed ERROR
pCtx is NULL: ERROR	ERROR File is Empty ERROR
Memory Allocation Failed	ERROR	Error in executing DB update handler	ERROR

Facility: System (Admin)

Log Message Severity Log Message Severity
Usage:%sDEBUG unable to register to UMI ERROR
Could not open database: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
CPU LOG File not found DEBUG radSendtoServer: socket: %s ERROR
MEM LOG File not found DEBUG radSendtoServer: bind() Failed: %s: %s ERROR
cpuMemUsageDBUpdateHandler: update query: %s	DEBUG	radRecvfromServer: recvfrom() Failed: %s	ERROR
Printing the whole list after inserting DEBUG		radRecvfromServer: Packet too small from %s:%d: %s	ERROR
%s at %d(minute) %d(hour)%d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)"	DEBUG	radCheckMsgAuth: Invalid Message-Authenticator length in"	ERROR
adpCmdExec exited with return code=%d	DEBUG	radDictLoad: couldn't open dictionary %s: %s	ERROR
%s op=%d row=%d	DEBUG	radBuildAndSendReq: Invalid Request Code %d	ERROR
sqlite3_mprintf failed	DEBUG	radPairAssign: bad attribute value length	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed: query=%s	DEBUG	radPairAssign: unknown attribute type %d	ERROR
Printing the whole list after delete	DEBUG	radPairNew: unknown attribute %d	ERROR
%s at %d(minute) %d(hour)%d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)"	DEBUG	radPairGen: Attribute(%d) has invalid length	ERROR
Printing the whole list after inserting DEBUG		radPairValue: unknown attribute type %d	ERROR
%s at %d(minute) %d(hour)%d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)"	DEBUG	radPairValueLen: unknown attribute type %d	ERROR
email logs: No logging events enabled	DEBUG	radPairLocate: Attribute(%d) has invalid length	ERROR
%s	DEBUG	radPairUnpackDefault: Unknown-Attribute[%d]:	ERROR
Mail sent and the Database is reset.	DEBUG	radConfigure: can't open %s: %s	ERROR
Disabled syslog server	DEBUG	radConfigure: %s: line %d: bogus format: %s	ERROR
Event logs are full, sending logs to email	DEBUG	radConfAssert: No AuthServer Specified	ERROR
Email logs sending failed	DEBUG	radConfAssert: No Default Timeout Specified	ERROR
Packing attribute: %s	DEBUG	radConfAssert: No Default Retry Count Specified	ERROR
Server found: %s, secret: %s	DEBUG	radExtractMppeKey: Invalid MS-MPPE-Key Length	ERROR
Packed Auth. Request: code:%d, id:%d, len:%d	DEBUG	radVendorMessage: Invalid Length in Vendor Message	ERROR
Sending Packet to %x:%d .... DEBUG		radVendorMessage: Unknown Vendor ID received:%d	ERROR
Receiving Reply Packet....	DEBUG	radVendorAttrGet: Invalid Length in Vendor Message	ERROR
Verified Reply Packet Integrity	DEBUG	radVendorAttrGet: Unknown Vendor ID:%d	ERROR
Generated Reply Attribute-Value pairs	DEBUG	radVendorMessagePack: Unknown Vendor ID:%d	ERROR
Verified Message-Authenticator DEBUG		radGetIPByName: couldn't resolve hostname: %s	ERROR
Unloaded RADIUS Dictionary DEBUG radGet HostIP: couldn't get hostname ERROR
Adding Dictionary Attribute %s DEBUG		radGetHostIP: couldn't get host IP address	ERROR
Adding Dictionary Value %s DEBUG RADIUS dictionary loading failed ERROR
Loaded Dictionary %s DEBUG Failed to set default timeout value ERROR
Adding Dictionary Attribute '%s' DEBUG Failed to set default retries value ERROR
Adding Dictionary Value %s DEBUG		ERROR: incomplete DB update information.	ERROR
Receiving attribute: %s	DEBUG	old values result does not contain 2 rows	ERROR
Processing attribute: %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
Processing attribute: %s	DEBUG	empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d	ERROR
Processing attribute: %s	DEBUG	Error in executing DB update handler	ERROR
Processing attribute: %s	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
radConfGet: "	DEBUG	Invalid SQLite operation code - %d	ERROR
Added Server %s:%d with "	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
Added Server %s:%d with "	DEBUG	empty result. nRows=%d nCols=%d	ERROR
Default Timeout Set to %d	DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
Default Retry Count Set to %d	DEBUG	empty result. nRows=%d nCols=%d	ERROR
%s - %s : %d	DEBUG RADIUS Accounting Exchange Failed ERROR
Deleting Server %s:%d with "	DEBUG	Unable to set debug for radAcct.	ERROR
Adding RowId:%d to Server %s:%d with "	DEBUG	Unable to set debug level for radAcct.	ERROR
rowIds: %d - %d	DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR
Deleting Server %s:%d with "	DEBUG	ERROR: option value not specified	ERROR
RADIUS Deconfigured	DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERROR
Found Option %s on line %d of file %s	DEBUG	radEapMsgQueueAdd: Invalid EAP packet length(%d)	ERROR
Setting Option %s with value %s	DEBUG	radEapRecvTask: invalid EAP code:%d	ERROR
RADIUS Configured	DEBUG	radEapRecvTask: Packet length mismatch %d, %d	ERROR
%d : Server %s:%d with "	DEBUG	No attributes received in Access-Challenge message	ERROR
DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d	DEBUG	No State Attribute in Access-Challenge message	ERROR
Host IP address: %s	DEBUG	radEapRecvTask:"	ERROR
Adding Packet for existing cookie:%p	DEBUG	failed to initialize UMI	ERROR
Adding Packet and cookie:%p	DEBUG	umiRegister failed. errno=%d	ERROR
Releasing Packet and cookie:%p DEBUG Invalid arguments to ioctl handler ERROR
Releasing Packet with cookie:%p DEBUG radEapSendRtn:	Invalid Arguments ERROR
Received EAP-Identity from Pnac: %s DEBUG		radEapSendRtn: failed to allocate buffer	ERROR
Filling User-Name: %s DEBUG umiloctl failed	ERROR
Filling State: DEBUG failed to initialize EAP message queue	ERROR
Filling EAP-Message: DEBUG Unable to set debug for radEap. ERROR
Filling Service-Type: %d	DEBUG	Unable to set debug level for radEap.	ERROR
Filling Framed-MTU: %d	DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR
Received Access-Challenge from Server	DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR
Sending Reply EAP Packet to Pnac	DEBUG	could not initialize MGMT framework	ERROR
Error sending packet to Pnac	DEBUG	Unable to initialize RADIUS	ERROR
RADIUS Authentication Failed;“	DEBUG	Unable to set debug for radEap.	ERROR
RADIUS Authentication Successful;“	DEBUG	Unable to set debug level for radEap.	ERROR
Got Packet with cookie:%p	DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR
Next DNS Retry after 1 min	DEBUG	Unable to initialize RADIUS	ERROR
Next Synchronization after”	DEBUG	Invalid username or password	ERROR
Next Synchronization after”	DEBUG	Unable to set debug for radAuth.	ERROR
Next Synchronization after %d \	DEBUG	Unable to set debug level for radAuth.	ERROR
Primary is not available,“	DEBUG	ERROR: option value not specified	ERROR
Secondary is not available,“	DEBUG	Unable to initialize RADIUS	ERROR
Invalid value for use default servers,“	DEBUG	Invalid username, challenge or response	ERROR
No server is configured,“	DEBUG	Unable to set debug for radAuth.	ERROR
Backing off for %d seconds	DEBUG	Unable to set debug level for radAuth.	ERROR
Requesting time from %s	DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR
Synchronized time with %s	DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERROR
Received KOD packet from %s	DEBUG	Invalid username or password	ERROR
No suitable server found %s	DEBUG	usage : %sERROR	ERROR
Received Invalid Length packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : umi initialization failed
Received Invalid Version packet from %s	DEBUG	ntpd : ntplnit failed	ERROR
Received Invalid Mode packet from %s	DEBUG	ntpd : ntpMgmtInit failed	ERROR
Request Timed out from %s	DEBUG	There was an error while getting the timezoneChangeScript.”	ERROR
Looking Up %s	DEBUG unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d ! ERROR
Timezone difference :%d	DEBUG	cmd %d not supported. caller %d	ERROR
Could not open file: %s	DEBUG default reached ERROR
Could not read data from file DEBUG Unable to initialize	ntpControl ERROR
ntpTblHandler DEBUG ntpMgmt : Couldn't open database %s ERROR
status: %d DEBUG			ERROR : incomplete DB update information
tz: %d DEBUG empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR
DayLightsaving: %d DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
pNtpControl->ServerNames[PRIMARY_SERVER]: %s	DEBUG requestNtpTime: Invalid addr ERROR
pNtpControl->ServerNames[SECONDARY_SERVER]: %s	DEBUG failed to take lock for compId: %d ERROR
DS: %d DEBUG failed to convert ioctl args to buffer for"	ERROR
pPriServ %s	DEBUG request timeout dst(%d) <-- src(%d) ERROR
pSecServ %s	DEBUG failed to take lock for compId: %d ERROR
Making request from %d --> %d	DEBUG		umiloctlArgsToBuf: failed to allocate memory
sent request dst(%d) <-- src(%d) using option %d	DEBUG		umiRecvFrom: could not allocate memory
received request too small!(%d bytes)	DEBUG adpMalloc failed ERROR
Received a UMI request from %d	DEBUG		context with ID: %d already registered
sent a reply src(%d) --> dst(%d)	DEBUG		Failed to allocate memory for creating UMI context
umiRegister (%x,%x,%x,%x)	DEBUG		Failed to create recvSem for UMI context
srcId=%d(%s) --> destId=%d(%s) cmd=%d inLen=%d outLen=%d	DEBUG		Failed to create mutex locks for UMI context
waiting for reply...Giving Up	DEBUG		Failed to create mutex recvQLock for UMI context
No request in the list after semTake	DEBUG		Invalid arguments to umiloctl ERROR
reply timeout	DEBUG could not find the destination context ERROR
timeout after semTake	DEBUG		memPartAlloc for %d size failed ERROR
srcId=%d(%s) <-- destId=%d(%s) cmd=%d	DEBUG		memPartAlloc for %d size failed ERROR
Un-registering component with Id %d	DEBUG		No Handler registered for this UMI context ERROR
failed to send ioctl request: dst(%d) <-- src(%d)	DEBUG Couldn't find component with ID (%d)," ERROR
processed a reply dst(%d) <-- src(%d)	DEBUG		id=%d handler=%x ERROR
request with no result option dst(%d) <-- src(%d)	DEBUG		Received NULL buffer in umiBufToloctlArgs() ERROR
cmd = %s	DEBUG		usbMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR
cmdstring is %s %s:%d	DEBUG call to printConfig failed ERROR
Calling printerConfig binary ...	DEBUG		Failed to Disable Network Storage" ERROR
Calling unmount for USB ...	DEBUG		Some error occurred while removing device ERROR
Calling mount for USB ...	DEBUG		Some error occurred while removing device ERROR
usbdevice is %d %s:%d	DEBUG Sqlte update failed ERROR

Query string: %s DEBUG Failed to enable printer properly ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s DEBUG	Failed to mount device on system ERROR
%s: 1. usb is already disconnected for old usb type."	DEBUG	Failed to enable network storage device"	ERROR
%s: 2.call disable for new usb type ! DEBUG	Failed to mount device on system ERROR
%s: 3. usb is already disconnected for old usb type."	DEBUG Sqlite update failed ERROR
%s: 4. Disabled old usb type . Now " DEBUG	USB1 Touch failed ERROR
usbdevice is %d %s:%d DEBUG USB2 Touch	failed ERROR
USB: failed to begin transaction: %s DEBUG	Sqlite update failed ERROR
USB: SQL error: %s pSetString = %s DEBUG	Failed query: %s ERROR
USB: failed to commit transaction: %s	DEBUG	Failed to execute usb database update handler	ERROR
USB: updated table: %s DEBUG		Usage:%s	ERROR
USB: returning with status: %s	DEBUG	Illegal invocation of snmpConfig (%s)	ERROR
%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowld:%d	DEBUG Invalid Community Access Type ERROR
executing %s status=%d	DEBUG Invalid User Access Type ERROR
executing %s	DEBUG Invalid Security Level ERROR
%s returned status=%d	DEBUG Invalid Authentication Algorithm ERROR
%s returned status=%d	DEBUG Invalid Privacy Algorithm ERROR
snmpd.conf not found	DEBUG Invalid Argument ERROR
[SNMP_DEBUG] : Fwrite Successful	DEBUG	Failed to allocate memory for engineID	ERROR
[SNMP_DEBUG] : Fwrite failed	DEBUG	[SNMP_DEBUG]: Failed to get host address	ERROR
radPairGen: received unknown attribute %d of length %d	WARN	[SNMP_DEBUG] : FOPEN failed	ERROR
radPairGen: %s has unknown type	WARN	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
radPairLocate: unknown attribute %ld of length %d	WARN	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
radPairLocate: %s has unknown type	WARN	Invalid Security Level	ERROR
Illegal invocation of cpuMemUsage (%s)	ERROR	Invalid Authentication Algorithm	ERROR
cpuMemUsageDBUpdateHandler: SQL error: %s	ERROR	Invalid Privacy Algorithm	ERROR
unable to open the DB file %s	ERROR	Failed to Get Host Address	ERROR
umilnit failed	ERROR	Invalid version	ERROR
unable to register to UMI	ERROR	snmp v3 Trap Configuration Failed	ERROR
Error Reading from the Database.	ERROR	sqlite3QueryResGet failed query:%s	ERROR
short DB update event request!	ERROR	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
Error in executing DB update handler	ERROR	Failed to Open Snmp Configuration File	ERROR
adpListNodeRemove : Returned with an error	ERROR Failed	to write access control entries ERROR
command too long. Try increasing "ERROR	Failed to write	snmpv3 users entries ERROR
failed to allocate memory for CRON_NODE	ERROR Failed	to write snmp trap entries ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Failed to write system entries. ERROR
There was an error while reading the schedules.	ERROR Failed	to restart snmp ERROR
unable to register to UMI ERROR %s failed with status ERROR
short DB update event request! ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
malloc(DB_UPDATE_NODE) failed	ERROR	%s: Unable to open file: %s	ERROR
short ifDev event request!	ERROR RADVD start failed	ERROR
sqlite3_mprintf failed	ERROR RADVD stop failed	ERROR
no component id matching %s	ERROR	failed to create/open RADVD configuration file %s	ERROR
umiloctl (%s, UMI_CMD_DB_UPDATE(%d)) failed.	ERROR Restoring old configuration..	ERROR
sqlite3_mprintf failed	ERROR	failed to write/update RADVD configuration file	ERROR
sqlite3_mprintf failed	ERROR upnpDisableFunc failed	ERROR
no component id matching %s	ERROR upnpEnableFunc failed	ERROR
umiloctl (%s, UMI_CMD_IFDEV_EVENT(%d)) failed.	ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
klogctl(9) failed	ERROR Error in executing DB update handler	ERROR
malloc failed for %d bytes	ERROR unable to open the DB file %s ERROR
klogctl(4) failed	ERROR uminit failed	ERROR
emailLogs: Invalid Number of Arguments!! Exiting.	ERROR unable to register to UMI	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR short DB update event request! ERROR
Could not execute the smtpClient.	ERROR	short ifDev event request!	ERROR
Error while cleaning the database.Exiting. %s	ERROR sqlite3_mprintf failed	ERROR
		%s failed.status=%d	ERROR

Facility: System (Firewall)

Log Message Severity Log Message Severity
Enabling rule for protocol binding. DEBUG	Disable all NAT rules. DEBUG
Disabling rule for protocol binding. DEBUG	Enable all NAT rules. DEBUG
Enabling Remote SNMP on WAN. DEBUG Enabling NAT URL filter rules. DEBUG
Disabling Remote SNMP on WAN DEBUG Restarting all NAT rules. DEBUG
wan traffic counters are restored DEBUG Deleting schedule based firewall rules. DEBUG
Traffic limit has been reached	DEBUG	Deleting schedule based firewall rules from DB.	DEBUG
Traffic meter monthly limit has been changed to %d.	DEBUG	Update schedule based firewall rules in DB.	DEBUG
Enabling traffic meter for only download.	DEBUG	Restart schedule based firewall rules.	DEBUG
Enabling traffic meter for both directions.	DEBUG	inter vlan routing enabled	DEBUG
Enabling traffic meter with no limit.	DEBUG	inter vlan routing disabled	DEBUG
Email alert in traffic meter disabled.	DEBUG	Disabling Content Filter for %d	DEBUG
Email alert in traffic meter enabled.	DEBUG	Enabling Content Filter for %d	DEBUG
Traffic Meter:Monthly limit %d MB has been"	DEBUG	./src/firewall/linux/user/firewalld.c:59:#undef ADP_DEBUG2	DEBUG
Traffic Metering: Adding rule to drop all traffic	DEBUG	./src/firewall/linux/user/firewalld.c:61:#define ADP_DEBUG2 printf	DEBUG
Traffic Metering: %sabling Email traffic	DEBUG	Enabling Source MAC Filtering	DEBUG
Disabling attack checks for IPv6 rules.	DEBUG	Disabling Source MAC Filtering	DEBUG
Enabling attack checks for IPv6 rules.	DEBUG	Adding MAC Filter Policy for Block & Permit Rest	DEBUG
Configuring one to one NAT settings with %s private start IP "	DEBUG	Adding MAC Filter Policy for Permit & Block Rest	DEBUG
Deleting forward one to one NAT having setting %s private start"	DEBUG Restarting Source MAC Address Policy DEBUG
Disabling attack check for Block ping to WAN interface.	DEBUG	Disabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol	DEBUG
Disabling attack check for Stealth mode for tcp	DEBUG	Enabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol	DEBUG
Disabling attack check for Stealth mode for udp	DEBUG	prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed	DEBUG
Disabling attack check for TCP Flood. DEBUG		prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed	DEBUG
Disabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG		Deleting MAC Filter Policy for Address %s	DEBUG
Disabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Address %s DEBUG
Disabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rules for DMZ host DEBUG
Disabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for DMZ host DEBUG
Disabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG		Disabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing	DEBUG
Disabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG		Disabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing	DEBUG
Disabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG		Enabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing	DEBUG
Disabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG		Enabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing	DEBUG
Enabling attack check for Block ping to WAN"	DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Auto Failover DEBUG
Enabling attack check for Stealth Mode for tcp.	DEBUG	Enabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing .	DEBUG
Enabling attack check for Stealth Mode for udp.	DEBUG	Enabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing .	DEBUG
Enabling attack check for TCP Flood. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Auto Failover DEBUG
Enabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Deleting BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUG
Enabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Enabling BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUG
Enabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUG
Enabling attack check for L2TP.	DEBUG Updating BlockSites Keyword from \ DEBUG
Enabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Inserting BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUG
Enabling attack check for IPsec.	DEBUG	Deleting Trusted Domain \	DEBUG
Enabling attack check for PPTP.	DEBUG	Adding Trusted Domain \	DEBUG
Enabling attack check for L2TP.	DEBUG	Restarting Schedule Based Firewall Rules	DEBUG
Enabling DoS attack check with %d SyncFlood detect rate,"	DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP	DEBUG
Disabling DoS attack check having %d SyncFlood detect rate,"	DEBUG Disabling Remote SNMP	DEBUG
Enabling ICSA Notification Item for ICMP notification.	DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP	DEBUG
Enabling ICSA Notification Item for Fragmented Packets.	DEBUG Disabling DOS Attacks	DEBUG
Enabling ICSA Notification Item for Multi cast Packets.	DEBUG Enabling DOS Attacks	DEBUG
Disabling ICSA Notification Item for ICMP notification.	DEBUG Enabling DOS Attacks	DEBUG
Disabling ICSA Notification Item for Fragmented Packets.	DEBUG Restarting Firewall [%d]:[%d] For %s	DEBUG
Disabling ICSA Notification Item for Multi cast Packets.	DEBUG	restartStatus = %d for LogicalName = %s	DEBUG

Adding IP/MAC binding rule for %s MAC address"	DEBUG Deleting Lan Group %s DEBUG
Deleting IP/MAC binding rule for %s MAC "	DEBUG Adding Lan Group %s DEBUG
./src/firewall/linux/user/firewalld.c:60:#undef ADP_DEBUG	DEBUG Deleting Ian host %s from group %s DEBUG
./src/firewall/linux/user/firewalld.c:62:#define ADP_DEBUG printf	DEBUG Adding Ian host %s from group %s DEBUG
Restarting traffic meter with %d mins, %d hours,"	DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rule for IGMP Protocol DEBUG
Updating traffic meter with %d mins, %d hours,"	DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rule for IGMP Protocol DEBUG
Deleting traffic meter. DEBUG		Deleting IP/MAC Bind Rule for MAC address %s and IP"
Disabling block traffic for traffic meter. DEBUG		Adding IP/MAC Bind Rule for MAC address %s and IP
Enabling traffic meter. DEBUG		Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s
Adding Ian group %s. DEBUG		Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s
Deleting Ian group %s.	DEBUG	Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s
Renaming Ian group from %s to %s.	DEBUG	Adding Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s
Deleting host %s from %s group.	DEBUG %s Session Settings DEBUG
Adding host %s to %s group.	DEBUG	Restarting IPv6 Firewall Rules...
Enabling Keyword blocking for %s keyword.	DEBUG	Deleting Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d
Disabling keyword Blocking for %s keyword .	DEBUG	Deleting Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d
Deleting trusted domain with keyword %s.	DEBUG	Enabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d
Adding %s keyword to trusted domain.	DEBUG	Disabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d
Enabling Management Access from Internet on port %d	DEBUG	Enabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d
Enabling remote access management for IP address range"	DEBUG	Disabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d
Enabling remote access management to only this PC.	DEBUG	Adding Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d
Disabling Management Access from Internet on port %d	DEBUG Enabling Content Filter DEBUG
Disabling remote access management for IP address range"	DEBUG Disabling Content Filter DEBUG
Disabling remote access management only to this PC.	DEBUG Enabling Content Filter DEBUG
MAC Filtering %sabled for BLOCK and PERMIT REST.	DEBUG	Setting NAT mode for pLogicalIfName = %s
MAC Filtering %sabled for PERMIT and BLOCK REST.	DEBUG Enabling DROP for INPUT DEBUG
Enabling Content Filtering.	DEBUG Enabling DROP for FORWARD DEBUG
Disabling Content Filtering.	DEBUG	Enabling NAT based Firewall Rules

Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol TCP.	DEBUG	Setting transparent mode for pLogicalIfName \	DEBUG
Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol UDP.	DEBUG Enabling Accept for INPUT DEBUG
Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol TCP.	DEBUG Enabling Accept for FORWARD DEBUG
Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol UDP.	DEBUG	Setting Routing mode for pLogicalIfName \	DEBUG
Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol TCP.	DEBUG Enabling DROP for INPUT DEBUG
Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol UDP.	DEBUG Enabling DROP for FORWARD DEBUG
Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol TCP.	DEBUG Disabling NAT based Firewall Rules DEBUG
Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol UDP.	DEBUG	Enabling Firewall Rules for URL Filtering &"	DEBUG
Enabling DNS proxy. DEBUG Adding Firewall Rule for RIP Protocol DEBUG
Restarting DNS proxy. DEBUG Restarting Schedule Based Firewall Rules DEBUG
checking DNS proxy for Secure zone.	DEBUG	enabling IPS checks between %s and %s zones.	DEBUG
checking DNS proxy for Public zone. DEBUG		disabling IPS checks between %s and %s zones.	DEBUG
Enabling Block traffic from %s zone.	DEBUG Stopping IPS...%s DEBUG
Configuring firewall session settings for "	DEBUG IPS started. DEBUG
Disabling DMZ	DEBUG Route already exists DEBUG
Disabling WAN-DMZ rules .	DEBUG	Route addition failed: Network Unreachable	DEBUG
Enabling WAN DMZ rules .	DEBUG	Route addition failed: Network is down	DEBUG
Restarting DMZ rule having %s address with %s address.	DEBUG Route addition failed DEBUG
Enabling LAN DHCP relay.	DEBUG	Failed to add rule in iptables	DEBUG
OneToOneNat configured successfully	DEBUG	Failed to delete rule from iptables	DEBUG
OneToOneNat configuration failed	DEBUG	fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Something going wrong here	ERROR
Deleting scheduled IPv6 rules.	DEBUG	fwLBSpillOverConfigure: unable to get interfaceName	ERROR
delete from FirewallRules6 where ScheduleName = '%s'.	DEBUG	fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Could not set PREROUTING rules	ERROR
Update FirewallRules6 where ScheduleName = '%s' to New "	DEBUG	fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Could not set POSTROUTING rules	ERROR
Dns proxy Restart failed	DEBUG	fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Something going wrong Here	ERROR
deleting interface to ifgroup failed	DEBUG	fwL2TPGenericRules.c: unable to open the database file "	ERROR
adding interface to ifgroup failed	DEBUG	fwL2TPGenericRules.c: inet_aton failed	ERROR
deleting interface pVirtIface %s from ifgroup %d"	DEBUG	fwPPTPGenericRules.c: unable to open the database file "	ERROR
adding interface pVirtIface %s to ifgroup %d failed	DEBUG fwPPTPGenericRules.c: inet_aton failed ERROR
Deleting IP address %s.	DEBUG	DNS proxy firewall rule add failed for %s	ERROR
Adding new IP address %s.	DEBUG	deleting interface %s from ifgroup %d failed	ERROR
Updating old IP address %s to new IP address %s.	DEBUG adding interface %s to ifgroup %d failed ERROR
Restarting Firewall For %s Address Update from %s:%s	DEBUG	nimfBridgeTblHandler: unable to get interfaceName	ERROR
Disabling Firewall Rule for MSS packet marking	DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: \ ERROR
Enabling Firewall Rule for MSS packet marking	DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: unable to get \ ERROR
Enabling packet marking rule for %s IDLE timer	DEBUG Failed to %s traffic from %s to %s to IPS. ERROR
Deleted firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s	DEBUG Failed to %s traffic from %s to %s to IPS. ERROR
%s firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s	DEBUG failed to start IPS service. ERROR
Added firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s	DEBUG	Timeout in waiting for IPS service to start.	ERROR
Deleting inbound(WAN-LAN) firewall rule.	DEBUG	Usage:%s	ERROR
Deleting inbound(WAN-DMZ) firewall rule.	DEBUG xlr8NatConfig: illegal invocation of (%s) ERROR
RIPng disabled. DEBUG Illegal invocation of [%s] ERROR
RIPng enabled. DEBUG		xlr8NatMgmtTblHandler: failed query: %s	ERROR
Disable IPv6 firewall rule. DEBUG Could not open file: %s		ERROR
Enable IPv6 firewall rule. DEBUG Rip Error Command Too Long ERROR
Deleting IGMP proxy rule.	DEBUG No authentication for Ripv1 ERROR
Enable IGMP proxy rule.	DEBUG Invalid Rip Direction ERROR
Restarting IGMP rule.	DEBUG	Invalid Rip Version	ERROR
Traffic meter enabled with no limit type.	DEBUG	Invalid Password for 1st Key	ERROR
Traffic meter enabled for only download.	DEBUG Invalid Time for 1st Key ERROR
Traffic meter enabled for both directions.	DEBUG Invalid Password for 2nd Key ERROR
Deleted firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s	DEBUG Invalid Time for 2nd Key ERROR
%s firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s	DEBUG Invalid First KeyId ERROR
Added firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s	DEBUG Invalid Second KeyId ERROR
Enabling Inter VLAN routing.	DEBUG	Invalid Authentication Type	ERROR
Updating inter VLAN routing status.	DEBUG ripDisable failed ERROR
Deleting inter VLAN routing.	DEBUG ripEnable failed ERROR

Facility: Local0 (Wireless)

Log Message Severity Log Message Severity
(node=%s) setting %s to val = %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
Custom wireless event: '%s' DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR
Wireless event: cmd=0x%x len=%d DEBUG VAP(%s) set beacon interval failed ERROR
New Rogue AP(%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x) detected	DEBUG VAP(%s) set DTIM interval failed ERROR
WPS session in progress, ignoring enrolle assoc request	DEBUG VAP(%s) set RTS Threshold failed ERROR
ran query %s DEBUG		VAP(%s) set Fragmentation Threshold failed	ERROR
DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowld:%d	DEBUG VAP(%s) set Protection Mode failed ERROR
%sing VAPs using profile %s	DEBUG VAP(%s) set Tx Power failed ERROR
%sing VAP %s DEBUG WDS Profile %s not found	ERROR
ran query %s DEBUG Failed to initialize WPS on %s	ERROR
%sing VAP instance %s	DEBUG failed to get profile %s ERROR
VAP(%s) set Short Preamble failed	DEBUG	could not initialize MGMT framework	ERROR
VAP(%s) set Short Retry failed	DEBUG	could not initialize MGMT framework	ERROR
VAP(%s) set Long Retry failed	DEBUG dot11VapBssidUpdt SQL error: %s ERROR
Decrypting context with key %s	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
Unknown IAPP command %d received.	DEBUG	KDOT11_GET_PARAM(IEEE80211_IOC_CHANNEL) failed	ERROR
unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d !	DEBUG	Failed to get the channel setting for %s	ERROR
unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d !	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
Recvied DOT11_EAPOL_KEYMSG	DEBUG	sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
shutting down AP:%s	DEBUG profile %s not found ERROR
APCtx Found DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s	ERROR
APCtx Not-Found	DEBUG	Interface name and policy must be specified	ERROR
node not found *:*:*:%x:%x:%x DEBUG		Interface name and policy must be specified	ERROR
error installing unicast key for %s DEBUG invalid ACL type %d ERROR
cmd=%d i_type=%d i_val=%d DEBUG interface name not specified ERROR
join event for new node %s DEBUG interface name not specified ERROR
wpa/rsn IE id %d/%d not supported DEBUG Invalid interface - %s specified ERROR
wpa IE id %d not supported DEBUG buffer length not specified ERROR
leave event for node %s DEBUG Invalid length(%d) specified ERROR
NodeFree request for node : %s	DEBUG	failed created iappdLock	ERROR
installing key to index %d	DEBUG	failed to create cipher contexts.	ERROR
iReq.i_val : %d	DEBUG unable to register to UMI ERROR
plfName : %s	DEBUG iappSockInit() failed ERROR
iReq.i_val : %d	DEBUG	iappInit got error, unregistering it with UMI	ERROR
setting mode: %d	DEBUG	umiloctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) failed	ERROR
Global counter wrapped, re-generating...	DEBUG	umiloctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed	ERROR
Got PNAC_EVENT_PREAUTH_SUCCESS event for : %s	DEBUG UDP failed, received Length is %d ERROR
event for non-existent node %s	DEBUG	umiloctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,	ERROR
PNAC_EVENT_EAPOL_START event received	DEBUG umiloctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERROR
PNAC_EVENT_EAPOL_LOGOFF event received	DEBUG umiloctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERROR
PNAC_EVENT_REAUTH event received	DEBUG	No IAPP Node found for req id %d	ERROR
PNAC_EVENT_AUTH_SUCCESS event received	DEBUG umiloctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERROR
PNAC_EVENT_PORT_STATUS_CHANGED event received	DEBUG umiloctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERROR
unsupported event %d from PNAC	DEBUG	umiloctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) failed	ERROR
event for non-existent node %s. Create new node.	DEBUG UDP socket is not created ERROR
Add new node to DOT11 Node list	DEBUG UDP send failed ERROR
Update dot11STA database	DEBUG IAPP: socket (SOCK_STREAM) failed.		ERROR
Add PMKSA to the list	DEBUG IAPP: TCP connect failed to %s. ERROR
eapolRecvAuthKeyMsg: received key message	DEBUG cmd %d not supported.sender=%d ERROR
node not found	DEBUG	umiloctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed	ERROR
eapolRecvKeyMsg: replay counter not incremented	DEBUG IAPP-CACHE-NOTIFY-REQUEST send to ERROR
eapolRecvKeyMsg: replay counter is not same	DEBUG	./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1314:ADP_ERROR(	ERROR
processing pairwise key message 2 DEBUG BSSID value passed is NULL ERROR
RSN IE matching: OK DEBUG reserved requested is passed ERROR
processing pairwise key message 4 DEBUG interface name is NULL ERROR
processing group key message 2 DEBUG IP address value passed is NULL ERROR
processing key request message from client	DEBUG opening receive UDP socket failed ERROR
WPA version %2x %2x not supported DEBUG		enabling broadcast for UDP socket failed	ERROR
(%s) group cipher %2x doesn't match DEBUG		opening receive TCP socket for new AP failed	ERROR
(%s)Pairwise cipher %s not supported	DEBUG	./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1784:ADP_ERROR(	ERROR
(%s) authentication method %d not supported	DEBUG	./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1794:ADP_ERROR(	ERROR
%s:Auth method=%s pairwise cipher=%s IE size=%d	DEBUG	./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1803:ADP_ERROR(	ERROR
WPA version %2x %2x not supported DEBUG failed created dot11dLock. ERROR
Unable to obtain IE of type %d	DEBUG	failed initialize profile library.	ERROR
PTK state changed from %s to %s	DEBUG	failed to create cipher contexts.	ERROR
using PMKSA from cache	DEBUG unable to register to UMI ERROR
PTK GK state changed from %s to %s	DEBUG	could not create MIB tree	ERROR
GK state changed from %s to %s	DEBUG	unable to register to PNAC	ERROR
Sending PTK Msg1	DEBUG	Max registration attempts by DOT11 to PNAC exceeded	ERROR
Sending PTK Msg3	DEBUG Creation of EAP WPS Profile Failed ERROR
Sending GTK Msg1	DEBUG	umiloctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed	ERROR
sending EAPOL pdu to PNAC... DEBUG		DOT11_RX_EAPOL_KEYMSG: unknown ifname %s	ERROR
creating pnac authenticator with values %d %d - %s	DEBUG cmd %d not supported.sender=%d ERROR
Profile %s does not exist	DEBUG interface name passed is NULL ERROR
IAPP initialized.	DEBUG BSSID passed is NULL ERROR
Encrypting context key=%s for	DEBUG	interface name passed is NULL	ERROR
could not find access point context for %s	DEBUG	unable to allocate memory for DOT11_CTX	ERROR
join event for existing node %s	DEBUG	unable to install wme mapping on %s	ERROR

failed to send PNAC_FORCE_AUTHORIZED"	DEBUG unable to get %s mac address ERROR
failed to send PNAC_AUTHORIZED " DEBUG	Failed to set %s SSID ERROR
failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_AVAILABLE (TRUE)"	DEBUG Failed to set SSID broadcast status ERROR
failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_TX_EN (TRUE)"	DEBUG Failed to set PreAuth mode ERROR
failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_TX_EN (FALSE)"	DEBUG unable to install key ERROR
failed to send PNAC_FORCE_AUTHORIZED"	DEBUG	KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_AUTHMODE failed
failed to send PNAC_AUTHORIZED " DEBUG		KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_PRIVACY failed
mic verification: OK DEBUG wpalnit failed ERROR
pnaclfConfig: Invalid supplicant" DEBUG		dot11InstallProfile: unable to get interface index
Failed to process user request DEBUG adpHmacInit(%s) failed ERROR
Failed to process user request - %s(%d) DEBUG interface %s not found ERROR
pnaclfConfigUmiloctl: umiloctl failed	DEBUG	AP not found on %s
pnaclfConfigUmiloctl: usrPnac returned %d	DEBUG key Len > PNAC_KEY_MAX_SIZE ERROR
pnaclfConfigUmiloctl: usrPnac returned %d	DEBUG Invalid profile name passed ERROR
pnaclfConfigUmiloctl: usrPnac returned %d	DEBUG Creation of WPS EAP Profile failed ERROR
pnacKernNotifier: invalid PAE configuration"	DEBUG unsupported command %d ERROR
From pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: unsupported response"	DEBUG device %s not found ERROR
From pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: invalid codes received	DEBUG unsupported command %d ERROR
From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: received unknown"	DEBUG dot11NodeAlloc failed ERROR
From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: invalid codes received	DEBUG Getting WPA IE failed for %s ERROR
Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: malloc failed	DEBUG Getting WPS IE failed for %s ERROR
From pnacRadXlateRadPktHandle: received a non-supported"	DEBUG	Failed initialize authenticator for node %s
Only md5 authentication scheme currently supported."	DEBUG	Failed to get the system up time while adding node %s
Message from authenticator:	DEBUG	error creating PNAC port for node %s
from pnacPDUXmit: bufsize = %d, pktType = %d,"	DEBUG dot11NodeAlloc failed ERROR
pnacPDUXmit: sending eap packet. code = %d,"	DEBUG Invalid arguments. ERROR
pnacRecvRtn: no corresponding pnac port pae found	DEBUG umiloctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed ERROR
sending unicast key	DEBUG Invalid IE. ERROR
sending broadcast key	DEBUG	umiloctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11_VAP,%d) failed
from pnacAuthPAEDisconnected: calling pnacTxCannedFail	DEBUG	umiloctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed
from pnacAuthPAEForceUnauth: calling pnacTxCannedFail	DEBUG	KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME_CWMIN failed

state changed from %s to %s DEBUG		KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME_CWMAX failed	ERROR
PNAC user comp id not set. dropping event %d	DEBUG	KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME_AIFS failed	ERROR
sending event %d to %d DEBUG		KDOT11_SET_PARAM:80211_IOC_WME_TXOPLIMIT failed	ERROR
requesting keys information from %d DEBUG		KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME_ACM failed	ERROR
pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: error in getting port pae	DEBUG	KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME failed	ERROR
pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: invalid param - %d	DEBUG invalid group cipher %d ERROR
pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Skey of length %d set	DEBUG	KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_MCASTCIPHER failed	ERROR
pnacRecvASInfoMessage: reAuthPeriod set to: %d	DEBUG	KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_MCASTKEYLEN failed	ERROR
pnacRecvASInfoMessage: suppTimeout set to: %d	DEBUG	KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_UCASTCIPHERS failed	ERROR
PORT SUCCESSFULLY DESTROYED DEBUG		KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_KEYMGTALGS failed	ERROR
creating physical port for %s DEBUG		KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WPA failed	ERROR
pnacAuthInit: using defualtpnacAuthParams	DEBUG unknown cipher type = %d ERROR
pnacSupplInit: using defualtpnacSuppParams	DEBUG umilioctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG invalid media value=%d ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG invalid mediaOpt value=%d ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG invalid mode value=%d ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG dot11PnaclfCreate failed ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG wpaPRF failed ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG Error generating global key counter ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG wpaCalcMic: unsupported key descriptor version		ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG integrity failed. need to stop all stations "		ERROR
Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc:"	DEBUG couldn't find AP context for %s interface		ERROR
received a pdu on %s	DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR
pnacRecvMapi: protoType: %04x pPhyPort->authToASSendRtn:%p	DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR
port not found	DEBUG	eapolRecvKeyMsg: unknown descType =$d	ERROR
from pnacRecvMapi: pkt body len = %d, pktType = %d	DEBUG	eapolRecvKeyMsg: invalid descriptor version	ERROR
from pnacPDUProcess: received PNAC_EAP_PACKET	DEBUG	eapolRecvKeyMsg: incorrect descriptor version	ERROR
from pnacPDUProcess: currentId = %d	DEBUG	eapolRecvKeyMsg: Ack must not be set	ERROR
from pnacPDUProcess: code = %d,identifier = %d, “	DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: MIC bit must be set ERROR
from pnacPDUProcess: setting rxResp true DEBUG	wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: unexpectedpacket received	ERROR
from pnacPDUProcess: code = %d,identifier = %d, “	DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: mic checkfailed	ERROR
from pnacPDUProcess: received “ DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: rsn ie mismatch ERROR
from pnacPDUProcess: received “ DEBUG		wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: unexpectedpacket received	ERROR
from pnacPDUProcess: received PNAC_EAPOL_KEY_PACKET	DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: keyDataLengthnot zero	ERROR
doing pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG		wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: mic checkfailed	ERROR
doing pnacTxCannedSuccess DEBUG		wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: unexpectedpacket received	ERROR
doing pnacTxReqId DEBUG secureBit not set in GTK Msg2 ERROR
doing pnacTxReq DEBUG		wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: keyDataLengthnot zero	ERROR
doing pnacTxStart DEBUG		wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: mic checkfailed	ERROR
doing pnacTxLogoff	DEBUG wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: unexpectedpacket received	ERROR
doing pnacTxRspId: 1st cond	DEBUG wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: keyDataLengthnot zero	ERROR
doing pnacTxRspId: entering 2nd cond	DEBUG wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: mic check failed ERROR
from pnacTxRspId: code = %d, identifier = %d, length = %d, “	DEBUG invalid OUI %x %x %x ERROR
doing pnacTxRspId: 2nd cond	DEBUG (%s) invalid OUI %x %x %x ERROR
doing pnacTxRspAuth: 1st cond	DEBUG [%s:%d] Cipher in WPA IE : %x	ERROR
doing pnacTxRspAuth: 2nd cond	DEBUG (%s) invalid OUI %x %x %x	ERROR
message for unknown port PAE	DEBUG short WPA IE (length = %d) received	ERROR
from pnacACTSuppRecvRtn: calling pnacEapPktRecord	DEBUG PTK state machine in unknown state. ERROR
from pnacEapPktRecord: code = %d,identifier = %d, “	DEBUG dot11InstallKeys failed ERROR
from pnacEapPktRecord: received successpkt	DEBUG group state machine entered into WPA_AUTH_GTK_INIT	ERROR
from pnacEapPktRecord: received failurepkt	DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR
from pnacEapPktRecord: received requestpkt	DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR
unknown EAP-code %d	DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR
Authenticator[%d]:	DEBUG aes Wrap failed ERROR
Auth PAE state = %s	DEBUG unknown key descriptor version %d ERROR
Auth Reauth state = %s	DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR
Back auth state = %s	DEBUG could not initialize AES128ECB ERROR
Supplicant[%d]: DEBUG could not initialize AES-128-ECB ERROR
Supp Pae state = %s DEBUG MD5 initialization failed ERROR
from pnacBackAuthFail: calling pnacTxCannedFail	DEBUG RC4	framework initialization failed ERROR
%s returned ERROR DEBUG PNAC framework initialization failed ERROR
pnacUmiloctlHandler: cmd: %s(%d) DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR
%s not configured for 802.1x DEBUG ERROR: -u can be used only with -s ERROR
could not process PDU received from the wire	DEBUG ERROR: user-name not specified ERROR
pnacPDUForward: failed to foward the received PDU	DEBUG failed to enable debug ERROR
Creating PHY port with AUTH backend : %s SendRtn: %p RecvRtn:%p	DEBUG [%s]: failed to convert string to MAC “ ERROR
pnacUmiAuthConfig: %s not configured for 802.1x	DEBUG failed to initialize UMI ERROR
pnacSuppRegisterUserInfo: not a valid AC	DEBUG	pnacPhyPortParamSet:invalid arguments	ERROR
pnacIfConfig: autoAuth Enabled	DEBUG	pnacPhyPortParamSet:Failed to create socket	ERROR
pnacSendRtn: no pnac port pae found for “	DEBUG	Error from pnacPhyPortParamSet:%s-device invalid	ERROR
sending portStatus: %s[%d] to dot11	DEBUG	Error from pnacPhyPortParamSet:%s-Getting MAC address “	ERROR
pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Rkey of length %d set	DEBUG	pnacPhyPortParamSet:Failed to add 802.1X multicast “	ERROR
ASSendRtn: %p ASToAuthRecv: %p	DEBUG	pnaclsInterfaceUp: failed to create a raw socket	ERROR
adpRand failed: unable to generate random unicast key	WARN	pnaclsInterfaceUp: failed to get interface flags	ERROR
using group key as unicast key	WARN	failed to allocate buffer	ERROR
Integrity check failed more than once in last 60 secs.	WARN	UMI initialization failed	ERROR
MIC failed twice in last 60 secs, taking countermeasures	WARN	UMI initialization failed	ERROR
Failed to set dot11 port status	WARN	Error from pnacEapDemoAuthLibInit: malloc failed	ERROR
PTK state machine in NO_STATE.	WARN	Error from pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: received null EAP pkt	ERROR
PTK state machine in NO_STATE!!	WARN	Error from pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: send “	ERROR
PMKSA refcount not 1 WARN		Error from pnacRadXlateASAdd: cannot open socket	ERROR
IV verification failednknown subtype>WARN		Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: received null EAP pkt	ERROR
pnaclfConfig: overwriting previous interface"	WARN From	pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: send "ERROR
pnaclfConfig: overwriting previous "WARN		Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: RADIUS"	ERROR
pnaclfConfig: overwriting previous username"	WARN	Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: RADIUS"	ERROR
pnaclfConfig: overwriting previous password"	WARN	Error from pnacRadXlateRadIdRespSend: send to failed	ERROR
%s: Failed to set port status WARN		Error from pnacRadXlateRadNonIdRespSend: send to failed	ERROR
%s: Failed to notify event to dot11 WARN		Error from pnacRadXlateRadRecvProc: recvfrom failed	ERROR
pnacLibDeinit: Failed to destroy the phyPort:%s	WARN	From pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: no corresponding"	ERROR
pnacPortPaeDeconfig:kpnacPortPaeDeconfig failed	WARN	Error from pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: no message"	ERROR
pnacPortPaeDeconfig:kpnacPortPaeDeconfig failed	WARN	Error from pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk:"	ERROR
pnacBackAuthSuccess: failed to notify the destination"	WARN	From pnacRadXlateRadChalPktHandle: no encapsulated eap"	ERROR
could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR		Error from pnacRadXlateRadChalPktHandle: malloc for eap"	ERROR
umilnit failed ERROR		Error from pnacEapDemoSuppUserInfoRegister: invalid"	ERROR
iappInit failed ERROR		Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: received null EAP pkt	ERROR
could not initialize IAPP MGMT.	ERROR	Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: send ptr to pnac supplicant"	ERROR
dot11Malloc failed	ERROR	From pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: user info not entered yet	ERROR
buffer length not specified	ERROR	Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: couldn't"	ERROR
Invalid length(%d) specified	ERROR	MDString: adpDigestInit for md5 failed	ERROR
Failed to get information about authorized AP list.	ERROR	pnacUmilnit: UMI initialization failed	ERROR
Recd IE data for non-existent AP %s	ERROR	could not start PNAC task	ERROR
Recd IE data for wrong AP %s	ERROR	invalid arguments	ERROR
Received Invalid IE data from WSC	ERROR	pnaclfNameToIndex failed	ERROR
Recd IE data for non-existent AP %s ERROR		pnacPhyPortParamSet: device invalid %s%d	ERROR
Recd WSC Start command without interface name	ERROR	pnacPhyPortParamSet: EIOCGADDR ioctl failed	ERROR
Recd WSC start for non-existent AP %s ERROR		pnacPhyPortParamSet: multicast addr add ioctl failed	ERROR
Recd WSC start for wrong AP %s ERROR		pnacPhyPortParamUnset: multicast addr del ioctl failed	ERROR
Unable to send WSC_WLAN_CMD_PORT to WSC	ERROR pnacPDUXmit: Invalid arguments ERROR
Failed to get the ap context for %s ERROR pnacPDUXmit: failed to get M_BLK_ID ERROR
WPS can only be applied to WPA/WPA2 security profiles	ERROR	from pnacIsInterfaceUp: device %s%d invalid	ERROR
wpsEnable: running wsccmd failed ERROR		pnacRecvRtn: dropping received packet as port is"	ERROR
Failed to get the ap context for %s ERROR pnacSendRtn: Invalid arguments ERROR
WPS conf. under non WPA/WPA2 security setting	ERROR	pnacSendRtn: no physical port corresponding to"	ERROR
Failed to reset the Beacon Frame IE in the driver	ERROR pnacSendRtn: dropping packet as port" ERROR
Failed to reset the Beacon Frame IE in the driver	ERROR	pnacAuthBuildRC4KeyDesc: adpEncryptInit(RC4) failed	ERROR
WPS method cannot be NULL ERROR		pnacAuthBuildRC4KeyDesc: adpCipherContextCtrl"	ERROR
PIN value length should be a multiple of 4 !!	ERROR	pnacDot11UserSet: incorrect buffer length	ERROR
Failed to initiate PIN based association, PIN = %s	ERROR PNAC user component id not set. ERROR
Failed to initiate PBC based enrolle association	ERROR pnacKeyInfoGet:failed to allocate buffer ERROR
Invalid association mode. (Allowed modes : PIN/PBC)	ERROR	PNAC user comp id not set. dropping EAPOL key pkt	ERROR
wpsEnable: running wsccmd failed ERROR		pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: invalid buffer received	ERROR
Failed to send QUIT command to WSC from DOT11	ERROR Error from pnacRecvASInfoMessage:" ERROR
Failed to clear off the WPS process	ERROR	pnacRecvASInfoMessage:"	ERROR
missing profile name	ERROR	pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Bad info length	ERROR
A profile exists with the same name	ERROR	Error from pnacLibInit: malloc failed	ERROR
Error in allocating memory for profile	ERROR	could not create phy ports lock	ERROR
missing profile name	ERROR could not create nodes ports lock ERROR
missing profile name	ERROR port exists for iface - %s ERROR
Profile name and interface name must be specified	ERROR pnacPhyPortCreate failed ERROR
Profile %s does not exist	ERROR kpnacPhyPortCreate failed ERROR
Could not set profile %s on the interface %s	ERROR invalid argument ERROR
missing profile name	ERROR pnacAuthConfig: maxAuth limit reached		ERROR
Profile %s does not exist	ERROR pnacAuthConfig: malloc failed ERROR
Profile %s does not exist	ERROR	Error from pnacAuthConfig: pAsArg cannot be NULL	ERROR
SSID should not be longer than %d	ERROR	Error from pnacAuthConfig: receive routine hook"	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist	ERROR	pnacAuthConfig: pnacAuthInit failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR kpnacPortPaeConfig failed		ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR Invalid arguments ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacSuppConfig: malloc failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacSuppConfig: receive routine hook"	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacSuppConfig: pnacSupplInit failed	ERROR
SSID not set. SSID is needed to generate password hash	ERROR kpnacPortPaeConfig failed ERROR
Password string too big ERROR		pnacAuthDeconfig failed: pPortPae NULL	ERROR
dot11Malloc failed ERROR		Error from pnacPhyPortDestroy: port not configured	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		pnacPhyPortDestroy: Failed to deconfigure port	ERROR
Hex string should only have %d hex chars ERROR pnacPhyPortParamUnset FAILED ERROR
dot11Malloc failed ERROR		Error from pnacPhyPortCreate: malloc failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacPhyPortCreate: pnacPhyPortParamSet"	ERROR
invalid key index %d. key index should be 0-3.	ERROR	error from pnacPhyPortCreate: malloc failed	ERROR
wepKey length incorrect ERROR		Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacPortTimersInit failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacAuthPAEInit failed	ERROR
Invalid Cipher type %d ERROR		Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacAuthKeyTxInit failed	ERROR
Profile supports WEP stas,Group cipher must be WEP	ERROR	Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacReauthTimerInit failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacBackAuthInit failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacCtrlDirInit failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacKeyRecvInit failed	ERROR
invalid pairwise cipher type %d ERROR Error from pnacSupplInit: malloc failed ERROR
Cipher %s is already in the list.	ERROR	Error from pnacSupplInit: pnacPortTimersInit failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacSupplInit: pnacKeyRecvInit failed	ERROR
Invalid Cipher type %d ERROR		Error from pnacSupplInit: pnacSuppKeyTxInit failed	ERROR
Cipher %s not found in the list.	ERROR	Error from pnacSupplInit: pnacSuppPAEInit failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacRecvRtn: invalid arguments	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacRecvMapi: unsupported PDU received	ERROR
Auth method %s is already in the list	ERROR	suppToACSendRtn returned not OK!	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacBasicPktCreate: malloc failed	ERROR
Auth method %s not found in the list.	ERROR	Error from pnacEAPPktCreate: basic pkt create failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacTxCannedFail: eap pkt create failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacTxCannedSuccess: eap pkt create failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacTxReqId: eap pkt create failed	ERROR
invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4	ERROR	Error from pnacTxReq: eap pkt create failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacSendRespToServer: malloc failed	ERROR
invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4	ERROR	Error from pnacSendRespToServer: no AS configured	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacTxStart: basic pkt create failed	ERROR
invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4	ERROR	Error from pnacTxStart: basic pkt create failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacTxRspId: eap pkt create failed	ERROR
invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4	ERROR	Error from pnacTxRspAuth: eap pkt create failed	ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		Error from pnacEapPktRecord: EAP packet too"	ERROR
invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4	ERROR Error from pnacEapPktRecord: "ERROR
Profile %s does not exist ERROR		from pnacBackAuthTimeout: calling pnacTxCannedFail	ERROR
ERROR: incomplete DB update information.	ERROR	hmac_md5: adpHmacContextCreate failed	ERROR
old values result does not contain 2 rows ERROR hmac_md5:adpHmacInit failed ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiloctlHandler: invalid cmd: %d ERROR
Error in executing DB update handler ERROR		pnacEapRadAuthSend: Invalid arguments	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacEapRadAuthSend: failed to allocate inbuffer	ERROR
ERROR: incomplete DB update information.	ERROR pnacXmit : umiloctl failed[%d] ERROR
old values result does not contain 2 rows ERROR pnacPDUForward: Invalid input ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacPDUForward: error in getting port pae information	ERROR
Error in executing DB update handler ERROR		pnacPDUForward: error allocating memory	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR		pnacUmilfMacAddrChange: %s not configured for 802.1x	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR		pnacUmilfMacAddrChange: could not process PDU received"	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR		pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: Invalid config data	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR		pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: Invalid backend name specified	ERROR
startStopVap failed to stop %s ERROR		pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: could not create PNAC physical"	ERROR
Invalid SQLite operation code - %d	ERROR	pnacUmiAuthConfig: Invalid config data	ERROR
./src/dot11/mgmt/dot11Mgmt.c:1177: ADP_ERROR (	ERROR	pnacUmiAuthConfig: Invalid backend name specified	ERROR
only delete event expected on dot11RogueAP.	ERROR unable to create new EAP context. ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		unable to apply %s profile on the EAP context.	ERROR
unhandled database operation %d	ERROR	pnacUmiAuthConfig: could not configure PNAC PAE "	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacUmiSuppConfig: Invalid config data	ERROR
failed to configure WPS on %s ERROR		pnacUmiSuppConfig: Invalid backend name specified	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacUmiSuppConfig: %s not configured for 802.1x	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacUmiSuppConfig: could not PNAC port Access"	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacUmiSuppConfig: Failed to register user information	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacPortByMacDeconfig: port not found	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacPortByMacDeconfig: port not found	ERROR
no VAP rows returned. expected one ERROR	pnacUmilfDown: Invalid config data ERROR
multiple VAP rows returned. expected one ERROR	pnacUmilfDown: Invalid config data ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		Error from pnacPortDeconfig: port not configured	ERROR
invalid query result. ncols=%d nrows=%d ERROR		pnacUmilfDown: could not de-configure port	ERROR
%s:VAP(%s) create failed ERROR		pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Invalid config data	ERROR
sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR		pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Invalid config data	ERROR
invalid query result. ncols=%d nrows=%d ERROR		pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Failed to destroy the port	ERROR
Invalid config data ERROR

Facility: Kernel

Log Message Severity Log Message		Severity
DNAT: multiple ranges no longer supported	DEBUG	%s: %s%s:%d -> %s:%d %s,	DEBUG
DNAT: Target size %u wrong for %u ranges,	DEBUG	%s: %s%s:%d %s,	DEBUG
DNAT: wrong table %s, tablename	DEBUG	%s: Failed to add WDS MAC: %s, dev->name,	DEBUG
DNAT: hook mask 0x%x bad, hook_mask DEBUG		%s: Device already has WDS mac address attached,	DEBUG
%s%d: resetting MPPC/MPPE compressor,	DEBUG	%s: Added WDS MAC: %s, dev->name,	DEBUG
%s%d: wrong offset value: %d,	DEBUG	%s: WDS MAC address %s is not known by this interface,	DEBUG
%s%d: wrong length of match value: %d,	DEBUG	[madwifi] %s() : Not enough space.,__FUNCTION__	DEBUG
%s%d: too big offset value: %d,	DEBUG	Returning to chan %d, ieeeChan	DEBUG
%s%d: cannot decode offset value,	DEBUG	WEP	DEBUG
%s%d: wrong length code: 0x%X,	DEBUG	AES	DEBUG
%s%d: short packet (len=%d), __FUNCTION__,	DEBUG	AES_CCM	DEBUG
%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d,	DEBUG	CKIP	DEBUG
%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG TKIP DEBUG
PPPIOCDETACH file->f_count=%d, DEBUGPPP: outbound frame not passed DEBUG %s: %s, vap->iv_dev->name, buf DEBUGPPP: VJ decompression error DEBUG %s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUGPPP: inbound frame not passed DEBUGPPP: reconstructed packet DEBUG		%s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u flags 0x%x,%s,%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, ether_sprintf(mac), buf[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name,	DEBUGDEBUGDEBUG
%s%d: resetting MPPC/MPPE compressor,	DEBUG	[%s:%s] discard %s information element, %s,	DEBUG
%s%d: wrong offset value: %d,	DEBUG	[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name,	DEBUG
%s%d: wrong length of match value: %d,	DEBUG	[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name,	DEBUG
%s%d: too big offset value: %d,	DEBUG ifmedia_add: null ifm DEBUG
%s%d: cannot decode offset value,	DEBUG Adding entry for DEBUG
%s%d: wrong length code: 0x%X,	DEBUG	ifmedia_set: no match for 0x%x/0x%x,	DEBUG
%s%d: short packet (len=%d), __FUNCTION__,	DEBUG	ifmedia_set: target	DEBUG
%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG ifmedia_set: setting to DEBUG
%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG		ifmedia_ioctl: no media found for 0x%x,	DEBUG
PPPIOCDETACH file->f_count=%d, DEBUG		ifmedia_ioctl: switching %s to , dev->name	DEBUG
PPP: outbound frame not passed DEBUG ifmedia_match: multiple match for DEBUG
PPP: VJ decompression error DEBUG	DEBUG
PPP: inbound frame not passed DEBUG desc->ifmt_string		DEBUG
PPP: reconstructed packet DEBUG mode %s, desc->ifmt_string		DEBUG
PPP: no memory for DEBUG		DEBUG
missed pkts %u..%u, DEBUG %s, desc->ifmt_string		DEBUG
%s: INC_USE_COUNT, now %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count \	DEBUG %s	%s, seen_option++ ? , :, DEBUG
%s: DEC_USE_COUNT, now %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count \	DEBUG %s	%s, seen_option++ ? , :, DEBUG
PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt,	DEBUG %s, seen_option ? >: DEBUG
PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION_)	DEBUG	%s: %s, dev->name, buf	DEBUG
PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION_)	DEBUG	%s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__	DEBUG
%s: recv:, tunnel->name	DEBUG	%s: no memory for VAP name!, __func__	DEBUG
%s: xmit:, session->name	DEBUG	%s: failed to register sysctl!, vap->iv_dev->name	DEBUG
%s: xmit; session->name DEBUG		%s: no memory for new proc entry (%s)!, __func,	DEBUG
%s: module use_count is %d, __FUNCTION_, mod_use_count	DEBUG %s:	0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUG
PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUG
PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION_) DEBUG %02x, ((u_int8_t *)p) [i] DEBUG
PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION_) DEBUG first difference at byte %u, i DEBUG
%s: recv: , tunnel->name DEBUG %s: , t->name DEBUG
%s: xmit; session->name DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG
%s: xmit; session->name DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUG
PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG FAIL: unable to allocate skbuff DEBUG
PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION_) DEBUG FAIL: wep decap failed DEBUG
PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION_) DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; length mismatch DEBUG
%s: recv: , tunnel->name DEBUG		FAIL: decap botch; data does not compare	DEBUG
%s: xmit; session->name DEBUG FAIL: wep encap failed DEBUG
%s: xmit; session->name DEBUG FAIL: encap data length mismatch DEBUG
IRQ 31 is triggered	DEBUG	FAIL: encrypt data does not compare	DEBUG
[%s:%d], __func__, __LINE_\	DEBUG PASS	DEBUG
\t[R%s %#0x %#0x 0x%08x%08x], (status == ERROR ? #: ), page, addr, (uint32_t)(*pValue >> 32), (uint32_t)(*pValue & 0xffffff)	DEBUG	%u of %u 802.11i WEP test vectors passed, pass, total	DEBUG
\t[W%s %#0x %#0x 0x%08x%08x], (status == ERROR ? #: ), page, addr, (uint32_t)(value >> 32), (uint32_t)(value & 0xffffff)	DEBUG %s:	0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUG
%s: mac_add%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]	DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUG
%s: mac_del%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]	DEBUG %02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i] DEBUG
%s: mac_kick%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]	DEBUG first difference at byte %u, i DEBUG
%s: mac_undefined%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]	DEBUG %s: , t->name DEBUG
%s: addr_add%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]	DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG
%s: addr_del%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]	DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUG
%s: mac_undefined%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]	DEBUG FAIL: unable to allocate skbuff DEBUG
%s: set_float %d;%d,IRQ 32 is triggered DEBUG FAIL: encap data length mismatch DEBUG	DEBUG FAIL: cmp encap failed	DEBUG
ip_finish_output2: No header cache and no neighbour!	DEBUG FAIL: encrypt data does not compare DEBUG
a guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG FAIL: ccmp decap failed DEBUG
icmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; length mismatch DEBUG
expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG		FAIL: decap botch; data does not compare	DEBUG
expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG PASS DEBUG
rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG		%u of %u 802.11i AES-CCMP test vectors passed, pass, total	DEBUG
rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUG
ip_rt_advice: redirect to	DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUG
ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s,	DEBUG	%02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i]	DEBUG
udp cork app bug 2)	DEBUG first difference at byte %u, i DEBUG
udp cork app bug 3)	DEBUG ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG
udp v4 hw csum failure.)	DEBUG	ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed	DEBUG
UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u %d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u,%u,	DEBUG unable to allocate skbuff DEBUG
UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to %d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d,	DEBUG tkip enmic failed DEBUG
%s: lookup policy [list] found=%s,	DEBUG	enmic botch; length mismatch	DEBUG
%s: called: [output START], _FUNCTION_	DEBUG	enmic botch	DEBUG
%s: flow dst=%s, _FUNCTION_, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_dst, family)	DEBUG tkip encap failed DEBUG
%s: flow src=%s, _FUNCTION_, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_src, family)	DEBUG encrypt phase1 botch DEBUG
%s: flow dst=%s, _FUNCTION_, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_dst, family)	DEBUG encrypt data length mismatch DEBUG
%s: flow src=%s, _FUNCTION_, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_src, family)	DEBUG encrypt data does not compare DEBUG
a guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG tkip decap failed		DEBUG
icmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG decrypt phase1 botch		DEBUG
expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG decrypt data does not compare DEBUG
expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG decap botch; length mismatch DEBUG
rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG decap botch; data does not compare DEBUG
rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG tkip demic failed DEBUG
ip_rt_advice: redirect to	DEBUG	802.11i TKIP test vectors passed	DEBUG
ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s,	DEBUG %s, buf DEBUG
UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u %d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u,%u,	DEBUG	Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s,	DEBUG
UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to %d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d,	DEBUG	ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logfile,	DEBUG
a guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG
fib_add_ifaddr: bug: prim == NULL DEBUG %s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i] DEBUG
fib_del_ifaddr: bug: prim == NULL DEBUG		ath_pci: No devices found, driver not installed.	DEBUG
expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG_fmt, __VA_ARGS__DEBUG
expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG		%s: Warning, using only %u entries in %u key cache,	DEBUG
rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG		%s: TX99 support enabled, dev->name	DEBUG
rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, DEBUG		%s:grppoll Buf allocation failed, __func__	DEBUG
ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG %s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG
ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s,	DEBUG %s:	%s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG
%s: lookup policy [list] found=%s,	DEBUG	%s: no skbuff, __func__	DEBUG
%s: called: [output START], __FUNCTION__ DEBUG		%s: hardware error; resetting, dev->name	DEBUG
%s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION_, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_dst, family)	DEBUG	%s: rx FIFO overrun; resetting, dev->name	DEBUG
%s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION_, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_src, family)	DEBUG	%s: unable to reset hardware: '%s' (HAL status %u)	DEBUG
%s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION_, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_dst, family)	DEBUG	%s: unable to start recv logic, dev->name	DEBUG
%s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION_, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_src, family)	DEBUG	%s: %s: unable to reset hardware: '%s' (HAL status %u),	DEBUG
a guy asks for address mask. Who is it?	DEBUG %s:	%s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG
icmp v4 hw csum failure)	DEBUG	ath_mgtstart: discard, no xmit buf	DEBUG
expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG		%s: [%02u] %-7s , tag, ix, ciphers[hk->kv_type]	DEBUG
expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_val[i]		DEBUG
rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG mac	%s, ether_sprintf(mac)	DEBUG
rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph)	DEBUG %s, sc->sc_splitmic ? mic : rxmic DEBUG
ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_mic[i]		DEBUG
ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG txmic DEBUG
UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u%d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u,	DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_txmic[i] DEBUG
UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:d to %d.%d.%d.%d:d ulen %d,	DEBUG	%s: unable to update h/w beacon queue parameters,	DEBUG
REJECT: ECHOREPLY no longer supported. DEBUG		%s: stuck beacon; resetting (bmiss count %u),	DEBUG
ipt_rpc: only valid for PRE_ROUTING, FORWARD, POST_ROUTING, LOCAL_IN and/or LOCAL_OUT targets.	DEBUG move data from NORMAL to XR DEBUG
ip_nat_init: can't setup rules. DEBUG		moved %d buffers from NORMAL to XR, index	DEBUG
ip_nat_init: can't register in hook. DEBUG move buffers from XR to NORMAL DEBUG
ip_nat_init: can't register out hook. DEBUG		moved %d buffers from XR to NORMAL, count	DEBUG
ip_nat_init: can't register adjust in hook. DEBUG		%s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__	DEBUG
ip_nat_init: can't register adjust out hook. DEBUG		%s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__	DEBUG
ip_nat_init: can't register local out hook. DEBUG		%s: no buffer (%s), dev->name, __func__	DEBUG
ip_nat_init: can't register local in hook.	DEBUG	%s: no skbuff (%s), dev->name, __func__	DEBUG
ipt_hook: happy cracking.	DEBUG	%s: HAL qnum %u out of range, max %u!,	DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register pre-routing defrag hook.	DEBUG	grppoll_start: grppoll Buf allocation failed	DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register local_out defrag hook.	DEBUG	%s: HAL qnum %u out of range, max %u!,	DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register pre-routing hook.	DEBUG	%s: AC %u out of range, max %u!,	DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register local out hook.	DEBUG	%s: unable to update hardware queue	DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register local in helper hook.	DEBUG	%s: bogus frame type 0x%x (%s), dev->name,	DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register postrouting helper hook.	DEBUG ath __stoprecv: rx queue 0x%x, link %p, DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register post-routing hook.	DEBUG	%s: %s: unable to reset channel %u (%u MHz)	DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register local in hook.	DEBUG	%s: %s: unable to restart recv logic,	DEBUG
ip_conntrack: can't register to sysctl.	DEBUG	%s: unable to allocate channel table, dev->name	DEBUG
ip_conntrack_rtsp v IP_NF_RTSP_VERSION loading	DEBUG	%s: unable to allocate channel table, dev->name	DEBUG
ip_conntrack_rtsp: max_outstanding must be a positive integer	DEBUG	%s: unable to collect channel list from HAL;	DEBUG
ip_conntrack_rtsp: setup_timeout must be a positive integer	DEBUG	R (%p %llx) %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %c,	DEBUG
ip_conntrack_rtsp: ERROR registering port %d, ports[i]	DEBUG	T (%p %llx) %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %c,	DEBUG
ip_nat_rtsp v IP_NF_RTSP_VERSION loading DEBUG		%s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__	DEBUG
%s: Sorry! Cannot find this match option., __FILE__	DEBUG	%s: no memory for device name storage!, __func__	DEBUG
ipt_time loading DEBUG		%s: failed to register sysctlsl, sc->sc_dev->name	DEBUG
ipt_time unloaded DEBUG		%s: mac %d.%d phy %d.%d, dev->name,	DEBUG
ip_conntrack_irc: max_dcc_channels must be a positive integer	DEBUG	5 GHz radio %d.%d 2 GHz radio %d.%d,	DEBUG
ip_conntrack_irc: ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG		radio %d.%d, ah->ah_analog5GhzRev >> 4,	DEBUG
ip_nat_h323: ip_nat_mangle_tcp_packet DEBUG		radio %d.%d, ah->ah_analog5GhzRev >> 4,	DEBUG
ip_nat_h323: ip_nat_mangle_udp_packet DEBUG %s: Use hw queue %u for %s traffic, DEBUG
ip_nat_h323: out of expectations DEBUG		%s: Use hw queue %u for CAB traffic, dev->name,	DEBUG
ip_nat_h323: out of RTP ports DEBUG		%s: Use hw queue %u for beacons, dev->name,	DEBUG
ip_nat_h323: out of TCP ports DEBUG		Could not find Board Configuration Data	DEBUG
ip_nat_q931: out of TCP ports DEBUG		Could not find Radio Configuration data	DEBUG
ip_nat_ras: out of TCP ports DEBUG		ath_ahb: No devices found, driver not installed.	DEBUG
ip_nat_q931: out of TCP ports DEBUG_fmt, __VA_ARGS__		DEBUG
ip_conntrack_core: Frag of proto %u.,	DEBUG	_fmt, __VA_ARGS__	DEBUG
Broadcast packet!	DEBUG	xlr8NatIpFinishOutput: Err.. skb2 == NULL !	DEBUG
Should bcast: %u.%u.%u.%u->%u.%u.%u.%u(sk=%p, ptype=%u),	DEBUG	xlr8NatSoftCtxEnqueue: Calling xlr8NatIpFinishOutput () .., status	DEBUG
ip_conntrack version %s (%u buckets, %d max)	DEBUG	xlr8NatSoftCtxEnqueue: xlr8NatIpFinishOutput () returned [%d], status	DEBUG
ERROR registering port %d,	DEBUG	icmpExceptionHandler: Exception!	DEBUG
netfilter PSD loaded - (c) astaro AG	DEBUG fragExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG
netfilter PSD unloaded - (c) astaro AG DEBUG algExceptionHandler: Exception!	DEBUG
%s, SELF DEBUG dnsExceptionHandler: Exception!	DEBUG
%s, LAN DEBUG IPsecExceptionHandler: Exception!	DEBUG
%s, WAN DEBUG		ESP Packet Src:%x Dest:%x Sport:%ddport:%d secure:%d spi:%d isr:%p,	DEBUG
TRUNCATED DEBUG		xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: We found the valid context,	DEBUG
SRC=%u.%u.%u.%u DST=%u.%u.%u.%u, DEBUG		xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: Not a secured packet.	DEBUG
LEN=%u TOS=0x%02X PREC=0x%02X TTL=%u ID=%u,	DEBUG	xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: isr=[%p], plsr	DEBUG
FRAG:%u, ntohs(ih->frag_off) & IP_OFFSET DEBUG		xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: secure=[%d], secure	DEBUG
TRUNCATED DEBUG		Context found for ESP %p,pFlowEntry->post.plsr[0]	DEBUG
PROTO=TCP	DEBUG	xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: New connection.	DEBUG
INCOMPLETE [%u bytes],	DEBUG	xlr8NatConntrackPostHook: postSecure=[%d] postIsr=[%p %p],	DEBUG
SPT=%u DPT=%u,	DEBUG	proto %d spi %d <----> proto %d spi %d,pPktInfo->proto,pPktInfo->spi,	DEBUG
SEQ=%u ACK=%u,	DEBUG IPSEC_INF Clock skew detected		DEBUG
WINDOW=%u, ntohs(th->window)	DEBUG	IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: Max (%d) No of SA Limit reached,	DEBUG
RES=0x%02x, (u8)(ntohl(tcp_flag_word(th) & TCP_RESERVED_BITS) >> 22)	DEBUG	IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: Max (%d) No of SA Limit reached,	DEBUG
URGP=%u, ntohs(th->urg_ptr)	DEBUG	IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: time(secs): %u	DEBUG
TRUNCATED DEBUG		ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
%02X, op[i]	DEBUG	ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
PROTO=UDP	DEBUG	ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
INCOMPLETE [%u bytes],	DEBUG	ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
SPT=%u DPT=%u LEN=%u,	DEBUG	ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
SPT=%u DPT=%u LEN=%u,	DEBUG	ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
PROTO=ICMP	DEBUG	unknown oid '%s', varName	DEBUG
INCOMPLETE [%u bytes],	DEBUG	could not find oid pointer for '%s', varName	DEBUG
TYPE=%u CODE=%u, ich->type, ich->code	DEBUG	unRegistering IPsecMib .....	DEBUG
INCOMPLETE [%u bytes],	DEBUG	ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
ID=%u SEQ=%u,	DEBUG	ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
PARAMETER=%u, DEBUG		ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
GATEWAY=%u.%u.%u.%u, DEBUG		ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
MTU=%u, ntohs(ich->un.frag.mtu) DEBUG		ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
PROTO=AH DEBUG		ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table	DEBUG
INCOMPLETE [%u bytes], DEBUG unknown oid '%s', varName DEBUG
SPI=0x%x, ntohl(ah->spi) DEBUG		could not find oid pointer for '%s', varName	DEBUG
PROTO=ESP DEBUG unRegistering IPsecMib ..... DEBUG
INCOMPLETE [%u bytes], DEBUG %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUG
SPI=0x%x, ntohl(eh->spi) DEBUG %02x,*p		DEBUG
PROTO=%u, ih->protocol	DEBUG .%u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUG
UID=%u, skb->sk->sk_socket->file->f_uid	DEBUG	%02x,*p	DEBUG
<%d>%sIN=%s OUT=%s, loginfo->u.log.level,	DEBUG	.%u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst)	DEBUG
level_string	DEBUG %02x,*p DEBUG
%sIN=%s OUT=%s,	DEBUG .%u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUG
%s, prefix == NULL ? loginfo->prefix : prefix	DEBUG	%02x,*p	DEBUG
IN=	DEBUG	unable to register vlPsec kernel comp to UMI	DEBUG
OUT=	DEBUG unregistering VIPSECK from UMI .... DEBUG
PHYSIN=%s, physindev->name	DEBUG	in vlPsecKloctlHandler cmd - %d, cmd	DEBUG
PHYSOUT=%s, physoutdev->name	DEBUG	%s: Error. DST Refcount value less than 1 (%d).	DEBUG
MAC=	DEBUG	for %s DEVICE refcnt: %d ,pDst->dev->name,	DEBUG
%02x%c,*p,	DEBUG	%s: Got Null m:%p *m:%p sa:%p *sa:%p,_func_,ppBufMgr,	DEBUG
NAT: no longer support implicit source local NAT	DEBUG	%s Got Deleted SA:%p state:%d,_func_,plPsecInfo,plPsecInfo->state	DEBUG
NAT: packet src %u.%u.%u.%u->dst %u.%u.%u.%u,	DEBUG	%s: %s: fmt, __FILE__, __FUNCTION__, ## args)	INFO
SNAT: multiple ranges no longer supported	DEBUG	%s: %s: fmt, __FILE__, __FUNCTION__, ## args)	INFO
format,##args)	DEBUG ipt TIME: format, ## args) INFO
version	DEBUG	IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() wrong parameters (not equals existing table parameters).	INFO
offset_before=%d, offset_after=%d, correction_pos=%u, x->offset_before, x->offset_after, x->correction_pos	DEBUG	IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() too big netmask.	INFO
ip_ct_h323:	DEBUG	IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to allocate %zu for new table %s., sizeof(struct t_ipt_account_table), info->name	INFO
ip_ct_h323: incomplete TPKT (fragmented?)	DEBUG	IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() wrong network/netmask.	INFO
ip_ct_h245: decoding error: %s,	DEBUG	account: Wrong netmask given by netmask parameter (%i). Valid is 32 to 0,,netmask	INFO
ip_ct_h245: packet dropped	DEBUG	IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to create procfs entry.	INFO
ip_ct_q931: decoding error: %s,	DEBUG	IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to register match.	INFO
ip_ct_q931: packet dropped	DEBUG	failed to create procfs entry.	INFO
ip_ct_ras: decoding error: %s,	DEBUG	MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module registered	INFO
ip_ct_ras: packet dropped DEBUG		MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module unregistered	INFO
ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG		PPP generic driver version PPP_VERSION	INFO
ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG		MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module registered	INFO
ipt_connlimit [%d]: src=%u.%u.%u.%u:%ddst=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d %s,	DEBUG	MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module unregistered	INFO
ipt_connlimit [%d]: src=%u.%u.%u.%u:%ddst=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d new,	DEBUG	PPP generic driver version PPP_VERSION	INFO
ipt_connlimit: Oops: invalid ct state ? DEBUG PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, INFO
ipt_connlimit: Hmm, kmalloc failed :- (DEBUG PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, INFO
ipt_connlimit: src=%u.%u.%u.%u mask=%u.%u.%u.%u	DEBUG PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, INFO
_lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args DEBUG failed to create procfs entry . INFO
%02X, ptr[length] DEBUG proc dir not created .. INFO
%02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_base)[j]	DEBUG Initializing Product Data modules INFO
%02X, skb->data[i] DEBUG De initializing by \		INFO
_lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args DEBUG kernel UMI module loaded		INFO
%02X, ptr[length] DEBUG kernel UMI module unloaded		INFO
%02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_base)[j]	DEBUG Loading bridge module INFO
%02X, skb->data[i] DEBUG Unloading bridge module		INFO
_lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args DEBUG unsupported command %d, cmd INFO
%02X, ptr[length] DEBUG Loading ifDev module		INFO
%02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_base)[j]	DEBUG Unloading ifDev module INFO
%02X, skb->data[i] DEBUG		ERROR#%d in alloc_chrdev_region, result	INFO
KERN_EMERG THE value read is %d,value*/	DEBUG	ERROR#%d in cdev_add, result	INFO
KERN_EMERG Factory Reset button is pressed	DEBUG	using bcm switch %s, bcmswitch	INFO
KERN_EMERG Returing error in INTR registration	DEBUG	privilegedID %d wanporttNo: %d, privilegedID,wanportNo	INFO
KERN_EMERG Initializing Factory defaults modules	DEBUG Loading mii INFO
Failed to allocate memory for pSipListNode	DEBUG	Unloading mii	INFO
SIPALG: Memeory allocation failed for pSipNodeEntryTbl	DEBUG %s Version 0.1 INFO
pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error	DEBUG %s driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error	DEBUG	wlan: %s backend registered, be->iab_name	INFO
pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error	DEBUG	wlan: %s backend unregistered,	INFO
%s Len=%d, msg, len	DEBUG	wlan: %s acl policy registered, iac->iac_name	INFO
%02x, ((uint8_t *) ptr)[i]	DEBUG	wlan: %s acl policy unregistered, iac->iac_name	INFO
End	DEBUG %s tmpbuf INFO
CVM_MOD_EXP_BASE MISMATCH cmd=%x base=%x, cmd,	DEBUG VLAN2 INFO
op->sizeofptr = %ld, op->sizeofptr	DEBUG VLAN3 INFO
opcode cmd = %x, cmd	DEBUG VLAN4 <%d %d>, INFO
modexp opcode received	DEBUG %s %s, dev_info, version INFO
Memory Allocation failed	DEBUG %s driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
modexpcrt opcode received DEBUG %s, buf		INFO
kmalloc failed	DEBUG %s %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO
kmalloc failed	DEBUG %s driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
kmalloc failed	DEBUG %s %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d hw_base=0x%p, INFO
kmalloc failed	DEBUG %s %s, dev_info, version INFO
kmalloc Failed	DEBUG %s driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
kmalloc failed DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO
unknown cyrypto ioctl cmd received %x, cmd DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO
register_chrdev returned ZERO DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO
const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) (DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
F password, &pdata DEBUG %s, buf INFO
test key, key DEBUG %s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO
pre-hashed key, key	DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) (DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
AES 128-bit key, &key	DEBUG	%s: Version 2.0.0	INFO
const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) (DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
test key, key DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
pre-hashed key, key	DEBUG	wlan: %s backend registered, be->iab_name	INFO
const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) (DEBUG wlan: %s backend unregistered, INFO
128-bit AES key,&dk	DEBUG	wlan: %s acl policy registered, iac->iac_name	INFO
256-bit AES key, &dk	DEBUG	wlan: %s acl policy unregistered, iac->iac_name	INFO
WARNING:	DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO
bwMonMultipathNxtHopSelect:: checking rates	DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
hop:%d dev:%s usableBwLimit = %d currBwShare = %d lastHopSelected = %d weightedHopPrefer = %d ,	DEBUG %s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO
1. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected	DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
4. hop:%d dev:%s usableBwLimit = %d currBwShare = %d lastHopSelected = %d weightedHopPrefer = %d ,	DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO
2. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected	DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO
3. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected	DEBUG %s:	driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
bwMonitor multipath selection enabled DEBUG ath_pci: switching rfkill capability %s, INFO
bwMonitor multipath selection disabled DEBUG Unknown auto create mode: %s, INFO
weightedHopPrefer set to %d ,weightedHopPrefer	DEBUG %s:	%s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO
bwMonitor sysctl registration failed DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO
bwMonitor sysctl registered DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
bwMonitor sysctl not registered DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO
Unregistered bwMonitor sysctl DEBUG %s: unloaded, dev_info INFO
CONFIG_SYSCTL enabled ...	DEBUG %s:	%s, dev_info, version INFO
Initialized bandwidth monitor ...	DEBUG %s:	unloaded, dev_info INFO
Removed bandwidth monitor ... DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO
Oops.. AES_GCM_encrypt failed (keylen:%u),key->cvm_keylen	DEBUG %s:	unloaded, dev_info INFO
Oops.. AES_GCM_decrypt failed (keylen:%u),key->cvm_keylen	DEBUG failed to create procfs entry . INFO
%s, msg	DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: INFO
%02x%s, data[i],	DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source INFO
Failed to set AES encrypt key	DEBUG	Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from	INFO
Failed to set AES encrypt key	DEBUG	Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about	INFO
AES %s Encrypt Test Duration: %d:%d, hard ? Hard : Soft,	DEBUG	IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes,	INFO
Failed to set AES encrypt key	DEBUG	source route option %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u,	INFO
Failed to set AES encrypt key	DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: INFO
AES %s Decrypt Test Duration: %d:%d, hard ? Hard : Soft,	DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source INFO
Failed to set AES encrypt key	DEBUG	Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from	INFO
Failed to set AES encrypt key	DEBUG	Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about	INFO
Failed to set AES encrypt key	DEBUG	IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes,	INFO
Failed to set AES encrypt key	DEBUG	source route option %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u,	INFO
Failed to set DES encrypt key[%d], i DEBUG		Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from	INFO
Failed to set DES decrypt key[%d], i DEBUG		Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about	INFO
Failed to set DES encrypt key[%d], i DEBUG source route option	INFO
Failed to set DES decrypt key[%d], i DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: INFO
Failed to set DES encrypt key DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source INFO
Failed to set DES decrypt key DEBUG		Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from	INFO
Failed to set DES encrypt key DEBUG		Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about	INFO
Failed to set DES decrypt key DEBUG		IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes,	INFO
AES Software Test: DEBUG		source route option %u.%u.%u.%u->%u.%u.%u.%u,	INFO
AES Software Test %s, aesSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG	IPsec: device unregistering: %s, dev->name	INFO
AES Hardware Test: DEBUG IPsec: device down: %s, dev->name	NFO
AES Hardware Test %s, aesHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG mark: only supports 32bit mark WARNING
3DES Software Test: DEBUG ipt_time: invalid argument WARNING
3DES Software Test %s, des3SoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG ipt_time: IPT_DAY didn't matched WARNING
3DES Hardware Test:	DEBUG	./Logs_kernel.txt:45:KERN_WARNING	WARNING
3DES Hardware Test %s, des3HardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG /Logs_kernel.txt:59:KERN_WARNING WARNING
DES Software Test:	DEBUG	ipt_LOG: not logging via system console	WARNING
DES Software Test %s, desSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG	%: wrong options length: %u, fname, opt_len	WARNING
DES Hardware Test:	DEBUG	%: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x,	WARNING
DES Hardware Test %s, desHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG %s: wrong options length: %u, WARNING
SHA Software Test:	DEBUG	%: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x,	WARNING
SHA Software Test %s, shaSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG	%: don't know what to do: o[5]=%02x,	WARNING
SHA Hardware Test:	DEBUG	%: wrong options length: %u, fname, opt_len	WARNING
SHA Hardware Test %s, shaHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG	%: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x,	WARNING
MD5 Software Test:	DEBUG	%: wrong options length: %u,	WARNING
MD5 Software Test %s, md5SoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG	%: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x,	WARNING
MD5 Hardware Test:	DEBUG	%: don't know what to do: o[5]=%02x,	WARNING
MD5 Hardware Test %s, md5HardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed	DEBUG	*** New port %d ***, ntohs(expinfo->natport)	WARNING
AES Software Test: %d iterations, iter	DEBUG ** skb len %d, dlen %d,(*pskb)->len, WARNING
AES Software Test Duration: %d:%d,	DEBUG	********** Non linear skb	WARNING
AES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter	DEBUG	End of sdp %p, nexthdr	WARNING
AES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d,	DEBUG	%: unknown pairwise cipher %d,	WARNING
3DES Software Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: unknown group cipher %d, WARNING
3DES Software Test Duration: %d:%d,	DEBUG	%: unknown SIOCSIWAUTH flag %d,	WARNING
3DES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter	DEBUG	%: unknown SIOCGIWAUTH flag %d,	WARNING
3DES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d,	DEBUG	%: unknown algorithm %d,	WARNING
DES Software Test: %d iterations, iter	DEBUG	%: key size %d is too large,	WARNING
DES Software Test Duration: %d:%d,	DEBUG	try_module_get failed \	WARNING
DES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter	DEBUG	%: request_irq failed, dev->name	WARNING
DES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG try_module_get failed WARNING
SHA Software Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG try_module_get failed \ WARNING
SHA Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown painwise cipher %d, WARNING
SHA Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: unknown group cipher %d, WARNING
SHA Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown SIOCSIWAUTH flag %d, WARNING
MD5 Software Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: unknown SIOCIGIWAUTH flag %d, WARNING
MD5 Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown algorithm %d, WARNING
MD5 Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter	DEBUG	%s: key size %d is too large, unable to load %s, scan_modnames[mode]	WARNING
MD5 Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG			WARNING
./pnac/src/pnac/linux/kernel/xcalibur.c:209:#define DEBUG_PRINTK_printk	DEBUG Failed to mkdir /proc/net/madwifi WARNING
bcmDeviceInit: registration failed	DEBUG try_module_get failed WARNING
bcmDeviceInit: pCdev Add failed	DEBUG %s: request_irq failed, dev->name WARNING
REG Size == 8 Bit	DEBUG	too many virtual ap's (already got %d),sc->sc_nvaps	WARNING
Value = %x :: At Page = %x : Addr = %x	DEBUG %s: request_irq failed, dev->name WARNING
REG Size == 16 Bit	DEBUG	rix %u (%u) bad ratekbps %u mode %u,	WARNING
Value = %x :: At Page = %x : Addr = %x	DEBUG	cix %u (%u) bad ratekbps %u mode %u,	WARNING
REG Size == 32 Bit	DEBUG %s: no rates for %s?, WARNING
Value = %x :: At Page = %x : Addr = %x	DEBUG	no rates yet! mode %u, sc->sc_curmode	WARNING
REG Size == 64 Bit	DEBUG	%u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP	WARNING
REG Size is not in 8/16/32/64	DEBUG dst cache overflow WARNING
Written Value = %x :: At Page = %x : Addr = %x	DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING
bcm_ioctl :Unknown ioctl Case :	DEBUG	host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores	WARNING
====Register Dump for Port Number # %d====,port	DEBUG	martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from	WARNING
%s : Read Status=%s data=%#x,regName[j],	DEBUG	martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from	WARNING
%s : Read Status=%s data=%#x,regName[j],	DEBUG ll header: WARNING
powerDeviceInit: device registration failed	DEBUG	%u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP	WARNING
powerDeviceInit: adding device failed	DEBUG	dst cache overflow	WARNING
%s: Error: Big jump in pn number. TID=%d, from %x %x to %x %x.	DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING
%s: The MIC is corrupted. Drop this frame., __func__	DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING
%s: The MIC is OK. Still use this frame and update PN., __func__	DEBUG	martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from	WARNING
ADDBA send failed: recipient is not a 11n node	DEBUG	martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from	WARNING
Cannot Set Rate: %x, value	DEBUG ll header: WARNING
Getting Rate Series: %x,vap->iv_fixed_rate.series	DEBUG	%u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP	WARNING
Getting Retry Series: %x,vap->iv_fixed_rate.retries	DEBUG dst cache overflow WARNING
IC Name: %s,ic->ic_dev->name	DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING

usage: rtparams rt_idx <0|1> per <0..100> probe_intval <0..100>	DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING
usage: acparams ac <0|3> RTS <0|1> aggr scaling <0..4> min mbps <0..250>	DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING
usage: hbrparams ac <2> enable <0|1> per_low <0..50>	DEBUG II header: WARNING
%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG		martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from
%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG %u.%u.%u %u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING
%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG dst cache overflow WARNING
%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING
%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING
Addba status IDLE DEBUG		martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from
%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING
%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG II header: WARNING
Error in ADD- no node available DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_list ERROR
%s(): Channel capabilities do not match, chan flags 0x%x,	DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_hash ERROR
%s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u flags 0x%x,	DEBUG ip_conntrack_in: Frag of proto %u (hook=%u),	ERROR
ic_get_currentCountry not initialized yet	DEBUG Unable to register netfilter socket option	ERROR
Country ie is %c%c%c,	DEBUG Unable to create ip_conntrack_hash ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,	DEBUG Unable to create ip_conntrack slab cache	ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,	DEBUG Unable to create ip_expect slab cache	ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,	DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_iptreeb slab cache	ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,	DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_iptreed slab cache	ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,	DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for %scompressor, fname,	ERROR
%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d,	DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history,	ERROR
ieee80211_deliver_l2uf: no buf available	DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history,	ERROR
%s: %s, vap->iv_dev->name, buf /* NB: no */	DEBUG %s: cannot load ARC4 module, fname	ERROR
%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name,	DEBUG %s: cannot load SHA1 module, fname	ERROR
%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, ether_sprintf(mac), buf	DEBUG %s: CryptoAPI SHA1 digest size too small, fname	ERROR
[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name,	DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for SHA1 digest, fname	ERROR
[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
[%s:%s] discard %s information element, %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
[%s:%s] discard information element, %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG	%s%d: too big uncompressed packet: %d,	ERROR
[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG	%s%d: encryption negotiated but not an	ERROR
HBR list dumpNode\tAddress\t\t\tState\tTrigger\tBlock	DEBUG	%s%d: error - not an MPPC or MPPE frame
Nodes informationAddress\t\t\tBlock\t\tDropped VI frames	DEBUG	Kernel doesn't provide ARC4 and/or SHA1 algorithms
%d\t %2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x\t%s\t%s\t%s,	DEBUG PPP: not interface or channel?? ERROR
%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x\t%s\t\t%d,	DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ compressor) ERROR
[%d]\tFunction\t%s, j, ni->node_trace[i].funcp DEBUG failed to register PPP device (%d), err ERROR
[%d]\tMacAddr\t%s, j, DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ comp pkt) ERROR
[%d]\tDescp\t\t%s, j, ni->node_trace[i].descp DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) ERROR
[%d]\tValue\t\t%llu(0x%llx), j, ni->node_trace[i].value,	DEBUG ppp: compressor dropped pkt ERROR
ifmedia_add: null ifm	DEBUG PPP: no memory (fragment) ERROR
Adding entry for	DEBUG PPP: VJ uncompressed error ERROR
ifmedia_set: no match for 0x%x/0x%x,	DEBUG	ppp_decompress_frame: no memory
ifmedia_set: target	DEBUG	ppp_mp_reconstruct bad seq %u < %u,
ifmedia_set: setting to	DEBUG	PPP: couldn't register device %s (%d),
ifmedia_ioctl: switching %s to , dev->name	DEBUG	ppp: destroying ppp struct %p but dead=%d
ifmedia_match: multiple match for	DEBUG	ppp: destroying undead channel %p !,
	DEBUG	PPP: removing module but units remain!
desc->ifmt_string	DEBUG	PPP: failed to unregister PPP device
mode %s, desc->ifmt_string	DEBUG	%s: cannot allocate space for %scompressor, fname,
	DEBUG	%s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history,
%s, desc->ifmt_string	DEBUG	%s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history,
%s%s, seen_option++ ? , : ,	DEBUG %s: cannot load ARC4 module, fname ERROR
%s%s, seen_option++ ? , : ,	DEBUG	%s: cannot load SHA1 module, fname
%s, seen_option ? > :	DEBUG	%s: CryptoAPI SHA1 digest size too small, fname

%s: %s, dev->name, buf DEBUG		%s: cannot allocate space for SHA1 digest, fname	ERROR
%s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__ DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
%s: failed to register sysctls!, vap->iv_dev->name DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR
ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logfile, DEBUG		%s%d: too big uncompressed packet: %d,	ERROR
ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG		%s%d: encryption negotiated but not an	ERROR
%s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i] DEBUG		%s%d: error - not an MPPC or MPPE frame	ERROR
ath_pci: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG		Kernel doesn't provide ARC4 and/or SHA1 algorithms	ERROR
---:%d pri:%d qd:%u ad:%u sd:%u tot:%u amp:%d %02x:%02x:%02x,	DEBUG PPP: not interface or channel?? ERROR
SC Pushbutton Notify on %s::%s,dev->name,vap->iv_dev->name	DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ compressor) ERROR
Could not find Board Configuration Data	DEBUG	failed to register PPP device (%d), err	ERROR
Could not find Radio Configuration data	DEBUG	PPP: no memory (comp pkt)	ERROR
%s: No device, __func__	DEBUG ppp: compressor dropped pkt ERROR
ath_ahb: No devices found, driver not installed.	DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ comp pkt) ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s:proc_dointvec failed, __FUNCTION__	DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s:proc_dointvec failed, __FUNCTION__	DEBUG PPP: no memory (fragment) ERROR
%s: failed to register sysctls!, proc_name	DEBUG	PPP: VJ uncompressed error	ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s: proc_mkdir failed, __FUNCTION__	DEBUG ppp_decompress_frame: no memory ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s: pktlog_attach failed for %s,	DEBUG	ppp_mp_reconstruct bad seq %u < %u,	ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __FUNCTION__	DEBUG PPP: couldn't register device %s (%d), ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __FUNCTION__	DEBUG	ppp: destroying ppp struct %p but dead=%d	ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s: create_proc_entry failed for %s,	DEBUG	ppp: destroying undead channel %p !,	ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s: sysctl register failed for %s,	DEBUG	PPP: removing module but units remain!	ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s: page fault out of range, __FUNCTION__	DEBUG PPP: failed to unregister PPP device ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s: page fault out of range, __FUNCTION__	DEBUG JBD: bad block at offset %u, ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG %s: Log buffer unavailable, __FUNCTION__	DEBUG JBD: corrupted journal superblock ERROR
PKTLOG_TAG	DEBUG	JBD: bad block at offset %u,	ERROR

Logging should be disabled before changing buffer size	DEBUG JBD: Failed to read block at offset %u, ERROR
%s:allocation failed for pl_info, __func__ DEBUG JBD: error %d scanning journal, err ERROR
%s: Unable to allocate buffer, __func__ DEBUG JBD: IO error %d recovering block ERROR
%s:allocation failed for pl_info, __func__ DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:303:KERN_ERR ERROR
%s: Unable to allocate buffer, __func__ DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:304:KERN_ERR ERROR
Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG JBD: recovery %d ended at ERROR
ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logfile, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ERROR
ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \ERROR
%s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i]	DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg->msg_namelen	ERROR
failed to allocate rx descriptors: %d, error	DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_family	ERROR
ath_stoprecv: rx queue %p, link %p,	DEBUG udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_addr, usin->sin_port	ERROR
no mpdu (%s), __func__	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC	ERROR
Reset rx chain mask. Do internal reset. (%s), __func__	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR
OS_CANCEL_TIMER failed!!	DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file changed! ERROR
%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC	ERROR
%s: unable to collect channel list from hal;	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ERROR
%s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u flags 0x%x,	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \ERROR
%s: unable to reset channel %u (%uMhz)	DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg->msg_namelen	ERROR
%s: unable to restart recv logic,	DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_family	ERROR
%s: start DFS WAIT period on channel %d, __func__,sc->sc_curchan.channel	DEBUG udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_addr, usin->sin_port	ERROR
%s: cancel DFS WAIT period on channel %d, __func__, sc->sc_curchan.channel	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR
Non-DFS channel, cancelling previous DFS wait timer channel %d, sc->sc_curchan.channel	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u	DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file changed! ERROR
%s: unable to start recv logic, __func__	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC	ERROR
%s: unable to start recv logic, __func__	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ERROR
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u,	DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \	ERROR
hardware error; resetting	DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg->msg_namelen	ERROR

rx FIFO overrun; resetting DEBUG		addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_family	ERROR
%s: During Wow Sleep and got BMISS, __func__ DEBUG		udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_addr, usin->sin_port	ERROR
AC\tRTS\tAggr Scaling\tMin Rate(Kbps)\tHBR\tPER LOW THRESHOLD	DEBUG %s:	%s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR
BE\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG %s: %s:%d:	BAD TUNNEL	MAGIC ERROR
BK\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file		changed! ERROR
VI\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG %s: %s:%d:	BAD TUNNEL	MAGIC ERROR
VO\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG rebootHook: null function pointer ERROR
--%d,%p,%lu:0x%x 0x%x 0x%p 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x,	DEBUG Bad	ioctl command ERROR
bb state: 0x%08x 0x%08x, bbstate(sc, 4ul), bbstate(sc, 5ul)	DEBUG	fResetMod: Failed to configure gpio pin	ERROR
%08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x,	DEBUG	fResetMod: Failed to register interrupt handler	ERROR
noise floor: (%d, %d) (%d, %d) (%d, %d), DEBUG registering char device failed ERROR
%p: %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x,	DEBUG unregistering char device failed ERROR
--%d,%p,%lu:0x%x 0x%x 0x%p 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x,	DEBUG proc entry delete failed ERROR
%08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x,	DEBUG proc entry initialization failed ERROR
%s: unable to allocate device object., __func__	DEBUG	testCompHandler: received %s from %d, (char *)plnBuf,	ERROR
%s: unable to attach hardware; HAL status %u,	DEBUG	UMI proto registration failed %d,ret	ERROR
%s: HAL ABI msmatch;	DEBUG	AF_UMI registration failed %d,ret	ERROR
%s: Warning, using only %u entries in %u key cache,	DEBUG umi initialization failed %d,ret ERROR
unable to setup a beacon xmit queue!	DEBUG	kernel UMI registration failed!	ERROR
unable to setup CAB xmit queue!	DEBUG	./Logs_kernel.txt:447:KERN_ERR	ERROR
unable to setup xmit queue for BE traffic!	DEBUG	ERROR msm not found properly %d, len %d, msm,	ERROR
%s DFS attach failed, __func__ DEBUG ModExp returned Error		ERROR
%s: Invalid interface id = %u, __func__, if_id	DEBUG	ModExp returned Error	ERROR
%s:grppoll Buf allocation failed, __func__	DEBUG	%s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, (unsigned int)len	ERROR
%s: unable to start recv logic,	DEBUG %03d:, i ERROR
%s: Invalid interface id = %u, __func__, if_id	DEBUG %02x, ((unsigned char *)p)[i] ERROR
%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__	DEBUG	mic check failed	ERROR
%s: Tx Antenna Switch. Do internal reset, __func__	DEBUG	%s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, (unsigned int)len	ERROR
Radar found on channel %d (%d MHz), DEBUG %03d; i ERROR
End of DFS wait period DEBUG %02x, ((unsigned char *)p)[i] ERROR
%s error allocating beacon, __func__ DEBUG mic check failed ERROR
failed to allocate UAPSD QoS NULL tx descriptors: %d, error	DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
failed to allocate UAPSD QoS NULL wbuf DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR
%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
%s: unable to update h/w beacon queue parameters,	DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR
ALREADY ACTIVATED DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
%s: missed %u consecutive beacons,	DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR
%s: busy times: rx_clear=%d, rx_frame=%d, tx_frame=%d, __func__, rx_clear, rx_frame, tx_frame	DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
%s: unable to obtain busy times, __func__	DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR
%s: beacon is officially stuck,	DEBUG	[%s]: Wrong parameters, __func__	ERROR
Busy environment detected	DEBUG	[%s] Wrong Key Length %d, __func__, des_key_len	ERROR
Intference detected	DEBUG	[%s] Wrong parameters %d, __func__, des_key_len	ERROR
rx_clear=%d, rx_frame=%d, tx_frame=%d,	DEBUG	[%s] Wrong Key Length %d, __func__, des_key_len	ERROR
%s: resume beacon xmit after %u misses,	DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
%s: stuck beacon; resetting (bmiss count %u),	DEBUG	[%s] Wrong Key Length, __func__	ERROR
EMPTY QUEUE	DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
SWRInfo: seqno %d isswRetry %d retryCnt %d,wh ?(*(u_int16_t *)&wh->i_seq[0]) >> 4 : 0, bf->bf_isswretry,bf->bf_swretries	DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key Length, __func__ ERROR
Buffer #%08X --> Next#%08X Prev#%08X Last#%08X,bf,TAILQ_NEXT(bf,bf_list),	DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
Stas#%08X flag#%08X Node#%08X, bf->bf_status, bf->bf_flags, bf->bf_node	DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
Descr #%08X --> Next#%08X Data#%08X Ctl0#%08X Ctl1#%08X, bf->bf_daddr, ds->ds_link, ds->ds_data, ds->ds_ctl0, ds->ds_ctl1	DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
Ctl2#%08X Ctl3#%08X Sta0#%08X Sta1#%08X,ds->ds_hw[0], ds->ds_hw[1], lastds->ds_hw[2], lastds->ds_hw[3]	DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR
Error entering wow mode	DEBUG	device name=%s not found, pReq->ifName	ERROR
Wakingup due to wow signal	DEBUG	unable to register KIFDEV to UMI	ERROR
%s, wowStatus = 0x%x, __func__, wowStatus	DEBUG	ERROR: %s: Timeout at page %#0x addr %#0x	ERROR
Pattern added already DEBUG		ERROR: %s: Timeout at page %#0x addr %#0x	ERROR
Error : All the %d pattern are in use. Cannot add a new pattern , MAX_NUM_PATTERN	DEBUG Invalid IOCTL %#08x, cmd ERROR
Pattern added to entry %d ,i DEBUG		%s: unable to register device, dev->name	ERROR
Remove wake up pattern DEBUG ath_pci: 32-bit DMA not available ERROR
mask = %p pat = %p ,maskBytes,patternBytes DEBUG		ath_pci: cannot reserve PCI memory region	ERROR
mask = %x pat = %x ,(u_int32_t)maskBytes,(u_int32_t)patternBytes	DEBUG	ath_pci: cannot remap PCI memory region);	ERROR
Pattern Removed from entry %d ,i DEBUG ath_pci: no memory for device state ERROR
Error : Pattern not found DEBUG		%s: unable to register device, dev->name	ERROR
PPM STATE ILLEGAL %x %x, forcePpmStateCur,afp->forceState	DEBUG	ath_dev_probe: no memory for device state	ERROR
FORCE_PPM %4d %6.6x %8.8x %8.8x %8.8x %3.3x %4.4x,	DEBUG	%s: no memory for device state,_func_	ERROR
failed to allocate tx descriptors: %d, error DEBUG kernel MIBCTL registration failed! ERROR
failed to allocate beacon descripotrs: %d, error	DEBUG	Bad ioctl command	ERROR
failed to allocate UAPSD descripotrs: %d, error	DEBUG	WpsMod: Failed to configure gpio pin	ERROR
hal qnum %u out of range, max %u!,	DEBUG	WpsMod: Failed to register interrupt handler	ERROR
HAL AC %u out of range, max %zu!,	DEBUG	registering char device failed	ERROR
HAL AC %u out of range, max %zu!,	DEBUG	unregistering char device failed	ERROR
%s: unable to update hardware queue %u!,	DEBUG	%s:%d - ERROR: non-NULL node pointer in %p, %p<%s>!	ERROR
Multicast Q:	DEBUG	%s:%d - ERROR: non-NULL node pointer in %p, %p<%s>!	ERROR
%p , buf	DEBUG can't alloc name %s, name ERROR
buf flags - 0x%08x ----, buf->bf_flags	DEBUG	%s: unable to register device, dev->name	ERROR
buf status - 0x%08x, buf->bf_status	DEBUG	failed to automatically load module: %s; \	ERROR
# frames in aggr - %d, length of aggregate - %d,length of frame - %d, sequence number - %d,tidno - %d,	DEBUG	Unable to load needed module: %s; no support for \	ERROR
isdata: %d isaggr: %d isampdu: %d ht: %disretried: %d isxretried: %d shpreamble: %d isbar:%d ispspoll: %d aggrburst: %d calcairtime: %dqosnulleosp: %d,	DEBUG Module \%s\ is not known, buf ERROR
%p: 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 1	DEBUG Error loading module \%s\, buf ERROR
0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0	DEBUG Module \%s\ failed to initialize, buf ERROR
0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x,	DEBUG ath_pci: 32-bit DMA not available ERROR
sc_txq[%d] : , i	DEBUG	ath_pci: cannot reserve PCI memory region	ERROR
tid %p pause %d : , tid, tid->paused	DEBUG	ath_pci: cannot remap PCI memory region);	ERROR
%d: %p , j, tid->tx_buf[j]	DEBUG ath_pci: no memory for device state ERROR
%p , buf	DEBUG	%s: unable to attach hardware: '%s' (HAL status %u),	ERROR
axq_q:	DEBUG %s: HAL ABI mismatch; ERROR
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u,_func_,status	DEBUG %s:	failed to allocate descriptors: %d, ERROR
****ASSERTION HIT**** DEBUG		%s: unable to setup a beacon xmit queue!.	ERROR
MacAddr=%s, DEBUG %s: unable to setup CAB xmit	queue!, ERROR
TxBufIdx=%d, i DEBUG		%s: unable to setup xmit queue for %s traffic!.	ERROR
Tid=%d, tidno DEBUG		%s: unable to register device, dev->name	ERROR
AthBuf=%p, tid->tx_buf[i] DEBUG %s: autocreation of VAP failed: %d, ERROR
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG		ath_dev_probe: no memory for device state	ERROR
%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG		kdot11RogueAPEnable called with NULL argument.	ERROR
%s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG		kdot11RogueAPEnable: can not add more interfaces	ERROR
_fmt, __VA_ARGS__ \ DEBUG		kdot11RogueAPGetState called with NULL argument.	ERROR
sample_pri=%d is a multiple of refpri=%d, sample_pri, refpri	DEBUG	kdot11RogueAPDisable called with NULL argument.	ERROR
==========ft->ft_numfilters=%u==========, ft->ft_numfilters	DEBUG	%s: SKB does not exist., _FUNCTION_	ERROR
filter[%d] filterID = %d rf_numpulses=%u;rf->rf_minpri=%u; rf->rf_maxpri=%u; rf->rf_threshold=%u; rf->rf_filterlen=%u; rf->rf_mindur=%u; rf->rf_maxdur=%u,j, rf->rf_pulseid,	DEBUG %s:	recvd invalid skb	ERROR
NOL	DEBUG unable to register KIFDEV to UMI ERROR
WARNING!!! 10 minute CAC period as channel is a weather radar channel	DEBUG	The system is going to factory defaults......!!!	CRITICAL
%s disable detects, __func_	DEBUG %s, msg CRITICAL
%s enable detects, __func_	DEBUG %02x, *(data + i) CRITICAL
%s disable FFT val=0x%x, __func_, val	DEBUG	Inside crypt_open in driver #######	CRITICAL
%s enable FFT val=0x%x, __func_, val	DEBUG	Inside crypt_release in driver #######	CRITICAL
%s debug level now = 0x%x, __func_, dfs_debug_level	DEBUG	Inside crypt_init module in driver @@@@@@@	CRITICAL
RateTable:%d, maxvalidate:%d, ratemax:%d,pRc->rateTableSize,k,pRc->rateMaxPhy	DEBUG	Inside crypt_cleanup module in driver @@@@@@@	CRITICAL
%s: txRate value of 0x%x is bad., __FUNCTION_, txRate	DEBUG SKB is null : %p ,skb CRITICAL
Valid Rate Table:-	DEBUG	DST is null : %p ,dst	CRITICAL
Index:%d, value:%d, code:%x, rate:%d, flag:%x, i,(int)validRateIndex[i],	DEBUG DEV is null %p %p ,dev,dst CRITICAL
RateTable:%d, maxvalidate:%d, ratemax:%d,pRc->rateTableSize,k,pRc->rateMaxPhy	DEBUG	Packet is Fragmented %d,pBufMgr->len	CRITICAL
Can't allocate memory for ath_vap.	DEBUG	Marked the packet proto:%dsip:%x dip:%x sport:%d dport:%d spi:%d,isr:%p%p	CRITICAL
Unable to add an interface for ath_dev.	DEBUG	SAV CHECK FAILED IN DECRYPTION	CRITICAL
%s: [%02u] %-7s , tag, ix, ciphers[hk->kv_type]	DEBUG	FAST PATH Breaks on BUF CHECK	CRITICAL
%02x, hk->kv_val[i]	DEBUG	FAST PATH Breaks on DST CHECK	CRITICAL
mac %02x-%02x-%02x-%02x-%02x-%02x, mac[0], mac[1], mac[2], mac[3], mac[4], mac[5]	DEBUG	FAST PATH Breaks on MTU %d %d %d,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),mtu,dst_mtu(pDst->path)	CRITICAL
mac 00-00-00-00-00-00 DEBUG		FAST PATH Breaks on MAX PACKET %d %d,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),IP_MAX_PACKET	CRITICAL
%02x, hk->kv_mic[i] DEBUG SAV CHECK FAILED IN ENCRYPTION		CRITICAL
txmic DEBUG		Match Found proto %d spi %d,pKtInfo->proto,pFlowEntry->pre. spi	CRITICAL
%02x, hk->kv_txmic[i] DEBUG		PRE: proto: %u srcip:%u.%u.%u.%u sport :%u dstip: %u.%u.%u.%u dport: %u,	CRITICAL
Cannot support setting tx and rx keys individually DEBUG		POST: proto: %u srcip:%u.%u.%u.%u sport :%u dstip: %u.%u.%u.%u dport: %u,	CRITICAL
bogus frame type 0x%x (%s), DEBUG Clearing the ISR %p,p CRITICAL
ERROR: ieee80211_encap ret NULL DEBUG		PROTO:%d %u.%u.%u.%u--->%u.%u.%u.%u,	CRITICAL
ERROR: ath_amsdu_attach not called DEBUG ESP-DONE: %p %p,sav,m CRITICAL
%s: no memory for cwm attach, __func__	DEBUG	ESP-BAD: %p %p,sav,m	CRITICAL
%s: error - acw NULL. Possible attach failure, __func__	DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL
%s: unable to abort tx dma, __func__	DEBUG	Bug in ip_route_input_slow().	CRITICAL
%s: no memory for ff attach, __func__	DEBUG	Bug in ip_route_input \	CRITICAL
Failed to initiate PBC based enrolle association	DEBUG	Bug in ip_route_input_slow().	CRITICAL
KERN_EMERG Returing error in INTR registration	DEBUG	AH: Assigning the secure flags for sav :%p,sav	CRITICAL
KERN_EMERG Initializing Wps module	DEBUG	ESP: Assigning the secure flags for sav :%p skb:%p src:%x dst:%x,sav,skb,ip->ip_src.s_addr,ip->ip_dst.s_addr	CRITICAL
%s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__	DEBUG	%s Buffer %d mtu %d path mtu %d header %d trailer %d, __func__,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),mtu,dst_mtu(pDst->path),pDst->header_len,pDst->trailer_len	CRITICAL

Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs

Signal RJ-45 Cable Adapter Signal
	RJ-45 PIN DB-9 PIN
CTS NC NC NC
DTR NC NC NC
TxD 6 3 RxD
GND 5 5 GND
GND 4 5 GND
RxD 3 2 TxD
DSR NC NC NC
RTS NC NC NC

Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table (New appendix section)

Country			Channel supported in20 Mhz	Channel supported in 40 Mhz
				Upper side band	Lower side band
1) Australia 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
		5 Ghz	36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 132, 136, 140, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165	40, 48, 56, 64, 104, 112, 136, 153, 161	36, 44, 52, 60, 100, 108, 132, 149, 157
2) Russia 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 17, 8, 9
		5 Ghz	36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 136, 140, 144, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165	40, 48, 56, 64, 140, 153, 161	36, 44, 52, 60, 136, 149, 157
3) Iceland 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 27, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36,44
4) Singapore 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 37, 8, 9
		5 Ghz	36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165	40, 48, 56, 64, 153, 161	36, 44, 52, 60, 149, 157
5) Sweden	2.4Ghz		1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36,44
6) Taiwan	2.4Ghz		1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
		5 Ghz	36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165	40, 48, 153, 161	36, 44, 149, 157
7) Finland	2.4Ghz		1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 78, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36,44
8) Slovenia	2.4Ghz		1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 778,9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36,44
9) Ireland	2.4Ghz		1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.8,9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36,44
10)	United states	2.4Ghz5 Ghz	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1136, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1140, 48, 153, 161	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 736, 44, 149, 157
11) Latin America 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
		5 Ghz	36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165	40, 48, 153, 161	36, 44, 149, 157
12) Denmark 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 17, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
13) Germany 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 27, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
14) Netherlands 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 37, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
15) Norway 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 57, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
16) Poland 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 67, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
17) Luxembourg 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 47, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
18) South Africa 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 87, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
19) United Kingdom		2.4Ghz	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 77, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
20) Ireland 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 97, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
21) France 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 07, 8, 9
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
22) Israel	2.4Ghz		1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 77, 8, 9.
		5 Ghz 36, 40, 44,	48 40, 48 36, 44
23) Korea	2.4Ghz		1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
26) Brazil 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12,13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12,13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8,9
	5 Ghz		36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165	40, 48, 153, 161 3	6, 44, 149, 157
27) Canada 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
	5 Ghz		36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165	40, 48, 153, 161	36, 44, 149, 157
28) China 2.4Ghz			1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13	1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9

Appendix G - Product Statement

5 Ghz

36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165

40, 48, 153, 161

36, 44, 149, 157

1. DSR-1000N

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Notice: Radio Frequency Notice

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC Radiation Exposure Statement

This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

The antennas used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a spectrum distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range.

Non-modification Statement

Use only the integral antenna supplied by the manufacturer when operating this device. Unauthorized

antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the TI Navigator access point and violate FCC regulations. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

Canadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) Notice CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)

Industry Canada Statement

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure Statement

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. To maintain compliance with IC RF exposure compliance requirements, please follow operation instruction as documented in this manual.

This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range.

Europe – EU Declaration of Conformity

This device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The following test methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirements

of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:

- EN 60950-1: 2006+A11:2009

Safety of information technology equipment

- EN 300 328 V1.7.1 (2006-10)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using wide band modulation techniques; Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive

- EN 301 893-1 V1.5.1 (2008-12)

Broadband Radio Access Networks (BRAN); 5 GHz high performance RLAN; Harmonized EN covering essential requirements of article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive

- EN 301 489-17 V1.3.2 (2008-04) and EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1 (2008-04)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 17: Specific conditions for 2,4 GHz wideband transmission systems and 5 GHz high performance RLAN equipment

This device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:

- In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services.

- This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 – 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the enduser should contact the national spectrum authority in France.

This device is a 5 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:

- This device may only be used indoors in the frequency bands 5150 – 5250 MHz.

- In France and Luxembourg a limited implementation of the frequency bands 5150 – 5250 MHz and 5250 – 5350 MHz. In Luxembourg it is not allowed to make use of the frequency band 5470 – 5725 MHz. End-users are encouraged to contact the national spectrum authorities in France and Luxembourg in order to obtain the latest information about any restrictions in the 5 GHz frequency band(s).

csČesky [Czech]	[D-Link Corporation] tímto prohlašuje, že tento [DSR-1000N] je ve shodě se základními požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice 1999/5/ES.
daDansk [Danish]	Undertegnede [D-Link Corporation] erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr [DSR-1000N] overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
deDeutsch [German]	Hiermit erklärt [D-Link Corporation], dass sich das Gerät [DSR-1000N] in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet.
etEesti [Estonian]	Käesolevaga kinnitab [D-Link Corporation] seadme [DSR-1000N] vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ põhinöuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.
enEnglish	Hereby, [D-Link Corporation], declares that this [DSR-1000N] is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
esEspañol [Spanish]	Por medio de la presente [D-Link Corporation] declara que el [DSR-1000N] cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
elΕλληνική [Greek]	ME THN ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ [D-Link Corporation] ΔΗΛΩΝΕΙ OTI [DSR-1000N] ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΩΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΩΔΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΟΔΗΓΙΑΣ 1999/5/ΕΚ.
frFrançais [French]	Par la présente [D-Link Corporation] déclare que l'appareil [DSR-1000N] est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.
itItaliano [Italian]	Con la presente [D-Link Corporation] dichiara che questo [DSR-1000N] è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.
lvLatviski [Latvian]	Ar šo [D-Link Corporation] deklarē, ka [DSR-1000N] atbilst Direktīvas 1999/5/EK būtiskajām prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem noteikumiem.
ltLietuvių [Lithuanian]	Šiuo [D-Link Corporation] deklaruoja, kad šis [DSR-1000N] atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.
nlNederlands [Dutch]	Hierbij verklaart [D-Link Corporation] dat het toestel [DSR-1000N] in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.
ntMalti [Maltese]	Hawnhekk, [D-Link Corporation], jiddikjara li dan [DSR-1000N] jikkonforma mal-ħtigijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oħrajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC.
huMagyar [Hungarian]	Alulírott, [D-Link Corporation] nyilatkozom, hogy a [DSR-1000N] megfelel a vonatkozó alapvető követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC irányelv egyéb előírásainak.
plPolski [Polish]	Niniejszym [D-Link Corporation] oświadcza, že [DSR-1000N] jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.
ptPortuguês [Portuguese]	[D-Link Corporation] declara que este [DSR-1000N]está conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.
slSlovensko [Slovenian]	[D-Link Corporation] izjavlja, da je ta [DSR-1000N] v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi določili direktive 1999/5/ES.
skSlovensky [Slovak]	[D-Link Corporation] týmto vyhlasuje, že [DSR-1000N] spíňa základné požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
fiSuomi [Finnish]	[D-Link Corporation] vakuuttaa täten että [DSR-1000N] tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.
svSvenska [Swedish]	Härmed intygar [D-Link Corporation] att denna [DSR-1000N] står I överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.

2.DSR-500N

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Notice: Radio Frequency Notice

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC Radiation Exposure Statement

This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

The antennas used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a spectrum distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range.

Non-modification Statement

Use only the integral antenna supplied by the manufacturer when operating this device. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the TI Navigator access point and violate FCC regulations. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

Canadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) Notice

Industry Canada Statement

This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure Statement

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance.

To maintain compliance with IC RF exposure compliance requirements, please follow operation instruction as documented in this manual.

Europe – EU Declaration of Conformity

This device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The following test methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirements

of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:

- EN 60950-1: 2006+A11:2009

Safety of information technology equipment

- EN 300 328 V1.7.1 (2006-10)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using wide band modulation techniques; Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive

- EN 301 489-17 V1.3.2 (2008-04) and EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1 (2008-04)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 17: Specific conditions for 2,4 GHz wideband transmission systems and 5 GHz high performance RLAN equipment

This device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:

- In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services.

- This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 – 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the enduser should contact the national spectrum authority in France.

CE0560①

csČesky [Czech]	[D-Link Corporation] tímto prohlašuje, že tento [DSR-500N] je ve shodě se základními požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice 1999/5/ES.
daDansk [Danish]	Undertegnede [D-Link Corporation] erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr [DSR-500N] overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
deDeutsch [German]	Hiermit erklärt [D-Link Corporation], dass sich das Gerät [DSR-500N] in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet.
etEesti [Estonian]	Käesolevaga kinnitab [D-Link Corporation] seadme [DSR-500N] vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.
enEnglish	Hereby, [D-Link Corporation], declares that this [DSR-500N] is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
esEspañol [Spanish]	Por medio de la presente [D-Link Corporation] declara que el [DSR-500N] cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
elΕλληνική [Greek]	ME THN ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ [D-Link Corporation] ΔΗΛΩΝΕΙ ΟΤΙ [DSR-500N] ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΩΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΩΔΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΟΔΗΓΙΑΣ 1999/5/EK.
frFrançais [French]	Par la présente [D-Link Corporation] déclare que l'appareil [DSR-500N] est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.
itItaliano [Italian]	Con la presente [D-Link Corporation] dichiara che questo [DSR-500N] è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.
ivLatviski [Latvian]	Ar šo [D-Link Corporation] deklarē, ka [DSR-500N] atbilst Direktīvas 1999/5/EK būtiskajām prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem noteikumiem.
itLietuvių [Lithuanian]	Šiuo [D-Link Corporation] deklaruoja, kad šis [DSR-500N] atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.
nlNederlands [Dutch]	Hierbij verklaart [D-Link Corporation] dat het toestel [DSR-500N] in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.
ntMalti [Maltese]	Hawnhekk, [D-Link Corporation], jiddikjara li dan [DSR-500N] jikkonforma mal-ħtiġijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oħrajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC.
huMagyar [Hungarian]	Alulírott, [D-Link Corporation] nyilatkozom, hogy a [DSR-500N] megfelel a vonatkozó alapvető követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC írányelv egyéb előírásainak.
plPolski [Polish]	Niniejszym [D-Link Corporation] oświadcza, że [DSR-500N] jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.
ptPortuguês[Portuguese]	[D-Link Corporation] declara que este [DSR-500N]está conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.
slSlovensko[Slovenian]	[D-Link Corporation] izjavlja, da je ta [DSR-500N] v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi določili direktive 1999/5/ES.
skSlovensky[Slovak]	[D-Link Corporation] týmto vyhlasuje, že [DSR-500N] splňa základné požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
fiSuomi[Finnish]	[D-Link Corporation] vakuuttaa täten että [DSR-500N] tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.
svSvenska[Swedish]	Härmed intygar [D-Link Corporation] att denna [DSR-500N] står I överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.

3.DSR-250N

Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC Caution:

Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

RSS-GEN 7.1.4:

User Manual for Transmitters with Detachable Antennas

The user manual of transmitter devices equipped with detachable antennas shall contain the following information in a conspicuous location:

This device has been designed to operate with the antennas listed below, and having a maximum gain of [1.8] dB. Antennas not included in this list or having a gain greater than [1.8] dB are strictly prohibited for use with this device. The required antenna impedance is [50] ohms.

RSS-GEN 7.1.5

To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that permitted for successful communication.

Is herewith confirmed to comply with the requirements set out in the Council Directive on the Approximation of the Laws of the Member States relating to Electromagnetic Compatibility (2004/108/EC), Low-voltage Directive (2006/95/EC), the procedures given in European Council Directive 99/5/EC and

2004/104/EC.

The equipment was passed. The test was performed according to the following European standards: EN 300 328 V.1.7.1

Regulatory statement (R&TTE)

European standards dictate maximum radiated transmit power of 100mW EIRP and frequency range 2.400-2.4835GHz; In France, the equipment must be restricted to the 2.4465-2.4835GHz frequency range and must be restricted to indoor use.

Operation of this device is subjected to the following National regulations and may be prohibited to use if certain restriction should be applied.

D=0.020m is the minimum safety distance between the EUT and human body when the E-Field strength is 61V/m.

NCC Warning Statement

Article 12

Without permission, any company, firm or user shall not alter the frequency, increase the power, or change the characteristics and functions of the original design of the certified lower power frequency electric machinery.

Article 14

The application of low power frequency electric machineries shall not affect the navigation safety nor interfere a legal communication, if an interference is found, the service will be suspended until improvement is made and the interference no longer exists.

Canadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) Notice

CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)

Industry Canada Statement

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Radiation Exposure Statement:

The device meets the exemption from the routine evaluation limits in section 2.5 of RSS 102 and compliance with RSS-102 RF exposure, users can obtain Canadian information on RF exposure and compliance.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body.

This radio transmitter (Model:DSR-250N) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device.

This device complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and it also complies with Part 15 of the FCC RF Rules. This equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with provided instructions and the antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and consider removing the no-collocation statement.

Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC Caution:

Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

IMPORTANT NOTE:

FCC Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. The availability of some specific channels and/or operational frequency bands are country dependent and are firmware programmed at the factory to match the intended destination. The firmware setting is not accessible by the end user.

Note: The country code selection is for non-US model only and is not available to all US model. Per FCC regulation, all WiFi product marketed in US must fixed to US operation channels only..

Europe – EU Declaration of Conformity

This device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The following test methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:

EN 60950-1:

Safety of Information Technology Equipment

EN50385 : (2002-08)

Product standard to demonstrate the compliance of radio base stations and fixed terminal stations for wireless telecommunication systems with the basic restrictions or the reference levels related to human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields (110MHz - 40 GHz) - General public

EN 300 328 V1.7.1: (2006-10)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband Transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using spread spectrum modulation techniques; Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive

EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1: (2008-04)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio Spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 1: Common technical requirements

EN 301 489-17 V2.1.1 (2009-05)

Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment; Part 17: Specific conditions for Broadband Data Transmission Systems

This device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries, except in France and Italy where restrictive use applies.

In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services.

This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 – 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the end-user should contact the national spectrum authority in France.

csČesky [Czech]	[Jméno výrobce] tímto prohlašuje, že tento [typ zařízení] je ve shodě se základními požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice 1999/5/ES.
daDansk [Danish]	Undertegnede [fabrikantens navn] erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr [udstyrets typebetegnelse] overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.
deDeutsch [German]	Hiermit erklärt [Name des Herstellers], dass sich das Gerät [Gerätetyp] in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet.
etEesti [Estonian]	Käesolevaga kinnitab [tootja nimi = name of manufacturer] seadme [seadme tüüp = type of equipment] vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.
enEnglish	Hereby, [name of manufacturer], declares that this [type of equipment] is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
esEspañol [Spanish]	Por medio de la presente [nombre del fabricante] declara que el [clase de equipo] cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.
elEλληνική [Greek]	ME THN ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ [name of manufacturer] ΔΗΛΩΝΕΙ ΟΤΙ [type of equipment] ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΩΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΩΔΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΟΔΗΓΙΑΣ 1999/5/ΕΚ.
frFrançais [French]	Par la présente [nom du fabricant] déclare que l'appareil [type d'appareil] est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.
itItaliano [Italian]	Con la presente [nome del costruttore] dichiara che questo [tipo di apparecchio] è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.
lvLatviski [Latvian]	Ar šo [name of manufacturer / izgatavotāja nosaukums] deklarē, ka [type of equipment / iekārtas tips] atbilst Direktīvas 1999/5/EK būtiskajām prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem noteikumiem.
ltLietuvių [Lithuanian]	Šiuo [manufacturer name] deklaruoja, kad šis [equipment type] atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.
nlNederlands [Dutch]	Hierbij verklaart [naam van de fabrikant] dat het toestel [type van toestel] in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.
mtMalti [Maltese]	Hawnhekk, [isem tal-manifattur], jiddikjara li dan [il-mudel tal-prodott] jikkonforma mal-ħtigijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oħrajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC.
huMagyar [Hungarian]	Alulírott, [gyártó neve] nyilatkozom, hogy a [... típus] megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetō követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC irányelv egyéb előírásainak.
plPolski [Polish]	Niniejszym [nazwa producenta] oświadcza, že [nazwa wyrobu] jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.
ptPortuguês [Portuguese]	[Nome do fabricante] declara que este [tipo de equipamento] está conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.
slSlovensko [Slovenian]	[lme proizvajalca] izjavlja, da je ta [tip opreme] v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi določili direktive 1999/5/ES.
zkSlovensky [Slovak]	[Meno výrobcu] týmto vyhlasuje, že [typ zariadenia] spĺňa základné požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.
fiSuomi [Finnish]	[Valmistaja = manufacturer] vakuuttaa täten että [type of equipment = laitteen tyyppimerkintä] tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.
svSvenska [Swedish]	Härmed intygar [företag] att denna [utrustningstyp] står I överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.

Industry Canada statement:

This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Radiation Exposure Statement:

The device meets the exemption from the routine evaluation limits in section 2.5 of RSS 102 and compliance with RSS-102 RF exposure, users can obtain Canadian information on RF exposure and compliance.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body.

The Router has four wall-mount slots on its bottom panel.

Before you begin, make sure you have two screws that are size #4 - this indicates a diameter measurement of 0.112 inches (2.845mm).

1. Determine where you want to mount the Router.
2. Drill two holes into the wall. Make sure adjacent holes are 2.36 inches (60mm) apart.
3. Insert a screw into each hole, and leave 0.2 inches (5mm) of its head exposed.
4. Maneuver the Router so the wall-mount slots line up with the two screws.
5. Place the wall-mount slots over the screws and slide the Router down until the screws fit snugly into the wall-mount slots.

5.DSR-500AC

Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC Caution:

Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Operation of this device is restricted to indoor use only

IMPORTANT NOTE:

Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Country Code selection feature to be disabled for products marketed to the US/CANADA

Industry Canada statement:

This device complies with Industry Canada's licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

Avertissement:

Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body.

This radio transmitter (IC: 4216A-SR500ACA1) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device

Type Manufacture Gain Connector
Dipole WHA YU 2dBi R-SMA

NCC 警語：

Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC Caution: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Operation of this device is restricted to indoor use only

IMPORTANT NOTE:

Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Country Code selection feature to be disabled for products marketed to the US/CANADA

Industry Canada statement:

This device complies with Industry Canada's licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;

Avertissement:

Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body.

This radio transmitter (IC: 4216A-SR1000ACA1) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device

Type Manufacture Gain Connector
Dipole WHA YU 2dBi R-SMA

NCC 警語：